0% found this document useful (0 votes)
66 views566 pages

PDF 2583 Isg

This document provides installation and service information for the Lenovo System x3250 M4 server. It contains information on safety, server features, installation, configuration, troubleshooting and removal/replacement of components. Key details include specifications on the server's processors, memory, storage, expansion slots and external connectivity. It also provides guidelines on servicing the system safely and contains extensive troubleshooting information.

Uploaded by

Cdaak
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
66 views566 pages

PDF 2583 Isg

This document provides installation and service information for the Lenovo System x3250 M4 server. It contains information on safety, server features, installation, configuration, troubleshooting and removal/replacement of components. Key details include specifications on the server's processors, memory, storage, expansion slots and external connectivity. It also provides guidelines on servicing the system safely and contains extensive troubleshooting information.

Uploaded by

Cdaak
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 566

Lenovo System x3250 M4

Installation and Service Guide

Machine Type: 2583


Note

Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix D
“Getting help and technical assistance” on page 531, Appendix E “Notices” on page 535, the Warranty
Information document, and the Safety Information and Environmental Notices and User Guide documents on
the IBM Documentation CD.

Seventeenth Edition (September 2016)

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016.


LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant to a General Services
Administration “GSA” contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-
35F-05925.
Contents

Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Removing the PCI riser-card assembly . . . . . . 39


Installing a system fan . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v Installing drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Guidelines for trained service technicians . . . . . . vi Installing a hot-swap hard disk drive . . . . . 42
Inspecting for unsafe conditions . . . . . . . vi Installing a simple-swap hard disk drive . . . 43
Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment. . . vii Installing the optional DVD drive . . . . . . 44
Safety statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii Memory module installation . . . . . . . . . . 47
Unbuffered DIMMs (UDIMMs) . . . . . . . 48
Chapter 1. The Lenovo System
Installing a DIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
x3250 M4 Type 2583 server . . . . . . . 1
Installing an adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
The IBM System x Documentation CD . . . . . . . 2
Installing a ServeRAID adapter . . . . . . . . . 52
Hardware and software requirements . . . . . 2
Installing a hot-swap power supply . . . . . . . 54
The Documentation Browser . . . . . . . . . 3
Completing the installation . . . . . . . . . . 56
Related documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly . . . . 57
Notices and statements in this document . . . . . . 4
Replacing the air baffle . . . . . . . . . . 57
Server features and specifications . . . . . . . . 4
Replacing the cover . . . . . . . . . . . 58
What your server offers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Connecting the cables . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reliability, availability, and serviceability . . . . . 10
Updating the server configuration . . . . . . 60
IBM Systems Director . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Server controls, LEDs, and power . . . . . . . . 12 Chapter 3. Configuration information
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 and instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Updating the firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Server power features . . . . . . . . . . 15 Configuring the server . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation
Chapter 2. Installing optional CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Using the Setup utility . . . . . . . . . . 65
Instructions for IBM Business Partners . . . . . . 19 Using the Boot Manager . . . . . . . . . 70
Sending DSA data to IBM . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Starting the backup server firmware . . . . . 71
Server components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 The UpdateXpress System Pack Installer . . . 71
System-board internal connectors. . . . . . 23 Changing the Power Policy option to the
System-board external connectors . . . . . 23 default settings after loading UEFI defaults . . 71
System-board switches and jumpers. . . . . 24 Using the Integrated Management Module II
System-board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . 26 (IMM2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
PCI riser-card assembly connectors . . . . . 27 Using the remote presence and blue-screen
capture features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Installing a memory module . . . . . . . . . . 27
Using the embedded hypervisor . . . . . . 75
Unbuffered DIMMs (UDIMMs) . . . . . . . 29
Configuring the Ethernet controller . . . . . 75
Installing drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Enabling Features on Demand Ethernet
Installing a simple-swap hard disk drive . . . 30 software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Installing a hot-swap hard disk drive . . . . . 31 Enabling Features on Demand RAID
Installing an optional DVD drive . . . . . . . 32 software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Installation guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Configuring RAID arrays. . . . . . . . . . 76
System reliability guidelines . . . . . . . . 36 IBM Advanced Settings Utility program . . . . 76
Working inside the server with the power on . . 37 Using Lenovo XClarity Administrator . . . . . 77
Handling static-sensitive devices . . . . . . 37 Updating IBM Systems Director. . . . . . . 77
Removing the cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Updating the Universal Unique Identifier
Removing the air baffle . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 (UUID). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Updating the DMI/SMBIOS data . . . . . . 81

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 i


Chapter 4. Troubleshooting . . . . . . 85 Chapter 6. Removing and replacing
Start here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Diagnosing a problem . . . . . . . . . . 85 Returning a device or component . . . . . . . . 133
Undocumented problems . . . . . . . . . 87 Removing and replacing server components . . . 133
Service bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Removing and replacing Tier 1 CRUs . . . . . . 133
Checkout procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Removing the cover . . . . . . . . . . . 133
About the checkout procedure . . . . . . . 88 Replacing the cover . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Performing the checkout procedure . . . . . 89 Removing the bezel . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Diagnostic tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Replacing the bezel . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Error LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Removing the air baffle . . . . . . . . . . 137
Power-supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Replacing the air baffle . . . . . . . . . . 137
System pulse LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Removing the PCI riser-card assembly . . . . 138
Event logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly . . . . 139
POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Removing an adapter . . . . . . . . . . . 140
IBM Dynamic System Analysis . . . . . . . 99 Replacing an adapter . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Automated service request (call home) . . . . . . 101 Removing a ServeRAID adapter. . . . . . . 144
IBM Electronic Service Agent. . . . . . . . 101 Replacing a ServeRAID adapter. . . . . . . 144
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Removing a simple-swap hard disk drive . . . 147
Troubleshooting by symptom . . . . . . . . . 102 Replacing a simple-swap hard disk drive . . . 149
General problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Removing a hot-swap hard disk drive . . . . 150
Hard disk drive problems . . . . . . . . . 103 Replacing a hot-swap hard disk drive . . . . 151
DVD drive problems . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Removing the optional DVD drive . . . . . . 152
Intermittent problems . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Replacing the optional DVD drive . . . . . . 154
Keyboard, mouse, or USB-device Removing a DIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Memory module installation . . . . . . . . 157
Memory problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Removing a system fan . . . . . . . . . . 161
Microprocessor problems . . . . . . . . . 109 Replacing a system fan . . . . . . . . . . 162
Monitor problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Removing the system battery. . . . . . . . 163
Network connection problems . . . . . . . 112 Replacing the system battery. . . . . . . . 165
Optional-device problems . . . . . . . . . 112 Removing a hot-swap power supply . . . . . 167
Power problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Replacing a hot-swap power supply . . . . . 169
Serial port problems . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs . . . . . . 170
ServerGuide problems . . . . . . . . . . 116 Removing the DVD drive cable . . . . . . . 171
Software problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Replacing the DVD drive cable . . . . . . . 171
Universal Serial Bus (USB) port problems . . . 117 Removing the operator information panel
Solving power problems . . . . . . . . . . . 117 assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Solving Ethernet controller problems . . . . . . 118 Replacing the operator information panel
Solving undetermined problems . . . . . . . . 119 assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Problem determination tips . . . . . . . . . . 119 Removing the simple-swap hard disk drive
backplate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Recovering the server firmware (UEFI update
failure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Replacing the simple-swap hard disk drive
backplate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 174
In-band manual recovery method . . . . . . 121
Replacing software RAID simple-swap hard
In-band automated boot recovery method . . 123 disk drive backplate with hardware RAID
Out-of-band method . . . . . . . . . . . 123 simple-swap hard disk drive backplate . . . . 175
Automated boot recovery (ABR) . . . . . . . . 123 Removing the hot-swap hard disk drive
Nx-boot failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Replacing the hot-swap hard disk drive
Chapter 5. Parts listing, Lenovo backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
System x3250 M4 Type 2583 . . . . . . 125 Removing and replacing structural parts . . . . . 183
Replaceable server components . . . . . . . . 125 Removing the fixed power supply . . . . . . 183
Power cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Replacing the fixed power supply . . . . . . 185

ii Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Removing the 240 VA safety cover . . . . . 187 DSA Nvidia GPU test results . . . . . . . . . . 504
Replacing the 240 VA safety cover. . . . . . 188 Test results for the DSA Nvidia GPU test . . . 504
Removing the power paddle card . . . . . . 190 DSA optical drive test results . . . . . . . . . 509
Replacing the power paddle card . . . . . . 191 Test results for the DSA optical drive test . . . 510
Removing a microprocessor and heat sink . . 193 DSA system management test results . . . . . . 514
Replacing a microprocessor and heat sink . . 195 Test results for the DSA system management
Thermal grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Removing the system board . . . . . . . . 199 DSA tape drive test results . . . . . . . . . . 525
Replacing the system board . . . . . . . . 201 Test results for the DSA tape drive test . . . . 525

Appendix A. Integrated Management Appendix D. Getting help and


Module II (IMM2) error messages . . . 205 technical assistance . . . . . . . . . . 531
IMM Events that automatically notify Support . . . 206 Before you call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
List of IMM events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Using the documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Getting help and information from the World Wide
Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 How to send DSA data . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
List of UEFI events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Creating a personalized support web page . . . . 532
Software service and support . . . . . . . . . 533
Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test Hardware service and support . . . . . . . . . 533
results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Taiwan product service . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
DSA Broadcom network test results . . . . . . . 399
Test results for the DSA Broadcom network Appendix E. Notices . . . . . . . . . . 535
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
DSA Brocade test results . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Important notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Test results for the DSA Brocade test . . . . 407 Recycling information . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
DSA checkpoint panel test results . . . . . . . 415 Particulate contamination . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Test results for the DSA checkpoint panel Telecommunication regulatory statement . . . . . 537
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Electronic emission notices . . . . . . . . . . 537
DSA CPU stress test results . . . . . . . . . . 416 Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
Test results for the DSA CPU stress test . . . 416 statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
DSA Emulex adapter test results . . . . . . . . 419 Industry Canada Class A emission compliance
Test results for the DSA Emulex adapter statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Avis de conformité à la réglementation
DSA EXA port ping test results . . . . . . . . . 422 d'Industrie Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Test results for the DSA EXA port ping test . . 422 Australia and New Zealand Class A
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
DSA hard drive test results . . . . . . . . . . 424
European Union EMC Directive conformance
Test results for the DSA hard drive test . . . . 424
statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
DSA Intel network test results . . . . . . . . . 426 Germany Class A statement . . . . . . . . 538
Test results for the DSA Intel network test . . . 426
Japanese electromagnetic compatibility
DSA LSI hard drive test results . . . . . . . . . 431 statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Test results for the DSA LSI hard drive test . . 431 Korea Communications Commission (KCC)
DSA Mellanox adapter test results . . . . . . . 432 statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Test results for the DSA Mellanox adapter Russia Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Class A statement . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
DSA memory isolation test results. . . . . . . . 435 People's Republic of China Class A electronic
Test results for the DSA memory isolation emission statement . . . . . . . . . . . 541
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Taiwan Class A compliance statement . . . . 541
DSA memory stress test results . . . . . . . . 501 Taiwan BSMI RoHS declaration . . . . . . . 542
Test results for the DSA memory stress
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 iii


iv Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Safety
Before installing this product, read the Safety Information.

Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações de Segurança.

Læs sikkerhedsforskrifterne, før du installerer dette produkt.

Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften.

Ennen kuin asennat tämän tuotteen, lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information.

Avant d'installer ce produit, lisez les consignes de sécurité.

Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen.

Prima di installare questo prodotto, leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza.

Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen (Safety Information) før du installerer dette produktet.

Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações sobre Segurança.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 v


Antes de instalar este producto, lea la información de seguridad.

Läs säkerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den här produkten.

Guidelines for trained service technicians


This section contains information for trained service technicians.

Inspecting for unsafe conditions


Use this information to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in a device that you are working on.

Each device, as it was designed and manufactured, has required safety items to protect users and service
technicians from injury. The information in this section addresses only those items. Use good judgment to
identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by unsupported alterations or attachment of
unsupported features or optional devices that are not addressed in this section. If you identify an unsafe
condition, you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before
you work on the product.

Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present:
• Electrical hazards, especially primary power. Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock.
• Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging capacitor.
• Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing hardware.

To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions, complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the power is off and the power cords are disconnected.
2. Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged, loose, or broken, and observe any sharp edges.
3. Check the power cords:
• Make sure that the third-wire ground connector is in good condition. Use a meter to measure third-
wire ground continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground.
• Make sure that the power cords are the correct type.
• Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn.

vi Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious unsupported alterations. Use good judgment as to the safety of any unsupported
alterations.
6. Check inside the system for any obvious unsafe conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquid, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Make sure that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws or rivets) have not been removed or tampered
with.

Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment


Observe these guidelines when you service electrical equipment.

• Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors, nongrounded power extension cords, and
missing safety grounds.
• Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft
material that does not provide insulation from live electrical current.
• Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition. Do not use worn
or broken tools or testers.
• Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit. The surface is conductive
and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit.
• Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge. Do not use
this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
• Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
• Locate the emergency power-off (EPO) switch, disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet so that you can
turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident.
• Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection, work near power supplies, or remove
or install main units.
• Before you work on the equipment, disconnect the power cord. If you cannot disconnect the power cord,
have the customer power-off the wall box that supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in
the off position.
• Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit. Check it to make sure that it has been
disconnected.
• If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
– Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power-off controls is near you and is available to
turn off the power if necessary.
– When you work with powered-on electrical equipment, use only one hand. Keep the other hand in your
pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock.
– When you use a tester, set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for
that tester.
– Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment
frames.
• Use extreme care when you measure high voltages.
• To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies, pumps, blowers, fans, and motor
generators, do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations.
• If an electrical accident occurs, use caution, turn off the power, and send another person to get medical
aid.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 vii


Safety statements
These statements provide the caution and danger information that is used in this documentation.

Important: Each caution and danger statement in this documentation is labeled with a number. This number
is used to cross reference an English-language caution or danger statement with translated versions of the
caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document.

For example, if a caution statement is labeled Statement 1, translations for that caution statement are in the
Safety Information document under Statement 1.

Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this documentation before you perform the procedures.
Read any additional safety information that comes with your system or optional device before you install the
device.

Statement 1

DANGER

Electrical current from power, telephone, and communication cables is hazardous.

To avoid a shock hazard:


• Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation, maintenance, or reconfiguration
of this product during an electrical storm.
• Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet.
• Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product.
• When possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables.
• Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, or structural damage.
• Disconnect the attached power cords, telecommunications systems, networks, and modems
before you open the device covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation and
configuration procedures.
• Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when installing, moving, or
opening covers on this product or attached devices.

To Connect: To Disconnect:

1. Turn everything OFF. 1. Turn everything OFF.


2. First, attach all cables to devices. 2. First, remove power cords from outlet.
3. Attach signal cables to connectors. 3. Remove signal cables from connectors.
4. Attach power cords to outlet. 4. Remove all cables from devices.
5. Turn device ON.

viii Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Statement 2

CAUTION:
When replacing the lithium battery, use only Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery
recommended by the manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium battery, replace
it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and
can explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of.

Do not:
• Throw or immerse into water
• Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
• Repair or disassemble

Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.

Statement 3

CAUTION:
When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or transmitters) are
installed, note the following:
• Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to
hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device.
• Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein
might result in hazardous radiation exposure.

DANGER

Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam.

Class 1 Laser Product


Laser Klasse 1
Laser Klass 1
Luokan 1 Laserlaite
Appareil A` Laser de Classe 1

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 ix


Statement 4

CAUTION: Use safe practices when lifting.

≥ 18 kg (39.7 lb) ≥ 32 kg (70.5 lb) ≥ 55 kg (121.2 lb)

Statement 5

CAUTION:
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the
electrical current supplied to the device. The device also might have more than one power cord. To
remove all electrical current from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the
power source.

2
1
Statement 6

CAUTION:
If you install a strain-relief bracket option over the end of the power cord that is connected to the
device, you must connect the other end of the power cord to an easily accessible power source.

x Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Statement 8

CAUTION:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached.

Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label
attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one
of these parts, contact a service technician.

Statement 11

CAUTION:
The following label indicates sharp edges, corners, or joints nearby.

Statement 12

CAUTION:
The following label indicates a hot surface nearby.

Statement 13

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 xi


DANGER

Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain
conditions. To avoid these hazards, ensure that your system electrical requirements do not exceed
branch circuit protection requirements. Refer to the information that is provided with your device
for electrical specifications.

Statement 15

CAUTION:
Make sure that the rack is secured properly to avoid tipping when the server unit is extended.

Statement 17

CAUTION:
The following label indicates moving parts nearby.

Statement 26

CAUTION:
Do not place any object on top of rack-mounted devices.

Statement 27

CAUTION:
Hazardous moving parts are nearby.

xii Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 xiii
xiv Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server
This Installation and Service Guide contains information and instructions for setting up yourLenovo System
x3250 M4 Type 2583 server, instructions for installing some optional devices, cabling and configuring the
server, removing and replacing devices, and diagnostics and troubleshooting information.

In addition to the instructions in Chapter 2 “Installing optional devices” on page 19 for installing optional
hardware devices, updating firmware and device drivers, and completing the installation, IBM Business
Partners must also complete the steps in “Instructions for IBM Business Partners” on page 19.

The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server is a 1-U1-high rack model server for high-volume network
transaction processing. This high-performance, dual-core or quad-core server is ideally suited for networking
environments that require superior microprocessor performance, input/output (I/O) flexibility, and high
manageability.

Performance, ease of use, reliability, and expansion capabilities were key considerations in the design of the
server. These design features make it possible for you to customize the system hardware to meet your needs
today and provide flexible expansion capabilities for the future.

The server comes with a limited warranty. For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service
and assistance, see the IBM Warranty Information document that comes with the server.

The server contains IBMX-Architecture next generation technologies, which help increase performance and
reliability. For more information, see “What your server offers” on page 7 and “Reliability, availability, and
serviceability” on page 10.

You can obtain up-to-date information about the server and other IBM server products at http://
shop.lenovo.com/us/ en/systems/. At http://www.lenovo.com/support, you can create a personalized support
page by identifying IBM products that are of interest to you. From this personalized page, you can subscribe
to weekly email notifications about new technical documents, search for information and downloads, and
access various administrative services.

If you participate in the IBM client reference program, you can share information about your use of
technology, best practices, and innovative solutions; build a professional network; and gain visibility for your
business. For more information about the IBM client reference program, see http://www.ibm.com/ibm/
clientreference/.

If firmware and documentation updates are available, you can download them from the IBM website. The
server might have features that are not described in the documentation that comes with the server, and the
documentation might be updated occasionally to include information about those features, or technical
updates might be available to provide additional information that is not included in the server documentation.
To check for updates, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Record information about the server in the following table.

Product name Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server

Machine type Type 2583

1. Racks are measured in vertical increments of 4.45 cm (1.75 inches) each. Each increment is called a "U." A 1-U-high
device is 1.75 inches tall

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 1


Model number _____________________________________________
Serial number _____________________________________________

The model number and serial number are on the ID label on the front of the server, as shown in the following
illustration.

Note: The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

ID label

Figure 1. ID label on the front of the server

In addition, the system service label, which is on the cover of the server, provides a QR code for mobile
access to service information. You can scan the QR code using a QR code reader and scanner with a mobile
device and get quick access to the IBM Service Information website. The IBM Service Information website
provides additional information for parts installation and replacement videos, and error codes for server
support.

The following illustration shows the QR code (ibm.co/1bdLt6K):

Figure 2. QR code

You can download the IBM ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD to help you configure the hardware, install
device drivers, and install the operating system.

For a list of supported optional devices for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

The IBM System x Documentation CD


The IBM System x Documentation CD contains documentation for the server in Portable Document Format
(PDF) and includes the IBM Documentation Browser to help you find information quickly.

Hardware and software requirements


The hardware and software requirements of the IBM System x Documentation CD.

The IBM System x Documentation CD requires the following minimum hardware and software:
• Microsoft Windows XP, Windows 2000, or Red Hat Linux
• 100 MHz microprocessor
• 32 MB of RAM

2 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• Adobe Acrobat Reader 3.0 (or later) or xpdf, which comes with Linux operating systems

The Documentation Browser


Use the Documentation Browser to browse the contents of the CD, read brief descriptions of the documents,
and view documents, using Adobe Acrobat Reader or xpdf.

The Documentation Browser automatically detects the regional settings in use in your server and displays the
documents in the language for that region (if available). If a document is not available in the language for that
region, the English-language version is displayed.

Use one of the following procedures to start the Documentation Browser:


• If Autostart is enabled, insert the CD into the CD or DVD drive. The Documentation Browser starts
automatically.
• If Autostart is disabled or is not enabled for all users, use one of the following procedures:
– If you are using a Windows operating system, insert the CD into the CD or DVD drive and click Start ➙
Run. In the Open field, type:
e:\win32.bat
where e is the drive letter of the CD or DVD drive, and click OK.
– If you are using Red Hat Linux, insert the CD into the CD or DVD drive; then, run the following
command from the /mnt/cdrom directory:
sh runlinux.sh

Select the server from the Product menu. The Available Topics list displays all the documents for the
server. Some documents might be in folders. A plus sign (+) indicates each folder or document that has
additional documents under it. Click the plus sign to display the additional documents.

When you select a document, a description of the document is displayed under Topic Description. To select
more than one document, press and hold the Ctrl key while you select the documents. Click View to view the
selected document or documents in Acrobat Reader or xpdf. If you selected more than one document, all the
selected documents are opened in Acrobat Reader or xpdf.

To search all the documents, type a word or word string in the Search field and click Search. The
documents in which the word or word string appears are listed in order of the most occurrences. Click a
document to view it, and press Crtl+F to use the Acrobat search function, or press Alt+F to use the xpdf
search function within the document.

Click Help for detailed information about using the Documentation Browser.

Related documentation
This Installation and Service Guide contains general information about the server including how to set up and
cable the server, how to install supported optional devices, how to configure the server, and information to
help you solve problems yourself and information for service technicians.

The following documentation also comes with the server:


• Environmental Notices and User Guide
This document is in PDF format on the IBM System x Documentation CD. It contains translated
environmental notices.
• IBM License Agreement for Machine Code
This document is in PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD. It provides translated versions of the
IBM License Agreement for Machine Code for your server.

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 3


• IBM Warranty Information
This document is in printed format and comes with the server. It contains warranty terms and a pointer to
the IBM Statement of Limited Warranty on the IBM website.
• Licenses and Attributions Document
This document is in PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD. It provides the open source notices.
• Rack Installation Instructions
This printed document contains instructions for installing the server in a rack.
• Safety Information
This document is in PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD. It contains translated caution and
danger statements. Each caution and danger statement that appears in the documentation has a number
that you can use to locate the corresponding statement in your language in the Safety Information
document.

Depending on the server model, additional documentation might be included on the IBMSystem x
Documentation CD.

The System x and BladeCenter Tools Center is an online information center that contains information about
tools for updating, managing, and deploying firmware, device drivers, and operating systems. The System x
and BladeCenter Tools Center is at https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-CENTER.

The server might have features that are not described in the documentation that you received with the server.
The documentation might be updated occasionally to include information about those features, or technical
updates might be available to provide additional information that is not included in the server documentation.
These updates are available from the IBM website. To check for updated documentation and technical
updates, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Notices and statements in this document


The caution and danger statements in this document are also in the multilingual Safety Information
document, which is on the IBMSystem x Documentation CD. Each statement is numbered for reference to
the corresponding statement in your language in the Safety Information document.

The following notices and statements are used in this document:

• Note: These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.


• Important: These notices provide information or advice that might help you avoid inconvenient or
problem situations.
• Attention: These notices indicate potential damage to programs, devices, or data. An attention notice is
placed just before the instruction or situation in which damage might occur.
• Caution: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous to you. A caution
statement is placed just before the description of a potentially hazardous procedure step or situation.
• Danger: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you.
A danger statement is placed just before the description of a potentially lethal or extremely hazardous
procedure step or situation.

Server features and specifications


The following information is a summary of the features and specifications of the server. Depending on the
model, some features might not be available, or some specifications might not apply.

4 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 1. Server features and specifications

Microprocessor (depending on the Memory: Integrated functions:


model):
• UltraSlim DVD-ROM combo • Integrated Management Module II
• Supports one Intel quad-core • Multi-burner (IMM2), which consolidates
(Xeon E3-1200 series) or dual-core multiple management functions in
(Pentium G850, or Core i3 series) Hard disk drive expansion bays a single chip
processor (depending on the model): • Intel 82574L Gb Ethernet controller
• Multi-chip Package processor with TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE)
architecture One of the following configurations: and Wake on LAN support
• Designed for LGA 1155 socket • Four 2.5-inch simple-swap SAS • Six Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0
• Scalable up to four cores hard disk drive bays ports (two front and four rear)

• 32 KB instruction L1 cache, 32 KB • Four 2.5-inch hot-swap SAS hard • Two Ethernet ports
data L1 cache, 256 KB instruction/ disk drive bays • Six-port integrated SATA
data L2 cache, and up to 8 MB L3 • Two 3.5-inch simple-swap SATA controller
cache that is shared among the hard disk drive bays • One serial port
cores
Attention: As a general • One VGA port
• Support for Intel Extended consideration, do not mix standard
Memory 64 Technology (EM64T) 512-byte and advanced 4-KB format RAID controllers (depending on the
drives in the same RAID array model):
Notes: because it might lead to potential
performance issues. • Software RAID capabilities that
• Use the Setup utility to determine support RAID levels 0, 1, and 10
the type and speed of the
microprocessors in the server Note: 3TB hard disk drives are not • ServeRAID-BR10il v2 SAS/SATA
supported in OS 4690. adapter that provides RAID levels
• For a list of supported 0, 1, and 10
microprocessors, see http:// PCI expansion slots:
www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
Supports two PCI riser slots on the
Memory: riser card:
• Minimum: 1 GB • Slot 1 is dedicated for ServeRAID-
• Maximum: 32 GB 10il V2 SAS/SATA controller
• Types: PC3L-12800 (single-rank or • Slot 2 supports one PCI Express
dual-rank), 1333 or 1600 MHz, Gen2 x8 half-length, full-height
ECC, DDR3 unbuffered SDRAM adapter
DIMMs only
Power supply (depending on the
• Connectors: Four dual inline
model):
memory module (DIMM)
connectors, two-way interleaved • One fixed 300-watt power supply
• Sizes: 1 GB (single-rank), 2 GB • Up to two hot-swap 460-watt
(single-rank), 4 GB (dual-rank), and power supplies for redundancy
8 GB (dual-rank)
Fan: The server comes standard with
four speed-controlled fans.

RAID controllers (depending on the Video controller (integrated into


model): IMM2): Notes:
• Software RAID capabilities that 1. Power consumption and heat
• Matrox G200 output vary depending on the
support RAID levels 0, 1, and 10
• SVGA compatible video controller number and type of optional
• ServeRAID-BR10il v2 SAS/SATA features installed and the power-
adapter that provides RAID levels • Avocent Digital Video
management optional features in
0, 1, and 10 Compression
use.
• Video memory is not expandable
Acoustical noise emissions: 2. The sound levels were measured
Note: Maximum video resolution is in controlled acoustical
• Sound power, idling: 6.5 bels environments according to the
maximum 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz.

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 5


Table 1. Server features and specifications (continued)

• Sound power, operating: 6.5 bels procedures specified by the


maximum Size: American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) S12.10 and ISO
• 1U
Environment: 7779 and are reported in
• Height: 43 mm (1.69 inches) accordance with ISO 9296.
• Air temperature:
• Depth: 575.8 mm (22.67 inches) Actual sound-pressure levels in a
– Server on: 10°C to 35°C (50.0°F given location might exceed the
to 95.0°F); altitude: 0 to 914.4 m • Width: average values stated because
(3000 ft) – 439 mm (17.28 inches) (without of room reflections and other
– Server on: 10°C to 32°C (50.0°F rack brackets) nearby noise sources. The noise
to 89.6°F); altitude: 914.4 m emission level stated in the
– 478 mm (18.82 inches) (with declared (upper limit) sound-
(3000 ft) to 2133.6 m (7000 ft) rack brackets) power level, in bels, for a random
– Server on: 10°C to 28°C (50.0°F • Maximum weight: 10.67 kg (23.53 sample of system.
to 83°F); altitude: 2133.6 m lb) depending on your
(7000 ft) to 3050 m (10000 ft) 3. There is no keyboard connector
configuration or mouse connector on the
– Server off: 10°C to 43°C (50°F server. You can connect a USB
to 109.4°F) Heat output: keyboard and USB mouse to the
– Shipping: -40°C to 60°C (-40°F server by using the USB
Approximate heat output: connectors.
to 140°F)
• Minimum configuration: 130 BTU
• Humidity:
per hour (38 watts)
– Server on: 8% to 80% • Maximum configuration: 1720 BTU
– Server off: 8% to 80% per hour (504 watts)
• Particulate contamination:
Electrical input:
Attention: Airborne particulates • Sine-wave input (50-60 Hz)
and reactive gases acting alone or required
in combination with other
• Input voltage low range:
environmental factors such as
humidity or temperature might – Minimum: 100 V AC
pose a risk to the server. For
– Maximum: 127 V AC
information about the limits for
particulates and gases, see • Input voltage high range:
“Particulate contamination”. – Minimum: 200 V AC
– Maximum: 240 V AC
• Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA),
approximately:
– Minimum: 0.038 kVA
– Maximum: 0.504 kVA

EU Regulation 617/2013 Technical Documentation:


International Business Machines Corporation
New Orchard Road
Armonk, New York 10504
http://www.ibm.com/customersupport/

For more information on the energy efficiency program, go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/hardware/


energy-star/index.html
Product Type:
Computer server

6 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Year first manufactured:
2012
Internal/external power supply efficiency:
• http://www.plugloadsolutions.com/psu_reports/IBM_39Y7228_460W_SO-220_Report.pdf
• Multi-output: http://www.plugloadsolutions.com/psu_reports/ ACBEL%20POLY_FSA008-030G_
ECOS% 202519_300W_Report.pdf
Maximum power (watts):
See Power supply.
Idle state power (watts):
38
Sleep mode power (watts):
Not applicable for servers.
Off mode power (watts):
4
Noise levels (the declared A-weighed sound power level of the computer):
See Acoustical noise emissions.
Test voltage and frequency:
230V / 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Total harmonic distortion of the electricity supply system:
The maximum harmonic content of the input voltage waveform will be equal or less than 2%. The
qualification is compliant with EN 61000-3-2.
Information and documentation on the instrumentation set-up and circuits used for electrical testing:
ENERGY STAR Test Method for Computer Servers; ECOVA Generalized Test Protocol for Calculating
the Energy Efficiency of Internal Ac-Dc and Dc-Dc Power Supplies.
Measurement methodology used to determine information in this document:
ENERGY STAR Servers Version 2.0 Program Requirements; ECOVA Generalized Test Protocol for
Calculating the Energy Efficiency of Internal Ac-Dc and Dc-Dc Power Supplies.

What your server offers


The server uses the following features and technologies.

• Active Energy Manager


The IBM Active Energy Manager solution is an IBM Systems Director extension that measures and reports
server power consumption as it occurs. This enables you to monitor power consumption in correlation to
specific software application programs and hardware configurations. You can obtain the measurement
values through the systems-management interface and view them, using IBM Systems Director. For more
information, including the required levels of IBM Systems Director and Active Energy Manager, see the
IBM Systems Director Information Center at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/director/v6r1x/
index.jsp?topic=/director_6.1/fqm0_main.html, or see http://www.ibm.com/systems/software/director/
resources.html.
• Dynamic System Analysis (DSA)
The server comes with the IBM Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot diagnostic program stored in the
integrated USB memory on the server. DSA collects and analyzes system information to aid in diagnosing
server problems, as well as offering a rich set of diagnostic tests of the major components of the server.
DSA creates a DSA log, which is a chronologically ordered merge of the system-event log (as the IPMI
event log), the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) event log (as the ASM event log), and the

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 7


operating-system event logs. You can send the DSA log as a file to IBM Support or view the information
as a text file or HTML file.
Two editions of Dynamic System Analysis are available: DSA Portable and DSA Preboot. For more
information about both editions, see “DSA editions” on page 99.
• IBM ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD
The ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD, which you can download from the web, provides programs to
help you set up the server and install a Windows operating system. The ServerGuide program detects
installed optional hardware devices and provides the correct configuration programs and device drivers.
For more information about the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD, see “Using the ServerGuide Setup
and Installation CD” on page 63.
• IBM Systems Director
IBM Systems Director is a platform-management foundation that streamlines the way you manage
physical and virtual systems in a heterogeneous environment. By using industry standards, IBM Systems
Director supports multiple operating systems and virtualization technologies for IBM and non-IBM x86
platforms. For more information, see the IBM Systems Director Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/
systems/software/director/resources.html and “IBM Systems Director” on page 11.
• Integrated Management Module II (IMM2)
The Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) combines service processor functions, video controller, and
remote presence and blue-screen capture features in a single chip. The IMM2 provides advanced service-
processor control, monitoring, and alerting function. If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or
if a system component fails, the IMM2 lights LEDs to help you diagnose the problem, records the error in
the IMM2 event log, and alerts you to the problem. Optionally, the IMM2 also provides a virtual presence
capability for remote server management capabilities. The IMM2 provides remote server management
through the following industry-standard interfaces:
– Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) version 2.0
– Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 3.0
– Common Information Model (CIM)
– Web browser: A standard Features on Demand (FoD) key is required to access the Web browser.

Note: The Local Storage tab on the Web browser is not applicable for your server model and displays
no information.
For additional information, see “Using the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2)” on page 72 and the
Integrated Management Module II User’s Guide at the http://www.lenovo.com/support.
• Lenovo XClarity Administrator
Lenovo XClarity Administrator is a centralized resource-management solution that enables administrators
to deploy infrastructure faster and with less effort. The solution seamlessly integrates into System x,
ThinkServer, and NeXtScale servers, as well as the Flex System converged infrastructure platform.
Lenovo XClarity Administrator provides the following features:
– Intuitive graphical user interface
– Automated discovery and inventory
– Firmware updates and compliance
– Configuration patterns
– Bare metal deployment
– Security management
– Upward integration

8 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


– Representational state transfer (REST) application programming interfaces and Windows PowerShell
– Simple network management protocol (SNMP), system log, and e-mail forwarding
For more information, see “Using Lenovo XClarity Administrator” on page 77.
• Integrated network support
The server comes with an integrated dual-port Intel Gigabit Ethernet controller, which supports
connection to a 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, or 1000 Mbps network. For more information, see “Configuring the
Ethernet controller” on page 75.
• Integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
This integrated security chip performs cryptographic functions and stores private and public secure keys.
It provides the hardware support for the Trusted Computing Group (TCG) specification. You can
download the software to support the TCG specification, when the software is available. See http://
www.ibm.com/systems/x/hardware/enterprise/index.html for details about the TPM implementation. You
can enable TPM support through the Setup utility under the System Security menu option (see “Using the
Setup utility” on page 65).
• Large data-storage capacity and hot-swap capability
The server supports a maximum of eight 2.5-inch hot-swap or simple-swap Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) or
Serial ATA (SATA) hard disk drives or four 3.5-inch hot-swap or simple-swap SATA hard disk drives,
depending on the server model.
• Large system-memory capacity
The server supports up to 32 GB if unbuffered DIMMs are installed. The memory controller supports error
correcting code (ECC) for up to 4 industry-standard PC3L-12800 (DDR3-1600 or DDR3-1333), DDR3
(third-generation double-data-rate), unbuffered or synchronous dynamic random access memory
(SDRAM) dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).
• Mobile access to IBM Service Information website
The server provides a QR code on the system service label, which is on the cover of the server, that you
can scan using a QR code reader and scanner with a mobile device to get quick access to the IBM
Service Information website. The IBM Service Information website provides additional information for
parts installation and replacement videos, and error codes for server support. For the QR code, see QR
code information on page Chapter 1 “The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server” on page 1.
• Multi-core processing
The server supports Intel Celecon™ and Xeon™ E3-1200 series multi-core microprocessors. The server
comes with one microprocessor installed.
• PCI adapter capabilities
The server has two PCI interface slots. Both slots can support PCI Express or PCI-X adapters through an
optional PCI-X interposer card. See “Replacing an adapter” on page 141 for detailed information.
• Redundant connection
The addition of the optional Ethernet adapter provides failover capability to a redundant Ethernet
connection with the applicable application installed. If a problem occurs with the primary Ethernet
connection and the optional Ethernet adapter is installed on the server, all Ethernet traffic that is
associated with the primary connection is automatically switched to the optional redundant Ethernet
adapter connection. If the applicable device drivers are installed, this switching occurs without data loss
and without user intervention.
• Redundant cooling and optional power capabilities
The server supports a maximum of two 460-watt hot-swap power supplies and 5 fans, which provide
redundancy and hot-swap capability for a typical configuration. The redundant cooling by the fans in the

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 9


server enables continued operation if one of the fans fails. The server comes with the minimum of one
460-watt hot-swap power supply and four fans. You can order the second optional power supply for
power redundancy.
• ServeRAID support
The ServeRAID adapter provides hardware redundant array of independent disks (RAID) support to create
configurations. The standard RAID adapter provides RAID levels 0, 1, and 10. An optional RAID adapter is
available for purchase.
• Systems-management capabilities
The server comes with an Integrated Management Module II (IMM2). When the IMM2 is used with the
systems-management software that comes with the server, you can manage the functions of the server
locally and remotely. The IMM2 also provides system monitoring, event recording, and network alert
capability. The systems-management connector on the rear of the server is dedicated to the IMM2. The
dedicated systems-management connector provides additional security by physically separating the
management network traffic from the production network. You can use the Setup utility to configure the
server to use a dedicated systems-management network or a shared network.
• UEFI-compliant server firmware
The UEFI firmware offers several features, including Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) version
2.1 compliance, Active Energy Management (AEM) technology, enhanced reliability, availability, and
serviceability (RAS) capabilities, and basic input/output system (BIOS) compatibility support. UEFI
replaces the BIOS and defines a standard interface between the operating system, platform firmware, and
external devices. The server is capable of booting UEFI-compliant operating systems, BIOS-based
operating systems, and BIOS-based adapters as well as UEFI-compliant adapters. For more information
about UEFI-compliant firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/entry/ portal/docdisplay?lndocid=
MIGR-5083207.

Note: The server does not support DOS (Disk Operating System).

Reliability, availability, and serviceability


Three important computer design features are reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS). The RAS
features help to ensure the integrity of the data that is stored in the server, the availability of the server when
you need it, and the ease with which you can diagnose and correct problems.

Your server has the following RAS features:


• 3-year parts and 3-year labor limited warranty (Machine Type 2583)
• 24-hour support center
• Automatic error retry and recovery
• Automatic restart on nonmaskable interrupt (NMI)
• Automatic restart after a power failure
• Backup basic input/output system switching under the control of the Integrated Management Module II
(IMM2)
• Built-in monitoring for fan, power, temperature, voltage, and power-supply redundancy
• Cable-presence detection on most connectors
• Chipkill memory protection
• Single-device data correction (SDDC) for x4 DRAM technology DIMMs (available on 16 GB DIMMs only).
Ensures that data is available on a single x4 DRAM DIMM after a hard failure of up to two DRAM DIMMs.
One x4 DRAM DIMM in each rank is reserved as a space device.
• Diagnostic support for ServeRAID and Ethernet adapters
• Error codes and messages
• Error correcting code (ECC) L3 cache and system memory
• Full Array Memory Mirroring (FAMM) redundancy
• Hot-swap cooling fans with speed-sensing capability

10 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• Hot-swap hard disk drives
• Hot-swap power supplies
• Information and light path diagnostics LED panels
• Integrated Management Module II (IMM2)
• Light path diagnostics LEDs for DIMMs, microprocessors, hard disk drives, solid state drives, power
supplies, and fans
• Memory mirroring and memory sparing support
• Memory error correcting code and parity test
• Memory downsizing (non-mirrored memory). After a restart of the server after the memory controller
detects a non-mirrored uncorrectable error and the memory controller cannot recover operationally, the
IMM2 logs the uncorrectable error and informs POST. POST logically maps out the memory with the
uncorrectable error, and the server restarts with the remaining installed memory.
• Menu-driven setup, system configuration, and redundant array of independent disks (RAID) configuration
programs
• Microprocessor built-in self-test (BIST), internal error signal monitoring, internal thermal trip signal
monitoring, configuration checking, and microprocessor and voltage regulator module failure identification
through light path diagnostics
• Nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) button
• Parity checking on the PCIe buses
• Power management: compliance with Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI)
• Power-on self-test (POST)
• Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA) alerts on memory, SAS/SATA hard disk drives or solid state drives
• Redundant Ethernet capabilities with failover support
• Redundant hot-swap power supplies and redundant hot-swap fans
• Redundant network interface card (NIC) support
• Remind button to temporarily turn off the system-error LED
• Remote system problem-determination support
• ROM-based diagnostics
• ROM checksums
• Serial Presence Detection (SPD) on memory, VPD on system board, power supply, and hard disk drive or
solid state drive backplanes, microprocessor and memory expansion tray, and Ethernet adapters
• Single-DIMM isolation of excessive correctable error or multi-bit error by the Unified Extensible Firmware
Interface (UEFI)
• Solid-state drives
• Standby voltage for systems-management features and monitoring
• Startup (boot) from LAN through remote initial program load (RIPL) or dynamic host configuration
protocol/boot protocol (DHCP/BOOTP)
• System auto-configuring from the configuration menu
• System-error logging (POST and IMM2)
• Systems-management monitoring through the Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) protocol bus
• Uncorrectable error (UE) detection
• Upgradeable POST, Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI), diagnostics, IMM2 firmware, and read-
only memory (ROM) resident code, locally or over the LAN
• Vital product data (VPD) on microprocessors, system board, power supplies, and SAS/SATA (hot-swap
hard disk drive or solid state drive) backplane
• Wake on LAN capability

IBM Systems Director


IBM Systems Director is a platform-management foundation that streamlines the way you manage physical
and virtual systems supports multiple operating systems and virtualization technologies in IBM and non-IBM
x86 platforms.

Through a single user interface, IBM Systems Director provides consistent views for viewing managed
systems, determining how these systems relate to one other, and identifying their statuses, helping to

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 11


correlate technical resources with business needs. A set of common tasks that are included with IBM
Systems Director provides many of the core capabilities that are required for basic management, which
means instant out-of-the-box business value. The common tasks include the following:
• Discovery
• Inventory
• Configuration
• System health
• Updates
• Event notification
• Automation for managed systems

The IBM Systems Director Web and command-line interfaces provide a consistent interface that is focused
on driving these common tasks and capabilities:
• Discovering, navigating, and visualizing systems on the network with the detailed inventory and
relationships to the other network resources
• Notifying users of problems that occur on systems and the ability to isolate the source of the problems
• Notifying users when systems need updates and distributing and installing updates on a schedule
• Analyzing real-time data for systems and setting critical thresholds that notify the administrator of
emerging problems
• Configuring settings of a single system and creating a configuration plan that can apply those settings to
multiple systems
• Updating installed plug-ins to add new features and functions to the base capabilities
• Managing the life cycles of virtual resources

For more information about IBM Systems Director, see the IBM Systems Director Information Center at
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/director/v6r1x/index.jsp?topic=/director_6.1/fqm0_main.html, and the
Systems Management website at http://shop.lenovo.com/us/en/systems/solutions/, which presents an
overview of IBM Systems Management and IBM Systems Director.

Server controls, LEDs, and power


This section describes the controls and light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and how to turn the server on and off.

For the locations of other LEDs on the system board, see “System-board LEDs” on page 26.

Front view
The following illustration shows the controls, LEDs, and connectors on the front of the server.

Note: The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

The following illustration shows the controls, LEDs, and connectors on the front of the two 3.5-inch simple-
swap hard disk drive model.

12 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Hard disk drive activity LED
Locator LED
Reset button System-error LED
Power-control button USB 1 connector
Power-on LED
USB 2 connector

The following illustration shows the controls, LEDs, and connectors on the front of the four 2.5-inch simple-
swap hard disk drive model.

Hard disk drive activity LED


Locator LED
Reset button System-error LED
Power-control button USB 1 connector
Power-on LED
USB 2 connector

The following illustration shows the controls, LEDs, and connectors on the front of the four 2.5-inch hot-swap
hard disk drive model.
Hard disk drive activity LED
Locator LED
Reset button System-error LED
Power-control button USB 1 connector
Power-on LED
USB 2 connector

• Power-on LED:
The states of the power-on LED are as follows:
– Off: AC power is not present, or the power supply or the LED itself has failed.
– Flashing rapidly (4 times per second): The server is partially on, but not ready to be fully turned on.
The power-control button is disabled. This will last approximately 1 to 3 minutes.
– Flashing slowly (once per second): The server is ready to be turned on. You can press the power-
control button to turn on the server.
– Lit: The server is turned on.
• Power-control button:
Press this button to turn the server on and off manually.
• Reset button:
Press this button to reset the server and run the power-on self-test (POST). You might have to use a pen
or the end of a straightened paper clip to press the button.
• Hard disk drive activity LED:
When this LED is flashing, it indicates that the associated hard disk drive is in use.
• System-locator LED:

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 13


Use this blue LED to visually locate the server among other servers. This LED is also used as a presence
detection button. You can use IBM Systems Director to light this LED remotely. This LED is controlled by
the IMM2.
• System-error LED:
When this yellow LED is lit, it indicates that a system error has occurred. This LED is controlled by the
IMM2.
• USB connectors:
Connect a USB device, such as a USB mouse, keyboard, or other device to any of these connectors.
• Optional DVD eject button:
Press this button to release a DVD or CD from the optional DVD drive.
• Optional DVD drive activity LED:
When this LED is lit, it indicates that the DVD drive is in use.
• Hot-swap hard disk drive activity LEDs (some models):
This LED is used on SAS or SATA hard disk drives. Each hot-swap hard disk drive has an activity LED,
and when this LED is flashing, it indicates that the drive is in use.
• Hot-swap hard disk drive status LEDs (some models):
This LED is used on SAS or SATA hard disk drives. When this LED is lit, it indicates that the drive has
failed. If an optional IBM ServeRAID controller is installed in the server, when this LED is flashing slowly
(one flash per second), it indicates that the drive is being rebuilt. When the LED is flashing rapidly (three
flashes per second), it indicates that the controller is identifying the drive.

Rear view
The following illustrations show the connectors and LEDs on the rear of the server.

Note: The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

The following illustration shows the LEDs and connectors on the rear of the fixed power-supply model.

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2


link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

The following illustration shows the LEDs and connectors on the rear of the redundant power-supply model.

14 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2
link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC AC

DC DC

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

• Ethernet link LEDs: When these LEDs are lit, they indicate that there is an active link connection on the
10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, or 1000BASE-TX interface for the Ethernet port.
• Ethernet activity LEDs: When these LEDs are lit, they indicate that there is activity between the server
and the network.
• AC power LED: This green LED provides status information about the power supply. During typical
operation, both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit. For any other combination of LEDs, see “Power-supply
LEDs” on page 94.
• DC power LED: This green LED provides status information about the power supply. During typical
operation, both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit. For any other combination of LEDs, see “Power-supply
LEDs” on page 94.
• Power supply error LED: When this yellow LED is lit, it indicates that the power supply has failed.
• Power cord connector: Connect the power cord to this connector.
• Video connector: Connect a monitor to this connector.
• Serial connector: Connect a 9-pin serial device to this connector. The serial port is shared with the
integrated management module II (IMM2). The IMM2 can take control of the shared serial port to redirect
serial traffic, using Serial over LAN (SOL).
• USB connectors: Connect a USB device, such as a USB mouse, keyboard, or other device to any of
these connectors.
• Ethernet connectors: Use either of these connectors to connect the server to a network. When you use
the Ethernet 1 connector, the network can be shared with the IMM2 through a single network cable.
• NMI button: Press this button to force a nonmaskable interrupt to the microprocessor. It allows you to
blue screen the server and take a memory dump (use this button only when directed by the IBM service
support). You might have to use a pen or the end of a straightened paper clip to press the button.

Server power features


When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on, the operating system does not run,
and all core logic except for the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) is shutdown.

However, the server can respond to requests from Integrated Management Module II (IMM2), such as a
remote request to turn on the server. The power-on LED flashes to indicate that the server is connected to ac
power but is not turned on.

Turning on the server


Use this information to turn on the server.

Approximately 5 seconds after the server is connected to ac power, one or more fans might start running to
provide cooling while the server is connected to power and the power-on button LED will blink quickly.

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 15


Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power, the power-control button becomes
active (the power-on LED will blink slowly), and one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while
the server is connected to power. You can turn on the server by pressing the power-control button.

The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways:


• If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on, the server will restart automatically when power is
restored.
• If your operating system supports the Wake on LAN feature, the Wake on LAN feature can turn on the
server.

Note: When 4 GB or more of memory (physical or logical) is installed, some memory is reserved for various
system resources and is unavailable to the operating system. The amount of memory that is reserved for
system resources depends on the operating system, the configuration of the server, and the configured PCI
options.

Turning off the server


Use this information to turn off the server.

When you turn off the server and leave it connected to ac power, the server can respond to requests from
Integrated Management Module II (IMM2), such as a remote request to turn on the server. While the server
remains connected to ac power, one or more fans might continue to run. To remove all power from the
server, you must disconnect it from the power source.

Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server. See your operating-
system documentation for information about shutting down the operating system.

Statement 5

CAUTION:
The power control button on the device do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device.
The device also might have more than one power cord. To remove all electrical current from the
device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source.

2
1

The server can be turned off in any of the following ways:


• You can turn off the server from the operating system, if your operating system supports this feature. After
an orderly shutdown of the operating system, the server will turn off automatically.
• You can press the power-control button to start an orderly shutdown of the operating system and turn off
the server, if your operating system supports this feature.
• If the operating system stops functioning, you can press and hold the power-control button for more than
4 seconds to turn off the server.
• The server can be turned off by Wake on LAN feature with the following limitation:

16 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Note: When you install any PCI adapter, the power cords must be disconnected from the power source
before you remove the PCI Express assembly and the PCI-X assembly. Otherwise, the Wake on LAN
feature might not work.
• The Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical
system failure.

Chapter 1. The Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server 17


18 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Chapter 2. Installing optional devices
This chapter provides detailed instructions for installing optional hardware devices in the server.

In addition to the instructions in this chapter for installing optional hardware devices, updating the firmware
and device drivers, and completing the installation, IBM Business Partners must also complete the steps in
“Instructions for IBM Business Partners” on page 19.

Important: To help ensure that the devices that you install work correctly and do not introduce problems,
observe the following precautions.

Step 1. Make sure that the server and the installed firmware levels support the devices that you are
installing. If necessary, update the UEFI and IMM2 firmware and any other firmware that is stored
on the system board. For information about where firmware is stored in the server, see “Updating
the firmware” on page 61. For a list of supported optional devices for the server, see http://
www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
Step 2. Use the best practices to apply current firmware and device-driver updates for the server and
optional devices. To download the Firmware Update Guides document, go to http://www.ibm.com/
support/entry/portal/docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-5082923. Additional hints and tips are available from
the following website:

IBM support: http://www.lenovo.com/support

System x configuration tools: http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/hardware/configtools.html


Step 3. Before you install optional hardware devices, make sure that the server is working correctly. Start
the server and make sure that the operating system starts, if an operating system is installed, or
that a 19990305 error code is displayed, indicating that an operating system was not found but the
server is otherwise working correctly. If the server is not working correctly, see “Running DSA
Preboot diagnostic programs” on page 100 for information about how to run diagnostics.
Step 4. Follow the installation procedures in this chapter and use the correct tools. Incorrectly installed
devices can cause system failure because of damaged pins in sockets or connectors, loose
cabling, or loose components.

Instructions for IBM Business Partners


Instructions for IBM Business Partners on verifying the newly installed devices by running the Dynamic
System Analysis (DSA) stress test.

In addition to the instructions in this chapter for installing optional hardware devices, updating firmware and
device drivers, and completing the installation, IBM Business Partners must also complete the following
steps:
1. After you have confirmed that the server starts correctly and recognizes the newly installed devices and
that no error LEDs are lit, run the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) stress test. For information about
using DSA, see “IBM Dynamic System Analysis” on page 99.
2. Shut down and restart the server multiple times to ensure that the server is correctly configured and
functions correctly with the newly installed devices.
3. Save the DSA log as a file and send it to IBM. For information about transferring data and logs, see “How
to send DSA data” on page 532.
4. To ship the server, repackage it in the original undamaged packing material and observe IBM
procedures for shipping.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 19


Support information for IBM Business Partners is available at http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld.

Sending DSA data to IBM


You can send DSA data to IBM with standard upload, standard upload with the system serial number, secure
upload, and secure upload with the system serial number.

Before you send diagnostic data to IBM, read the terms of use at http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/
terms.html.

You can use any of the following methods to send diagnostic data to IBM:
• Standard upload:
http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/send_http.html
• Standard upload with the system serial number:
http://www.ecurep.ibm.com/app/ upload_hw
• Secure upload:
http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/send_http.html#secure
• Secure upload with the system serial number:
https://www.ecurep.ibm.com/ app/upload_hw

Server components
The following illustration shows the major components in the server.

The following illustration shows the major components in the server. The illustrations in this document might
differ slightly from your hardware.

Model with fixed power supply:

20 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Cover

PCI riser card


assembly

ServeRAID BR10il
Heat sink
v2 adapter some
models

Air baffle
Microprocessor
DIMM
System board

Fixed power supply


Fans

DVD drive filler


Chassis
DVD drive

Operator information
panel assembly 2.5-inch simple-
swap hard disk
drive backplate
Front bezel
(some models)

2.5-inch simple-
swap hard disk
drive(some
models)

2.5-inch hard
disk drive filler 3.5-inch simple-swap 3.5-inch simple-
hard disk drive swap hard disk
3.5-inch hard (some models) drive backplate
disk drive filler (some models)

Model with redundant power supply:

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 21


Cover

PCI riser card


assembly

ServeRAID BR10il
Heat sink
v2 adapter some
models

Air baffle
Microprocessor
DIMM
System board

Hot-swap
power supply
Fans

DVD drive filler


Chassis
DVD drive

Operator information
panel assembly 2.5-inch simple-
swap hard disk
drive backplate
Front bezel
(some models)

2.5-inch simple-
swap hard disk
drive(some 2.5-inch hot-swap
models) hard disk drive
backplane
2.5-inch hard (some models)
disk drive filler 2.5-inch hot-swap
hard disk drive Paddle card
2.5-inch hot-swap (some models)
hard disk drive filler Safety 240VA cover

Blue on a component indicates touch points, where you can grip the component to remove it from or install it
in the server, open or close a latch, and so on.

Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates that the component can be
hot-swapped, which means that if the server and operating system support hot-swap capability, you can
remove or install the component while the server is running.

Note: Orange can also indicate touch points on hot-swap components.

See the instructions for removing or installing a specific hot-swap component for any additional procedures
that you might have to perform before you remove or install the component.

22 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


System-board internal connectors
The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board.

(cy1cd019)

PCI riser connector Power 2

SAS backplane
configuration
connector Power 1

SATA 5

SATA 4

DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1
SATA 3 Microprocessor Battery

Operator information
panel connector
Fan 4 connector
Front USB assembly
connecotr Fan 3 connector

USB hypervisor key DIMM 1


connector
DIMM 2

Fan 1 connector Fan 2 connector SATA 2 SATA 1 SATA 0 DIMM 4 DIMM 3

Figure 3. Internal connectors on the system board

System-board external connectors


The following illustration shows the external connectors on the system board.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 23


(cy1cd020)

Ethernet connector 1/
USB connectors 1&2
Ethernet connector 2/
USB connectors 3&4

NMI button Serial (COM1) Video

DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1

Microprocessor

Figure 4. External connectors on the system board

System-board switches and jumpers


The following illustration shows the location and description of the switches, jumpers, and buttons.

Important:
1. Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers, turn off the server; then, disconnect all
power cords and external cables. Review the information in “Safety” on page v, “Installation guidelines”
on page 35, and “Turning off the server” on page 16.
2. Any system-board switch or jumper block that is not shown in the illustrations in this document are
reserved.
3. If there is a clear protective sticker on the top of the switch blocks, you must remove and discard it to
access the switches.

24 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


(cy1cd021a)

BIOS boot backup IMM SPI HALF ROM


jumper (J P 2) enable jumper (J P 12)

DIMM 4

Low security DIMM 3


jumper (J P 19)
DIMM 2
DIMM 1

TPM physical
presence
jumper (JP 10)

ME recovery
jumper (JP 8)

Clear CMOS
jumper (JP 1)

ME flash override
jumper (JP 9)

TPM initialization Microprocessor


jumper (JP 11)

Figure 5. Location of the switches, jumpers, and buttons on the system board

The following table describes the jumpers on the system board.

Table 2. Jumpers definition

Jumper number Jumper name Jumper setting

JP1 Clear CMOS jumper


• Pins 1 and 2: Keep CMOS data
(default)
• Pins 2 and 3: Clear CMOS data
JP2 BIOS block backup jumper
• Pins 1 and 2: Boot from primary BIOS
page (default)
• Pins 2 and 3: Boot from backup BIOS
page

JP8 ME recovery jumper


• Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default).
• Pins 2 and 3: Activate ME recovery.

JP9 ME flash override jumper


• Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default).
• Pins 2 and 3: Override ME flash.
JP10 Trusted Platform Module (TPM) physical Pins 1 and 2: Enable TPM physical
presence jumper presence (default)

Pins 2 and 3: Disable TPM physical


presence

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 25


Table 2. Jumpers definition (continued)

Jumper number Jumper name Jumper setting

JP11 TPM initialization jumper


• Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default).
• Pins 2 and 3: Initiate TPM.
JP12 IMM SPI half ROM enable
• Pins 1 and 2: Disabled.
• Pins 2 and 3: Enable IMM SPI half
ROM (default).

JP19 Low security_N jumper


• Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default).
• Pins 2 and 3: Activate low security.

Notes:
1. If no jumper is present, the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2.
2. Changing the position of the boot block jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on
alters which flash ROM page is loaded. Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on. This
can cause an unpredictable problem.

System-board LEDs
The following illustration shows the light-emitting diodes (LEDs) on the system board.

(cy1cd039)

System board
error LED

Standby power
LED

Microprocessor
error LED
DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1

Microprocessor
RTMM
Hearbeat LED

DIMM 1 - 4
error LEDs

IMM2 hearbeat
LED

Figure 6. The LEDs on the system board

Note: When you disconnect the power source from the server, you lose the ability to view the LEDs because
the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed. Before you disconnect the power source, make a
note of which LEDs are lit, including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside
the server on the system board

26 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 3. System-board LEDs

LED Description

Standby power LED When this LED is lit, it indicates that the server is
connected to ac power.

DIMM error LEDs A memory DIMM has failed or is incorrectly installed.

Microprocessor error LED Microprocessor has failed, is missing, or has been


incorrectly installed.

System-board error LED System-board CPU VRD and/or power voltage regulators
have failed.
IMM2 heartbeat LED Indicates the status of the boot process of the IMM2.

When the server is connected to power this LED flashes


quickly to indicate that the IMM2 code is loading. When
the loading is complete, the LED stops flashing briefly and
then flashes slowly to indicate that the IMM2 if fully
operational and you can press the power-control button
to start the server.
RTMM heartbeat LED power-on and power-off sequencing.

PCI riser-card assembly connectors


The following illustration shows the locations of the PCI slots on the riser-card assembly.

Slot 2 PCIe Gen2 x8 (8, 4, 1)

Slot 1 PCIe Gen2 x8 (4, 1)

Figure 7. Connectors on PCI riser-card assembly

Installing a memory module


Use this information to install a memory module

The following notes describe the types of dual inline memory modules (DIMMs) that the server supports and
other information that you must consider when you install DIMMs (see “System-board internal connectors”
on page 23).

If you are replacing a drive, make sure that:


• The server supports industry-standard, 1066, 1333 and 1600 MHz, PC3-12800 (single-rank or dual-rank)
double-data-rate 3 (DDR3), registered or unbuffered, synchronous dynamic random-access memory

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 27


(SDRAM) dual inline memory modules (DIMMs) with error correcting code (ECC). For a list of supported
options for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/; then, select your country and navigate to
the list of options for the server.
• The maximum amount of memory that the server supports is dependent on the type of memory that you
install in the server.
• The amount of usable memory is reduced, depending on the system configuration. A certain amount of
memory must be reserved for system resources. To view the total amount of installed memory and the
amount of configured memory, run the Setup utility. For additional information, see “Using the Setup
utility” on page 65.
• The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server.
• If you install a pair of DIMMs in DIMM connectors 1 and 3, the size and speed of the DIMMs that you
install in DIMM connectors 1 and 3 must match each other. However, they do not have to be the same
size and speed as the DIMMs that are installed in DIMM connectors 2 and 4.
• You can use compatible DIMMs from various manufacturers in the same pair.
• When you install or remove DIMMs, the server configuration information changes. When you restart the
server, the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed.Static
electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered-on might cause the
server to stop, which could result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always use an
electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the
power on.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered-on
might cause the server to stop, which could result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem,
always use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the
server with the power on.
• The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM, in the following format.
gggeRxff-PC3-wwwwwm-aa-bb-cc
where:
– ggg is the total capacity of the DIMM (for example, 1GB, 2GB, or 4GB)
– e is the number of ranks
– 1 = single-rank
– 2 = dual-rank
– 4 = quad-rank
– ff is the device organization (bit width)
– 4 = x4 organization (4 DQ lines per SDRAM)
– 8 = x8 organization
– 16 = x16 organization
– wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth, in MBps
– 8500 = 8.53 GBps (PC3-1066 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
– 10600 = 10.66 GBps (PC3-1333 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
– 12800 = 12.8 GBps (PC3-1600 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
– m is the DIMM type
– E = Unbuffered DIMM (UDIMM) with ECC (x72-bit module data bus)
– R = Registered DIMM (RDIMM)
– U = Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC (x64-bit primary data bus)

28 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


– aa is the CAS latency, in clocks at maximum operating frequency
– bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level
– cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM
– d is the revision number of the reference design of the DIMM

Note: To determine the type of a DIMM, see the label on the DIMM. The information on the label is in the
format xxxxx nRxxx PC3-xxxxx-xx-xx-xxx. The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates whether
the DIMM is single-rank (n=1) or dual-rank (n=2).

Unbuffered DIMMs (UDIMMs)


The following notes provide information that you must consider when you install UDIMMs.

• The memory channels run at the lowest common frequency of the DIMMs installed.
• The UDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, and 8 GB (when available)
DIMMs.
• The server supports up to two single-rank or dual-rank UDIMMs per channel.
• The following table lists the supported UDIMM population.

Table 4. Supported UDIMM population per channel

DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM


per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed (any combination)

2 1 Unbuffered DDR3 1066, 1333, 1600 Single-rank, dual-


ECC rank
2 2 Unbuffered DDR3 1066, 1333, 1600 Single-rank, dual-
ECC rank

• The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked UDIMMs.

Table 5. Maximum memory population using ranked UDIMMs (depending on your model)

Number of UDIMMs DIMM type Size Total memory


4 Single-rank UDIMMs 1 GB 4 GB

4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 2 GB 8 GB
4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 4 GB 16 GB
4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 8 GB 32 GB

• The following table shows the UDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance.

Table 6. UDIMM population rule

DIMM connector 1 DIMM connector 2 DIMM connector 3 DIMM connector 4


Populated Empty Empty Empty

Populated Empty Populated Empty

Populated Populated Populated Populated

Installing drives
This section describes the rules to install drives.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 29


The following notes describe the type of hard disk drives that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a hard disk drive. For a list of supported hard disk drives, see http://
www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
• Locate the documentation that comes with the drive and follow those instructions in addition to the
instructions in this chapter.
• Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that
comes with the drive.
• Select the bay in which you want to install the drive.
• Check the instructions that come with the drive to determine whether you have to set any switches or
jumpers on the drive. If you are installing a SAS or SATA hard disk drive, be sure to set the SAS or SATA
ID for that device.
• The fixed power supply models can support up to four 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch hot-swap or simple-swap hard
disk drives.
• The redundant power supply models can support up to eight 2.5-inch hot-swap or simple-swap hard disk
drives.
• The electromagnetic interference (EMI) integrity and cooling of the server are protected by having all bays
and PCI and PCI Express slots covered or occupied. When you install a drive, PCI, or PCI Express
adapter, save the EMC shield and filler panel from the bay or PCI adapter or PCI Express adapter slot
cover in the event that you later remove the device.
• For a complete list of supported optional devices for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Installing a simple-swap hard disk drive


To install a simple-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps.

Attention: Simple-swap hard disk drives are not hot-swappable. Disconnect all power from the server
before you remove or install a simple-swap hard disk drive.
1. Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all external cables and power cords.
3. Make sure that the server top cover is in place and fully closed.
4. Remove the filler panel from the bay.
5. Install the hard disk drive:
• To install a 3.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive, pull the loops of the drive tray toward each other,
and slide the drive into the server until the drive connects to the backplate. Release the loops of the
drive tray.

30 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SATA hard disk
drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

• To install a 2.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive, slide the drive into the server until the drive clicks
into the server and connects to the backplate.

SATA hard disk


drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

6. Insert the filler panel into the bay to cover the drive.

Note: If a RAID controller or adapter is installed, you might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you
install hard disk drives. See your RAID controller or adapter documentation.

Installing a hot-swap hard disk drive


The 2.5-inch drive hot-swap server models support four SAS 2.5-inch hard disk drives.

Note: If you have only one hard disk drive, install it in the left or upper-left drive bay.

To install a hot-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps.

Attention: To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors, make sure that the server top cover is in
place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 31


Release latch
Activity LED
(green)
Error LED
(yellow)

2.5-inch hot-swap Drive handle


hard disk drive

1. Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.
2. Make sure that the server top cover is in place and fully closed.

Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes
without either a drive or filler panel installed in each bay.
3. Install the hard disk drive in the hot-swap bay:
• Make sure that the drive tray handle is open (as shown in the illustration).
• Remove the filler panel from the bay.
• Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay.
• Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until the drive stops.
• Push the tray handle to the closed (locked) position.
• Check the hard disk drive status LED to make sure that the hard disk drive is operating correctly. If
the yellow hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit continuously, that drive is faulty and must be
replaced. If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing, the drive is being accessed.

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Note: You might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you install hard disk drives. See the RAID
documentation on the IBM ServeRAID Support CD for information about RAID controllers.

Installing an optional DVD drive


Use this information to install a DVD drive

If you are replacing a removed drive with a new drive, make sure that:
• You have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that comes with the
new drive.
• You have checked the instructions that come with the new drive to determine whether you must set any
switches or jumpers in the drive.

32 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• You have removed the blue optical drive rails from the side of the old drive and have them available for
installation on the new drive.

Note: If you are installing a drive that contains a laser, observe the following safety precautions.

Statement 3

CAUTION:
When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or transmitters) are
installed, note the following:
• Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to
hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device.
• Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein
might result in hazardous radiation exposure.

DANGER

Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode.

Note the following. Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with
optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam.

Class 1 Laser Product


Laser Klasse 1
Laser Klass 1
Luokan 1 Laserlaite
Appareil A` Laser de Classe 1

To install an optional DVD drive, complete the following steps:


1. Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.
2. Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set jumpers or switches, if there are any.

Note: You might find it easier to install the new drive from the front and then attach the cables.
3. Turn off the server and all peripheral devices; then, disconnect the power cords and all external cables.
4. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 37).
5. Remove the DVD drive filler if it is installed. Pull the release tab (the rear of the drive-retention clip)
toward the right side of the server to release the clip; then, while you pull the tab, push the DVD drive
filler out of the bay. Save the DVD drive filler for future use.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 33


Release tab

6. Touch the static-protective package that contains the new DVD drive to any unpainted metal surface on
the server; then, remove the DVD drive from the package and place it on a static-protective surface.
7. Follow the instructions that come with the DVD drive to set any jumpers or switches.
8. Remove the retention clip from the DVD drive filler.
9. Attach the drive retention clip (that comes with the DVD drive filler) to the side of the new DVD drive.

Drive retention clip

Alignment pins

10. Align the drive in the drive bay and slide the drive into the DVD drive bay until the drive clicks into place.

34 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Installation guidelines
Use the installation guidelines to install the Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered-on
might cause the system to halt, which might result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always
use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when removing or installing a hot-swap
device.

Before you install optional devices, read the following information:


• Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and the guidelines in “Working inside the server with the
power on” on page 37, and “Handling static-sensitive devices” on page 37. This information will help you
work safely.
• Make sure that the devices that you are installing are supported. For a list of supported optional devices
for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
• When you install your new server, take the opportunity to download and apply the most recent firmware
updates. This step will help to ensure that any known issues are addressed and that your server is ready
to function at maximum levels of performance. To download firmware updates for your server, go to http://
www.ibm.com/support/ fixcentral.

Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device
is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before
you update the code.
For additional information about tools for updating, managing, and deploying firmware, see the
ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter at https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-CENTER
• Before you install optional hardware, make sure that the server is working correctly. Start the server, and
make sure that the operating system starts, if an operating system is installed, or that a 19990305 error
code is displayed, indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working
correctly. If the server is not working correctly, see “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on page
100 for information about how to run diagnostics.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 35


• Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working. Place removed covers and other parts in
a safe place.
• Do not attempt to lift an object that you think is too heavy for you. If you have to lift a heavy object,
observe the following precautions:
– Make sure that you can stand safely without slipping.
– Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet.
– Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly or twist when you lift a heavy object.
– To avoid straining the muscles in your back, lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg muscles.
• Make sure that you have an adequate number of properly grounded electrical outlets for the server,
monitor, and other devices.
• Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives.
• Have a small flat-blade screwdriver, a small Phillips screwdriver, and a T8 torx screwdriver available.
• To view the error LEDs on the system board and internal components, leave the server connected to
power.
• You do not have to turn off the server to install or replace hot-swap power supplies, hot-swap fans, or hot-
plug Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices. However, you must turn off the server before you perform any
steps that involve removing or installing adapter cables and you must disconnect the power source from
the server before you perform any steps that involve removing or installing a riser card.
• Blue on a component indicates touch points, where you can grip the component to remove it from or
install it in the server, open or close a latch, and so on.
• Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates that the component can be
hot-swapped, which means that if the server and operating system support hot-swap capability, you can
remove or install the component while the server is running. (Orange can also indicate touch points on
hot-swap components.) See the instructions for removing or installing a specific hot-swap component for
any additional procedures that you might have to perform before you remove or install the component.
• When you are finished working on the server, reinstall all safety shields, guards, labels, and ground wires.

System reliability guidelines


The system reliability guidelines are to ensure proper system cooling.

To help ensure proper system cooling and system reliability, make sure that the following requirements are
met:
• Each of the drive bays has a drive or a filler panel and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) shield installed
in it.
• If the server has redundant power, each of the power-supply bays has a power supply installed in it.
• There is adequate space around the server to allow the server cooling system to work properly. Leave
approximately 50 mm (2.0 in.) of open space around the front and rear of the server. Do not place objects
in front of the fans. For proper cooling and airflow, replace the server cover before you turn on the server.
Operating the server for extended periods of time (more than 30 minutes) with the server cover removed
might damage server components.
• You have followed the cabling instructions that come with optional adapters.
• You have replaced a failed fan as soon as possible.
• You have replaced a hot-swap drive within 2 minutes of removal.
• You do not operate the server without the air baffle installed. Operating the server without the air baffle
might cause the microprocessor to overheat.

36 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Working inside the server with the power on
Guidelines to work inside the server with the power on.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered-on
might cause the server to halt, which might result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always
use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with
the power on.

You might have to have the server turned on while the cover is off, to look at system-board LEDs or replace
hot-swap components. Follow these guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on:
• Avoid wearing loose-fitting clothing on your forearms. Button long-sleeved shirts before working inside
the server; do not wear cuff links while you are working inside the server.
• Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server.
• Remove jewelry, such as bracelets, necklaces, rings, and loose-fitting wrist watches.
• Remove items from your shirt pocket, such as pens and pencils, that could fall into the server as you lean
over it.
• Avoid dropping any metallic objects, such as paper clips, hairpins, and screws, into the server.

Handling static-sensitive devices


Use this information to handle static-sensitive devices.

Attention: Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep
static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge, observe the following precautions:
• Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you.
• The use of a grounding system is recommended. For example, wear an electrostatic-discharge wrist
strap, if one is available. Always use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system
when working inside the server with the power on.
• Handle the device carefully, holding it by its edges or its frame.
• Do not touch solder joints, pins, or exposed circuitry.
• Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it.
• While the device is still in its static-protective package, touch it to an unpainted metal surface on the
outside of the server for at least 2 seconds. This drains static electricity from the package and from your
body.
• Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without setting down the device.
If it is necessary to set down the device, put it back into its static-protective package. Do not place the
device on the server cover or on a metal surface.
• Take additional care when handling devices during cold weather. Heating reduces indoor humidity and
increases static electricity.

Removing the cover


Use this information to remove the cover.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 37


If you are replacing a server component or an optional device in the server, you need to turn off the server
and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Note: Before you install optional hardware, make sure that the server is working correctly. Start the server,
and make sure that the operating system starts, if an operating system is installed, or that a 19990305 error
code is displayed, indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working
correctly.

To remove the server cover, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Read the safety information that begins in the begin of this documentation.
Step 2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables,
if necessary.
Step 3. If the server has been installed in a rack, loosen the two thumbscrews on the front of the server and
remove the server out of the rack enclosure; then, place it on a flat, static-protective surface.

Note: When you disconnect the power source from the server, you lose the ability to view the
LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed. Before you disconnect the
power source, make a note of which LEDs are lit, including the LEDs that are lit on the front panel,
on the rear panel, and LEDs inside the server on the system board, then, see this documentation
for information about how to solve the problem.
Step 4. Press down firmly on the blue tab on the top of the cover (on the right side near the front of the
server) and slide the cover toward the rear of the server until the cover has disengaged from the
chassis.
Cover-release
button

Figure 8. Cover removal

Step 5. Lift the cover off the server and set it aside.

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the server cover before you turn on the server.

Removing the air baffle


Use this information to remove the air baffle from the server.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

38 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If you are replacing a server component or an optional device in the server, you need to turn off the server
and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the air baffle, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Read the safety information that begins in the begin of this documentation.
Step 2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables,
if necessary.
Step 3. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 37).
Step 4. Grasp the air baffle; then, lift it up out of the server and set it aside.

Air baffle

Figure 9. Air baffle removal

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the air baffle before you turn on the server.
Operating the server with the air baffle removed might damage server components.

Removing the PCI riser-card assembly


Use this information to remove the PCI riser-card assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the PCI riser-card assembly, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 37).
Step 2. If an adapter is installed in the PCI riser-card assembly, disconnect any cables that are connected
to the adapter.
Step 3. Grasp the front and rear of the PCI riser-card assembly and lift it out of the PCI riser-card slot on
the system board.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 39


Riser-card
assembly

Step 4. Disconnect any cables from the adapters in the PCI riser-card assembly.
Step 5. Place the PCI riser-card assembly on a flat, static-protective surface. If you are instructed to return
the PCI riser-card assembly, follow all packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for
shipping that are supplied to you.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Installing a system fan


Use this information to install a system fan in the server.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install a system fan, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Position the fan so that the airflow arrow on the fan points toward the rear of the server.

Note: The correct airflow is from the front to the rear of the server.

40 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Fan Fan bracket
cable channel

Fan bracket

Fan bracket
cable slot

Figure 10. System fan installation

Step 2. Install the fan in the bracket:


a. Make sure that the fan cable sits in the channel on the side of the fan.
b. In the location from which you removed the failed fan, route the fan cable into the fan cable slot
in the fan bracket top.
c. Insert the fan into the bracket.
d. Make sure that each of the grey soft tabs on the fan is fully seated in its slot in the fan bracket.
Step 3. Connect the fan cable to the system board (see “System-board internal connectors” on page 23 for
the locations of the fan cable connectors on the system board).

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Installing drives
This section describes the rules to install drives.

The following notes describe the type of hard disk drives that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a hard disk drive. For a list of supported hard disk drives, see http://
www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
• Locate the documentation that comes with the drive and follow those instructions in addition to the
instructions in this chapter.
• Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that
comes with the drive.
• Select the bay in which you want to install the drive.
• Check the instructions that come with the drive to determine whether you have to set any switches or
jumpers on the drive. If you are installing a SAS or SATA hard disk drive, be sure to set the SAS or SATA
ID for that device.
• The fixed power supply models can support up to four 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch hot-swap or simple-swap hard
disk drives.
• The redundant power supply models can support up to eight 2.5-inch hot-swap or simple-swap hard disk
drives.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 41


• The electromagnetic interference (EMI) integrity and cooling of the server are protected by having all bays
and PCI and PCI Express slots covered or occupied. When you install a drive, PCI, or PCI Express
adapter, save the EMC shield and filler panel from the bay or PCI adapter or PCI Express adapter slot
cover in the event that you later remove the device.
• For a complete list of supported optional devices for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Installing a hot-swap hard disk drive


Use this information to install a hot-swap hard disk drive.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install a hot-swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, complete the following steps:

Note: If you have only one hard disk drive, you must install it in the left drive bay.

Attention: To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors, make sure that the server cover is in place
and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive.

Step 1. Remove the filler panel from the empty drive bay. Keep the filler panel in a safe place.
Step 2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the
server; then, remove the drive from the package and place it on a static-protective surface.
Step 3. Install the hard disk drive in the drive bay:
a. Make sure that the tray handle is in the open (unlocked) position.
b. Align the drive with the guide rails in the bay.

SAS hard disk


drive back plane

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

Figure 11. Hot-swap hard disk drive installation

c. Gently push the drive into the bay until the drive stops.
d. Rotate the tray handle to the closed (locked) position.
e. Check the hard disk drive status LED to verify that the hard disk drive is operating correctly. If
the yellow hard disk drive status LED of a drive is lit continuously, that drive is faulty and must
be replaced. If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing, the drive is being accessed.

42 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Note: If the server is configured for RAID operation using a ServeRAID adapter, you might
have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives. See the ServeRAID
adapter documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete
instructions for using the ServeRAID adapter.
Step 4. If you are installing additional hot-swap hard disk drives, do so now.

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Installing a simple-swap hard disk drive


Use this information to install a simple-swap hard disk drive.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install a simple-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Remove the filler panel from the empty drive bay.
Step 2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the
server; then, remove the drive from the package and place it on a static-protective surface.
Step 3. Install the hard disk drive in the drive bay:
a. Grasp the black drive handle and slide the blue release latch to the right and align the drive
assembly with the guide rails in the bay.

SATA hard disk


drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

Figure 12. 2.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive installation

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 43


SATA hard disk
drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

Figure 13. 3.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive installation

b. Gently push the drive into the bay until the drive stops.
Step 4. Reinstall the drive bay filler panel that you removed earlier.
Step 5. If you are installing additional simple-swap hard disk drives, do so now.

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Installing the optional DVD drive


Use this information to install the DVD drive.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install the DVD drive, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the DVD drive filler panel if it is installed. Locate the blue release tab on the rear of the DVD
drive filler panel; then, while you press the tab, push the DVD drive filler panel out of the drive bay.

44 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Release tab

Figure 14. DVD drive filler panel removal

Step 2. Remove the retention clip from the side of the DVD drive filler panel. Save the DVD drive filler panel
for future use.

Note: If you are installing an optical drive that contains a laser, observe the following safety
precautions.

Statement 3

CAUTION:
When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or transmitters) are
installed, note the following:
• Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in
exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device.
• Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified
herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure.

DANGER

Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the
following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 45


Class 1 Laser Product
Laser Klasse 1
Laser Klass 1
Luokan 1 Laserlaite
Appareil A` Laser de Classe 1
Step 3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the new optical drive to any unpainted metal
surface on the server; then, remove the optical drive from the package and place it on a static-
protective surface.
Step 4. Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set any jumpers or switches.
Step 5. Attach the drive retention clip that you removed from the DVD drive filler panel to the side of the
new DVD drive.
Drive retention clip

Alignment pins

Figure 15. DVD drive retention clip installation

Step 6. Align the DVD drive in the drive bay and slide the DVD drive into the optical drive bay until the DVD
drive clicks into place.

Figure 16. DVD drive installation

Step 7. Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set any jumpers or switches.

46 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Memory module installation


The following notes describe the types of DIMMs that the server supports and other information that you
must consider when you install DIMMs.

• Confirm that the server supports the DIMM that you are installing (see http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/).
• When you install or remove DIMMs, the server configuration information changes. When you restart the
server, the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed. You
can use the Setup utility to view the server configuration information, see “Using the Setup utility” on page
65 for more information.
• The server supports only industry-standard double-data-rate 3 (DDR3), 1333 or 1600 MHz, PC3L-12800
(single-rank or dual-rank), unbuffered or synchronous dynamic random-access memory (SDRAM) dual
inline memory modules (DIMMs) with error correcting code (ECC).
• The server supports a maximum of four single-rank or dual-rank unbuffered DIMMs.
• The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server.
• If you install a pair of DIMMs in DIMM connectors 1 and 3, the size and speed of the DIMMs that you
install in DIMM connectors 1 and 3 must match each other. However, they do not have to be the same
size and speed as the DIMMs that are installed in DIMM connectors 2 and 4.
• You can use compatible DIMMs from various manufacturers in the same pair.
• The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM, in the following format.
gGBeRxf PC3v-wwwwwm-aa-bb-cc
where:
– gGB is the total capacity of the DIMM (for example, 1GB, 2GB, or 4GB)
– eR is the number of ranks
– 1R = single-rank
– 2R = dual-rank
– 4R = quad-rank
– xf is the device organization or bit width (for example, x4, x8, or x16)
– x4 = x4 organization (4 DQ lines per SDRAM)
– x8 = x8 organization
– x16 = x16 organization
– wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth, in MBps
• 8500 = 8.53 GBps (DDR3-1066 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
• 10600 = 10.66 GBps (DDR3-1333 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
• 12800 = 12.80 GBps (DDR3-1600 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
– m is the DIMM type
• E = Unbuffered DIMM (UDIMM) with ECC (x72-bit module data bus)
• R = Registered DIMM (RDIMM)
• U = Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC (x64-bit primary data bus)
– aa is the CAS latency, in clocks at maximum operating frequency

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 47


– bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level
– cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM

Notes:
1. To determine the type of a DIMM, see the label on the DIMM. The information on the label is in the
format xGB nRxx PC3v-xxxxxx-xx-xx-xx. The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates
whether the DIMM is single-rank (n=1) or dual-rank (n=2).
2. The amount of usable memory is reduced, depending on the system configuration. A certain amount
of memory must be reserved for system resources. To view the total amount of installed memory and
the amount of configured memory, run the Setup utility. For additional information, see “Configuring
the server” on page 62.

Unbuffered DIMMs (UDIMMs)


The following notes provide information that you must consider when you install UDIMMs.

• The memory channels run at the lowest common frequency of the DIMMs installed.
• The UDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, and 8 GB (when available)
DIMMs.
• The server supports up to two single-rank or dual-rank UDIMMs per channel.
• The following table lists the supported UDIMM population.

Table 7. Supported UDIMM population per channel

DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM


per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed (any combination)

2 1 Unbuffered DDR3 1066, 1333, 1600 Single-rank, dual-


ECC rank
2 2 Unbuffered DDR3 1066, 1333, 1600 Single-rank, dual-
ECC rank

• The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked UDIMMs.

Table 8. Maximum memory population using ranked UDIMMs (depending on your model)

Number of UDIMMs DIMM type Size Total memory

4 Single-rank UDIMMs 1 GB 4 GB

4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 2 GB 8 GB
4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 4 GB 16 GB
4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 8 GB 32 GB

• The following table shows the UDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance.

Table 9. UDIMM population rule

DIMM connector 1 DIMM connector 2 DIMM connector 3 DIMM connector 4


Populated Empty Empty Empty

Populated Empty Populated Empty

Populated Populated Populated Populated

48 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Installing a DIMM
Use this information to install a DIMM.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on
might cause the server to halt, which might result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always
use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with
the power on.

The following illustration shows the location of the DIMM connectors on the system board.
DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1

Microprocessor

DIMM 4 DIMM 3 DIMM 2 DIMM 1

Figure 17. The location of the DIMM connectors on the system board

To install a DIMM, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Locate the DIMM connectors on the system board. Determine the connectors into which you will
install the DIMMs. Install the DIMMs in the sequence shown in the following table.

Table 10. DIMM installation sequence

Number of DIMMs Installation sequence (connectors)

First pair of DIMMs 1, 3

Second pair of DIMMs 2, 4

Step 2. Open the retaining clip on each end of the DIMM connector.

Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors, open and
close the clips gently.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 49


Figure 18. DIMM installation

Step 3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the
outside of the server. Then, remove the DIMM from the package.
Step 4. Turn the DIMM so that the alignment slot align correctly with the alignment tab.
Step 5. Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of
the DIMM connector.
Step 6. Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the
DIMM simultaneously. The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly
seated in the connector.

Note: If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips, the DIMM has not been correctly
inserted; open the retaining clips, remove the DIMM, and then reinsert it.

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Installing an adapter
Use this information to install an adapter.

The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and other information that you
must consider when you install an adapter:
• To confirm that the server supports the adapter that you are installing, see http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/.
• Locate the documentation that comes with the adapter and follow those instructions in addition to the
instructions in this section.
• The adapter slots are on the PCI riser-card assembly. You must first remove the PCI riser-card assembly
to access the adapter slots.
• The expansion slots on the PCI riser-card assembly accommodate the various form factors of the non-
hot-plug adapters as follows:
– Expansion slot 1: Low-profile with 2U bracket (this slot is dedicated for ServeRAID-10il v2 SAS/SATA
controller)

50 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


– Expansion slot 2: Full-height, half-length

Slot 2 PCIe Gen2 x8 (8, 4, 1)

Slot 1 PCIe Gen2 x8 (4, 1)

Figure 19. PCI riser-card assembly

• The optional ServeRAID-BR10il v2 controller must be installed in expansion slot 1 on the PCI riser-card
assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install an adapter, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 39).
Step 2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted metal surface on
the server; then, remove the adapter from the package.
Step 3. Place the adapter, component side up, on a flat, static-protective surface and set any jumpers or
switches as described by the adapter manufacturer, if necessary.
Step 4. Follow the cabling instructions, if any come with the adapter. Route the adapter cables before you
install the adapter.
Step 5. Remove the expansion-slot cover from the PCI riser-card assembly and save for future use.
Step 6. Align the connector on the adapter with the connector on the PCI riser-card assembly, then, insert
the adapter into the PCI riser-card assembly. Press the edge of the connector firmly into the PCI
riser-card assembly. Make sure that the adapter is securely installed in the PCI riser-card
assembly.

Important: Make sure that the U-shaped opening in the metal adapter bracket engages the tab on
the expansion-slot bracket.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 51


Adapter Expansion-slot
bracket bracket

Tab
Adapter

Figure 20. Adapter installation

Step 7. Install the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 57).

Attention: When you install an adapter, make sure that the adapter is correctly seated in the PCI
riser-card assembly and that the PCI riser-card assembly is securely seated in the riser-card
connector on the system board before you turn on the server. An incorrectly seated adapter might
cause damage to the system board, the PCI riser-card assembly, or the adapter.

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Note: If the server is configured for RAID operation through an optional ServeRAID adapter, you might have
to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install an adapter. See the ServeRAID documentation on the IBM
ServerRAID Support CD for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using
ServeRAID Manager.

Installing a ServeRAID adapter


Use this information to install an IBM ServeRAID adapter.

For configuration information, see the ServeRAID documentation at http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Important: To ensure that any of your ServeRAID adapters function properly on UEFI-based servers, make
sure that the adapter firmware and supporting device drivers are updated to the latest version.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are installing an optional device in the server, turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install an IBM ServeRAID adapter, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 39).
Step 2. Remove the expansion-slot cover on the slot that you intend to use and save for future use.

Attention: PCI expansion-slot covers must be installed on all vacant slots. This maintains the
electronic emissions standards of the server and ensures proper ventilation of server components.

52 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Expansion-slot cover

Adapter
Expansion slot 2
Expansion slot 1

Expansion-slot cover

Riser-card
assembly
Adapter

Figure 21. ServeRAID adapter installation

Step 3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the new ServeRAID adapter to any unpainted
surface on the outside of the server; then, grasp the adapter by the top edge or upper corners of
the adapter and remove it from the package.
Step 4. Take the signal cable that is attached to the drive backplane and connect it to the ServeRAID
adapter.
• If you install a ServeRAID adapter in slot 1 on the PCI riser-card assembly, route the signal cable
from the drive backplane as shown in the following illustration.

SAS/SATA
signal cable

• If you install a ServeRAID-M1050 or ServeRAID-M5014 adapter in slot 2 on the PCI riser-card


assembly, route the signal cable from the drive backplane through the fan cage hole on the left
of fan 1 as shown in the following illustration. Connect the signal cable to Port 0 on the
ServeRAID adapter.

Notes:
1. You must connect the signal cable to Port 0 on a ServeRAID-M1050 or ServeRAID-M5014
adapter.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 53


2. Secure the cable on the system board with cable tie after routing.

ServeRAID adapter

SAS/SATA signal
cable

Hard disk
drive backplane

Step 5. Align the ServeRAID adapter so that the keys align correctly with the connector on the PCI riser-
card assembly.
Step 6. Insert the ServeRAID adapter into the connector on the PCI riser-card assembly until it is firmly
seated.

Attention: Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the server or the adapter.
Step 7. Install the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 57).

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Note: When you restart the server, you are prompted to import the existing RAID configuration to the new
ServeRAID adapter.

Installing a hot-swap power supply


Use this information to install a hot-swap power supply.

The following notes describe the type of power supply that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a power supply:
• Depending on your server model, the server comes standard with one 460-watt hot-swap power supply.
For redundancy support, you must install an additional hot-swap power supply, if one is not installed in
your model.
• Make sure that the devices that you are installing are supported. For a list of supported optional devices
for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Statement 5

54 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


CAUTION:
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the
electrical current supplied to the device. The device also might have more than one power cord. To
remove all electrical current from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the
power source.

2
1
Statement 8

CAUTION:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached.

Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label
attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one
of these parts, contact a service technician.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

To install a hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Grasp the side clip and pull to remove the power-supply filler panel from the empty power-supply
bay. Save the power-supply filler panel in case you remove the power supply at a later time.

Important: During normal operation, each power-supply bay must contain either a power supply
or power-supply filler panel for proper cooling.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 55


Power
supply
filler

Power
supply

Power
supply
release tab

Figure 22. Hot-swap power supply installation

Step 2. Slide the hot-swap power supply into the bay until the release latch clicks into place.
Step 3. Connect one end of the power cord for the new power supply into the ac connector on the back of
the power supply; then, connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded electrical
outlet.
Step 4. If the server is turned off, turn on the server.
Step 5. Make sure that the ac power LED on the power supply is lit, indicating that the power supply is
operating correctly. If the server is turned on, make sure that the dc power LED on the power
supply is lit also.

If you have other devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to “Completing the installation” on page 56.

Completing the installation


Use this information to complete the installation.

To complete the installation, complete the following steps.

Step 1. If you removed the PCI riser-card assembly, reinstall it (see “Replacing the PCI riser-card
assembly” on page 57).
Step 2. If you removed the air baffle, reinstall it (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 57).
Step 3. If you removed the server cover, replace it (see “Replacing the cover” on page 58).
Step 4. Install the server in the rack cabinet (see the Rack Installation Instructions that come with the server
for instructions).
Step 5. Reconnect the cables and power cords (see “Connecting the cables” on page 59).
Step 6. Update the server configuration (see “Updating the server configuration” on page 60).
Step 7. Slide the server back into the rack, if necessary.
Step 8. Start the server. Confirm that it starts correctly and recognizes the newly installed devices, and
make sure that no error LEDs are lit.
Step 9. (IBM Business Partners only) Complete the additional steps in “Instructions for IBM Business
Partners” on page 19.

56 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly
Use this information to replace the PCI riser-card assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the PCI riser-card assembly, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Install the adapters in the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing a ServeRAID adapter” on page
144)
Step 2. Reconnect any adapter cables that you disconnected when you removed the PCI riser-card
assembly.
Step 3. Carefully align the PCI riser-card assembly with the guides on the rear of the server and with the
PCI riser-card connector on the system board; then, place your thumbs on locations marked by the
blue tabs and press down on the PCI riser-card assembly. Make sure that the riser-card assembly
is fully seated in the connector on the system board.

Riser-card
assembly

Figure 23. PCI riser-card assembly installation

Step 4. Install the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 58).
Step 5. Slide the server into the rack
Step 6. Reconnect the power cords and cables that you remove
Step 7. Turn on all attached devices and the server.

Replacing the air baffle


Use this information to replace the air baffle.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 57


To replace the air baffle, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 37).
Step 2. Align the air baffle pins with the baffle pin holes on the server chassis and fan cage assembly; then,
lower the air baffle into the server. Press the air baffle down until it is securely seated.

Air baffle

Figure 24. Air baffle installation

Step 3. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 58).
Step 4. Slide the server into the rack.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the air baffle before turning on the server. Operating the
server with an air baffle removed might damage server components.

Replacing the cover


Use this information to replace the cover.

Make sure that all cables, adapters, and other server components are installed and seated correctly and that
you have not left loose tools or parts inside the server. Also, make sure that all internal cables are correctly
routed.

Important: Before you slide the cover forward, make sure that all the tabs on the front, rear, and side of the
cover engage the chassis correctly. If all the tabs do not engage the chassis correctly, it will be very difficult
to remove the cover later.

To replace the server cover, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Position the cover on top of the server so that approximately 13 mm (0.5 inch) extends from the
rear.
Step 2. Slide the cover toward the front of the server.

58 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Figure 25. Cover installation

Step 3. Make sure that the cover correctly engages all the inset tabs on the server.
Step 4. Install the server into the rack enclosure and tighten the two front thumbscrews to secure the
server in the rack.
Step 5. Reconnect the external cables and power cords.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Connecting the cables


Use this information to connect the cables.

The following illustration shows the locations of the input and output connectors on the front of the server.

Hard disk drive activity LED


Locator LED
Reset button System-error LED
Power-control button USB 1 connector
Power-on LED
USB 2 connector

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2


link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

Chapter 2. Installing optional devices 59


The following illustration shows the locations of the input and output connectors on the rear of the server.

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2


link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2


link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC AC

DC DC

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

Step 1. You must turn off the server before you connect or disconnect cables.
Step 2. See the documentation that comes with any external devices for additional cabling instructions. It
might be easier for you to route cables before you connect the devices to the server.
Step 3. Cable identifiers are printed on the cables that come with the server and optional devices. Use
these identifiers to connect the cables to the correct connectors.

Updating the server configuration


Use this information to update the server configuration.

When you start the server for the first time after you add or remove a device, you might receive a message
that the configuration has changed. The Setup utility starts automatically so that you can save the new
configuration settings.

Some optional devices have device drivers that you must install. For information about installing device
drivers, see the documentation that comes with each device.

If the server has an optional RAID adapter and you have installed or removed a hard disk drive, see the
documentation that comes with the RAID adapter for information about reconfiguring the disk arrays.

For information about configuring the Ethernet controller, see “Configuring the Ethernet controller” on page
75.

60 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions
This chapter provides information about updating the firmware and using the configuration utilities.

Updating the firmware


Use this information to update the system firmware.

Important:
1. Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of
a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.
2. Before you update the firmware, be sure to back up any data that is stored in the Trusted Platform
Module (TPM), in case any of the TPM characteristics are changed by the new firmware. For
instructions, see your encryption software documentation.
3. Installing the wrong firmware or device-driver update might cause the server to malfunction. Before you
install a firmware or device-driver update, read any readme and change history files that are provided
with the downloaded update. These files contain important information about the update and the
procedure for installing the update, including any special procedure for updating from an early firmware
or device-driver version to the latest version.

You can install code updates that are packaged as an UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress CD
image. An UpdateXpress System Pack contains an integration-tested bundle of online firmware and device-
driver updates for your server. Use UpdateXpress System Pack Installer to acquire and apply UpdateXpress
System Packs and individual firmware and device-driver updates. For additional information and to
download the UpdateXpress System Pack Installer, go to the ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter at
https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-CENTER and click UpdateXpress System Pack
Installer.

When you click an update, an information page is displayed, including a list of the problems that the update
fixes. Review this list for your specific problem; however, even if your problem is not listed, installing the
update might solve the problem.

Be sure to separately install any listed critical updates that have release dates that are later than the release
date of the UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress image.

The firmware for the server is periodically updated and is available for download on the IBM website. To
check for the latest level of firmware, such as the UEFI firmware, device drivers, and Integrated Management
Module II (IMM2) firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ fixcentral.

Download the latest firmware for the server; then, install the firmware, using the instructions that are included
with the downloaded files.

When you replace a device in the server, you might have to update the firmware that is stored in memory on
the device or restore the pre-existing firmware from a CD or DVD image.

The following list indicates where the firmware is stored:


• UEFI firmware is stored in ROM on the system board.
• IMM2 firmware is stored in ROM on the system board.
• Ethernet firmware is stored in ROM on the Ethernet controller and on the system board.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 61


• ServeRAID firmware is stored in ROM on the system board and the RAID adapter (if one is installed).
• SAS/SATA firmware is stored in ROM on the SAS/SATA controller on the system board.

Configuring the server


The following configuration programs come with the server:

• Setup utility
The Setup utility is part of the UEFI firmware. Use it to perform configuration tasks such as changing
interrupt request (IRQ) settings, changing the startup-device sequence, setting the date and time, and
setting passwords. For information about using this program, see “Using the Setup utility” on page 65.
• Boot Manager program
The Boot Manager is part of the UEFI firmware. Use it to override the startup sequence that is set in the
Setup utility and temporarily assign a device to be first in the startup sequence. For more information
about using this program, see “Using the Boot Manager” on page 70.
• IBM ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD
The ServerGuide program provides software-setup tools and installation tools that are designed for the
server. Use this CD during the installation of the server to configure basic hardware features, such as an
integrated SAS/SATA controller with RAID capabilities, and to simplify the installation of your operating
system. For information about using this CD, see “Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD” on
page 63.
• Integrated management module
Use the integrated management module II (IMM2) for configuration, to update the firmware and sensor
data record/field replaceable unit (SDR/FRU) data, and to remotely manage a network. For information
about using the IMM2, see “Using the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2)” on page 72 and the
Integrated Management Module II User's Guide at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ systemx/
documentation/topic/ com.lenovo.sysx.imm2.doc/ printable_doc.html.
• Remote presence capability and blue-screen capture
The remote presence and blue-screen capture features are integrated functions of the integrated
management module (IMM2). The remote presence feature provides the following functions:
– Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz, regardless of the system
state
– Remotely accessing the server, using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
– Mapping the CD or DVD drive, diskette drive, and USB flash drive on a remote client, and mapping ISO
and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server
– Uploading a diskette image to the IMM2 memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive
The blue-screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM2 restarts the server
when the IMM2 detects an operating-system hang condition. A system administrator can use the blue-
screen capture feature to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition. For more information, see
“Using the remote presence and blue-screen capture features” on page 73.
• Ethernet controller configuration
For information about configuring the Ethernet controller, see “Configuring the Ethernet controller” on
page 75.
• IBM Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) program
Use this program as an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings and IMM2 settings. Use
the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to

62 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


restart the server to run the Setup utility. For more information about using this program, see “IBM
Advanced Settings Utility program” on page 76.
• Configuring RAID arrays
For information about configuring RAID arrays, see “Configuring RAID arrays” on page 76.
The following table lists the different server configurations and the applications that are available for
configuring and managing RAID arrays.

Table 11. Server configuration and applications for configuring and managing RAID arrays

RAID array configuration (before RAID array management (after


Server configuration operating system is installed) operating system is installed)

ServeRAID-H1110 adapter LSI Utility (Setup utility, press Ctrl MegaRAID Storage Manager (MSM),
+C), ServerGuide, Human Interface SAS2IRCU (Command Line) Utility
Infrastructure (HII) for Storage Management

ServeRAID-M1115 adapter MegaRAID BIOS Configuration MegaRAID Storage Manager (MSM),


Utility (press Ctrl+H to start), pre- MegaCLI (Command Line Interface),
boot CLI (press Ctrl+P to start), and IBM Director
ServerGuide, HII
ServeRAID-M5110 adapter MegaRAID BIOS Configuration MegaRAID Storage Manager (MSM),
Utility (press Ctrl+H to start), pre- MegaCLI, and IBM Director
boot CLI (press Ctrl+P to start),
ServerGuide, HII
ServeRAID-M5120 adapter MegaRAID BIOS Configuration MegaRAID Storage Manager (MSM),
Utility (press Ctrl+H to start), pre- MegaCLI, and IBM Director
boot CLI (press Ctrl+P to start),
ServerGuide, HII

Notes:
1. For more information about the Human Interface Infrastructure (HII) and SAS2IRCU, go to http://
www.ibm.com/support/entry/portal/docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-5088601.
2. For more information about the MegaRAID, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/entry/portal/
docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-5073015.

Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD


Use this information as an overview for using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD.

The ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD provides software setup tools and installation tools that are
designed for your server. The ServerGuide program detects the server model and optional hardware devices
that are installed and uses that information during setup to configure the hardware. The ServerGuide
simplifies the operating-system installations by providing updated device drivers and, in some cases,
installing them automatically.

You can download a free image of the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD from http://www.ibm.com/
support/entry/portal/ docdisplay?lndocid=SERV-GUIDE.

In addition to the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD, you must have your operating-system CD to install
the operating system.

ServerGuide features
This information provides an overview of the ServerGuide features.

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 63


Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program. To learn more
about the version that you have, start the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD and view the online
overview. Not all features are supported on all server models.

The ServerGuide program has the following features:


• An easy-to-use interface
• Diskette-free setup, and configuration programs that are based on detected hardware
• Device drivers that are provided for the server model and detected hardware
• Operating-system partition size and file-system type that are selectable during setup

The ServerGuide program performs the following tasks:


• Sets system date and time
• Detects installed hardware options and provides updated device drivers for most adapters and devices
• Provides diskette-free installation for supported Windows operating systems
• Includes an online readme file with links to tips for your hardware and operating-system installation

Setup and configuration overview


Use this information for the ServerGuide setup and configuration.

When you use the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD, you do not need setup diskettes. You can use the
CD to configure any supported IBM server model. The setup program provides a list of tasks that are
required to set up your server model. On a server with a ServeRAID adapter or SAS/SATA controller with
RAID capabilities, you can run the SAS/SATA RAID configuration program to create logical drives.

Note: Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program.

Typical operating-system installation


This section details the ServerGuide typical operating-system installation.

The ServerGuide program can reduce the time it takes to install an operating system. It provides the device
drivers that are required for your hardware and for the operating system that you are installing. This section
describes a typical ServerGuide operating-system installation.

Note: Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program.

1. After you have completed the setup process, the operating-system installation program starts. (You will
need your operating-system CD to complete the installation.)
2. The ServerGuide program stores information about the server model, service processor, hard disk drive
controllers, and network adapters. Then, the program checks the CD for newer device drivers. This
information is stored and then passed to the operating-system installation program.
3. The ServerGuide program presents operating-system partition options that are based on your operating-
system selection and the installed hard disk drives.
4. The ServerGuide program prompts you to insert your operating-system CD and restart the server. At this
point, the installation program for the operating system takes control to complete the installation.

Installing your operating system without using ServerGuide


Use this information to install the operating system on the server without using ServerGuide.

If you have already configured the server hardware and you are not using the ServerGuide program to install
your operating system, you can download operating-system installation instructions for the server from
http://www.lenovo.com/support.

64 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Using the Setup utility
Use these instructions to start the Setup utility.

Use the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) Setup Utility program to perform the following tasks:
• View configuration information
• View and change assignments for devices and I/O ports
• Set the date and time
• Set and change passwords
• Set the startup characteristics of the server and the order of startup devices
• Set and change settings for advanced hardware features
• View, set, and change settings for power-management features
• View and clear error logs
• Change interrupt request (IRQ) settings
• Resolve configuration conflicts

Starting the Setup utility


Use this information to start up the Setup utility.

To start the Setup utility, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Turn on the server.

Note: Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power, the power-control
button becomes active.
Step 2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. If you have set an administrator password,
you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu. If you do not type
the administrator password, a limited Setup utility menu is available.
Step 3. Select settings to view or change.

Setup utility menu choices


Use the Setup utility main menu to view and configure server configuration data and settings.

The following choices are on the Setup utility main menu for the UEFI. Depending on the version of the
firmware, some menu choices might differ slightly from these descriptions.

• System Information
Select this choice to view information about the server. When you make changes through other choices in
the Setup utility, some of those changes are reflected in the system information; you cannot change
settings directly in the system information. This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only.
– System Summary
Select this choice to view configuration information, including the ID, speed, and cache size of the
microprocessors, machine type and model of the server, the serial number, the system UUID, and the
amount of installed memory. When you make configuration changes through other options in the Setup
utility, the changes are reflected in the system summary; you cannot change settings directly in the
system summary.
– Product Data

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 65


Select this choice to view the system-board identifier, the revision level or issue date of the firmware,
the integrated management module and diagnostics code, and the version and date.
This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only.
• System Settings
Select this choice to view or change the server component settings.
– Adapters and UEFI Drivers
Select this choice to view information about the UEFI 1.10 and UEFI 2.0 compliant adapters and drivers
installed in the server.
– Processors
Select this choice to view or change the processor settings.
– Memory
Select this choice to view or change the memory settings.
– Devices and I/O Ports
Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices and input/output (I/O) ports. You can
configure the serial ports, configure remote console redirection, enable or disable integrated Ethernet
controllers, the SAS/SATA controllers, SATA optical drive channels, PCI slots, and video controller. If
you disable a device, it cannot be configured, and the operating system will not be able to detect it (this
is equivalent to disconnecting the device).
– Power
Select this choice to view or change power capping to control consumption, processors, and
performance states.
– Operating Modes
Select this choice to view or change the operating profile (performance and power utilization).
– Legacy Support
Select this choice to view or set legacy support.

Note: In the legacy mode, this system has limited ROM space for installed options. At most four
network interface cards (NICs) are supported for legacy PXE boot. If more than four NICs are installed,
legacy PXE boot will not be attempted on some of the NICs. To enable legacy PXE boot on the desired
NIC connectors, prioritize the desired NIC connectors by changing the ROM execution Order or
disable the NIC connectors that you do not use from the Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM
Support menu.
– Force Legacy Video on Boot
Select this choice to force INT video support, if the operating system does not support UEFI video
output standards.
– Rehook INT 19h
Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of the boot process. The default is
Disable.
– Legacy Thunk Support
Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to interact with PCI mass storage devices that are non-
UEFI compliant. The default is Enable.
– Infinite Boot Retry

66 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to infinitely retry the legacy boot order. The default is
Disable.
– BBS Boot
Select this choice to enable or disable legacy boot in BBS manner. The default is Enable.
– System Security
Select this choice to view or configure Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support.
– Integrated Management Module
Select this choice to view or change the settings for the integrated management module.
– Power Restore Policy
Select this choice to set the mode of operation after the power lost.
– Commands on USB Interface
Select this choice to enable or disable the Ethernet over USB interface on IMM. The default is
Enable.
– Network Configuration
Select this choice to view the system management network interface port, the IMM MAC address,
the current IMM IP address, and host name; define the static IMM IP address, subnet mask, and
gateway address, specify whether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM2 IP
address, save the network changes, and reset the IMM.
– Reset IMM to Defaults
Select this choice to view or reset IMM to the default settings.
– Reset IMM
Select this choice to reset IMM.
– Recovery
Select this choice to view or change the system recovery parameters.
– POST Attempts
Select this choice to view or change the number of attempts to POST.
• POST Attempts Limit
Select this choice to view or change the Nx boot failure parameters.
– System Recovery
Select this choice to view or change system recovery settings.
• POST Watchdog Timer
Select this choice to view or enable the POST watchdog timer.
• POST Watchdog Timer Value
Select this choice to view or set the POST loader watchdog timer value.
• Reboot System on NMI
Select this choice to enable or disable restarting the system whenever a nonmaskable interrupt
(NMI) occurs. Enable is the default.
• Halt on Severe Error

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 67


Select this choice to enable or disable the system from booting into OS, displaying the POST
event viewer whenever a severe error was detected. Disable is the default.
– Storage
Select this choice to view or change the storage device settings.
– Network
Select this choice to view or change the network device options, such as iSCSI.
– Drive Health
Select this choice to view the status of the controllers installed in the blade server.
• Date and Time
Select this choice to set the date and time in the server, in 24-hour format (hour:minute:second).
This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only.
• Start Options
Select this choice to view or change the start options, including the startup sequence, keyboard NumLock
state, PXE boot option, and PCI device boot priority. Changes in the startup options take effect when you
start the server.
The startup sequence specifies the order in which the server checks devices to find a boot record. The
server starts from the first boot record that it finds. If the server has Wake on LAN hardware and software
and the operating system supports Wake on LAN functions, you can specify a startup sequence for the
Wake on LAN functions. For example, you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the CD-
RW/DVD drive, then checks the hard disk drive, and then checks a network adapter.
This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only.
• Boot Manager
Select this choice to view, add, delete, or change the device boot priority, boot from a file, select a one-
time boot, or reset the boot order to the default setting.
• System Event Log
Select this choice to enter the System Event Manager, where you can view the POST event log and the
system-event log. You can use the arrow keys to move between pages in the error log. This choice is on
the full Setup utility menu only.
The POST event log contains the most recent error codes and messages that were generated during
POST.
The system-event log contains POST and system management interrupt (SMI) events and all events that
are generated by the baseboard management controller that is embedded in the integrated management
module (IMM).

Important: If the system-error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications,
clear the system-event log. Also, after you complete a repair or correct an error, clear the system-event
log to turn off the system-error LED on the front of the server.
– POST Event Viewer
Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the POST error messages.
– System Event Log
Select this choice to view the system event log.
– Clear System Event Log

68 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Select this choice to clear the system event log.
• User Security
Select this choice to set, change, or clear passwords. See “Passwords” on page 69 for more information.
This choice is on the full and limited Setup utility menu.
– Set Power-on Password
Select this choice to set or change a power-on password. See “Power-on password” on page 70 for
more information.
– Clear Power-on Password
Select this choice to clear a power-on password. See “Power-on password” on page 70 for more
information.
– Set Administrator Password
Select this choice to set or change an administrator password. An administrator password is intended
to be used by a system administrator; it limits access to the full Setup utility menu. If an administrator
password is set, the full Setup utility menu is available only if you type the administrator password at
the password prompt. See “Administrator password” on page 70 for more information.
– Clear Administrator Password
Select this choice to clear an administrator password. See “Administrator password” on page 70 for
more information.
• Save Settings
Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings.
• Restore Settings
Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the previous
settings.
• Load Default Settings
Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the factory
settings.
• Exit Setup
Select this choice to exit from the Setup utility. If you have not saved the changes that you have made in
the settings, you are asked whether you want to save the changes or exit without saving them.

Passwords
From the User Security menu choice, you can set, change, and delete a power-on password and an
administrator password.

The User Security menu choice is on the full Setup utility menu only.

If you set only a power-on password, you must type the power-on password to complete the system startup
and to have access to the full Setup utility menu.

An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator; it limits access to the full Setup
utility menu. If you set only an administrator password, you do not have to type a password to complete the
system startup, but you must type the administrator password to access the Setup utility menu.

If you set a power-on password for a user and an administrator password for a system administrator, you
must type the power-on password to complete the system startup. A system administrator who types the

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 69


administrator password has access to the full Setup utility menu; the system administrator can give the user
authority to set, change, and delete the power-on password. A user who types the power-on password has
access to only the limited Setup utility menu; the user can set, change, and delete the power-on password, if
the system administrator has given the user that authority.

Power-on password
If a power-on password is set, when you turn on the server, you must type the power-on password to
complete the system startup. You can use any combination of 6 - 20 printable ASCII characters for the
password.

When a power-on password is set, you can enable the Unattended Start mode, in which the keyboard and
mouse remain locked but the operating system can start. You can unlock the keyboard and mouse by typing
the power-on password.

If you forget the power-on password, you can regain access to the server in any of the following ways:
• If an administrator password is set, type the administrator password at the password prompt. Start the
Setup utility and reset the power-on password.

Attention: If you set an administrator password and then forget it, there is no way to change, override, or
remove it. You must replace the system board.
• Remove the battery from the server, wait 30 seconds, and then reinstall it.
• Change the position of the power-on password switch (enable switch 2 of the system board switch block
(SW1) to bypass the password check (see “System-board switches and jumpers” on page 24 for more
information).

Attention: Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers, turn off the server; then,
disconnect all power cords and external cables. See the safety information that begins “Safety” on page v.
Do not change settings or move jumpers on any system-board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown
in this document.
The default for all of the switches on switch block SW1 is Off.
While the server is turned off, move switch 2 of the switch block SW1 to the On position to enable the
power-on password override. You can then start the Setup utility and reset the power-on password. You
do not have to return the switch to the previous position.
The power-on password override switch does not affect the administrator password.

Administrator password
If an administrator password is set, you must type the administrator password for access to the full Setup
utility menu. You can use any combination of 6 to 20 printable ASCII characters for the password.

Attention: If you set an administrator password and then forget it, there is no way to change, override, or
remove it. You must replace the system board.

Using the Boot Manager


Use this information for the Boot Manager.

The Boot Manager program is a built-in, menu-driven configuration utility program that you can use to
temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing settings in the Setup utility.

To use the Boot Manager program, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Turn off the server.

70 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 2. Restart the server.
Step 3. When the prompt <F12> Select Boot Device is displayed, press F12.
Step 4. Use the Up arrow and Down arrow keys to select an item from the menu and press Enter.

The next time the server starts, it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Setup utility.

Starting the backup server firmware


Use this information to start the backup server firmware.

The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware. This is a secondary copy of the
server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware. If the primary copy
of the server firmware becomes damaged, use this backup copy.

To force the server to start from the backup copy, turn off the server; then, place the UEFI boot backup
jumper in the backup position (pins 2 and 3) to enable the UEFI recovery mode. See “System-board switches
and jumpers” on page 24 for the location of the UEFI boot backup jumper.

Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored. After the primary copy is
restored, turn off the server; then, move the UEFI boot backup jumper back to the primary position (pins 1
and 2).

The UpdateXpress System Pack Installer


The UpdateXpress System Pack Installer detects supported and installed device drivers and firmware in the
server and installs available updates.

For additional information and to download the UpdateXpress System Pack Installer, go to the ToolsCenter
for System x and BladeCenter at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/toolsctr/v1r0/ and click
UpdateXpress System Pack Installer.

Changing the Power Policy option to the default settings after loading
UEFI defaults
The default settings for the Power Policy option are set by the IMM2.

To change the Power Policy option to the default settings, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Turn on the server.

Note: Approximately 20 seconds after the server is connected to AC power, the power-control
button becomes active.
Step 2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. If you have set an administrator password, you
must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu. If you do not type the
administrator password, a limited Setup utility menu is available.
Step 3. Select System Settings ➙ Integrated Management Module, then set Power Restore Policy
setting to Restore.
Step 4. Go back to System Configuration and Boot Management ➙ Save Settings.
Step 5. Go back and check the Power Policy setting to verify that it is set to Restore (the default).

Attention: If you set an administrator password and then forget it, there is no way to change, override, or
remove it. You must replace the system board.

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 71


Using the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2)
The Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) is a second generation of the functions that were formerly
provided by the baseboard management controller hardware. It combines service processor functions, video
controller, and remote presence function in a single chip.

The IMM2 supports the following basic systems-management features:


• Active Energy Manager.
• Alerts (in-band and out-of-band alerting, PET traps - IPMI style, SNMP, e-mail).
• Auto Boot Failure Recovery (ABR).
• Automatic microprocessor disable on failure and restart in a two-microprocessor configuration when one
microprocessor signals an internal error. When one of the microprocessors fail, the server will disable the
failing microprocessor and restart with the other microprocessor.
• Automatic Server Restart (ASR) when POST is not complete or the operating system hangs and the
operating system watchdog timer times-out. The IMM2 might be configured to watch for the operating
system watchdog timer and reboot the system after a timeout, if the ASR feature is enabled. Otherwise,
the IMM2 allows the administrator to generate a nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) by pressing an NMI button
on the light path diagnostics panel for an operating-system memory dump. ASR is supported by IPMI.
• A virtual media key, which enables remote presence support (remote video, remote keyboard/mouse, and
remote storage).
• Boot sequence manipulation.
• Command-line interface.
• Configuration save and restore.
• DIMM error assistance. The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) disables a failing DIMM that is
detected during POST, and the IMM2 lights the associated system error LED and the failing DIMM error
LED.
• Environmental monitor with fan speed control for temperature, voltages, fan failure, power supply failure,
and power backplane failure.
• Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Specification V2.0 and Intelligent Platform Management
Bus (IPMB) support.
• Invalid system configuration (CONFIG) LED support.
• Light path diagnostics LEDs indicators to report errors that occur with fans, power supplies,
microprocessor, hard disk drives, and system errors.
• Local firmware code flash update
• Nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) detection and reporting.
• Operating-system failure blue screen capture.
• PCI configuration data.
• Power/reset control (power-on, hard and soft shutdown, hard and soft reset, schedule power control).
• Query power-supply input power.
• ROM-based IMM2 firmware flash updates.
• Serial over LAN (SOL).
• Serial port redirection over telnet or ssh.
• SMI handling
• System event log (SEL) - user readable event log.

72 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


The IMM2 also provides the following remote server management capabilities through the ipmitool
management utility program:
• Command-line interface (IPMI Shell)
The command-line interface provides direct access to server management functions through the IPMI 2.0
protocol. Use the command-line interface to issue commands to control the server power, view system
information, and identify the server. You can also save one or more commands as a text file and run the
file as a script.
• Serial over LAN
Establish a Serial over LAN (SOL) connection to manage servers from a remote location. You can remotely
view and change the UEFI settings, restart the server, identify the server, and perform other management
functions. Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection.

For more information about IMM2, see the Integrated Management Module II User's Guide at http://publib.
boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ systemx/documentation/topic/ com.lenovo.sysx.imm2.doc/ printable_doc.
html.

Using the remote presence and blue-screen capture features


The remote presence and blue-screen capture features are integrated functions of the Integrated
Management Module II (IMM2).

The remote presence feature provides the following functions:


• Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz, regardless of the system
state
• Remotely accessing the server, using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
• Mapping the CD or DVD drive, diskette drive, and USB flash drive on a remote client, and mapping ISO
and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server
• Uploading a diskette image to the IMM2 memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive

The blue-screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM2 restarts the server
when the IMM2 detects an operating-system hang condition. A system administrator can use the blue-
screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition.

Obtaining the IMM host name


Use this information to obtain the IMM host name.

If you are logging on to the IMM for the first time after installation, the IMM defaults to DHCP. If a DHCP
server is not available, the IMM uses a static IP address of 192.168.70.125. The default IPv4 host name is
“IMM-” (plus the last 12 characters on the IMM MAC address). The default host name also comes on the
IMM network access tag that comes attached to the power supply on the rear of the server. The IMM
network access tag provides the default host name of the IMM and does not require you to start the server.

The IPv6 link-local address (LLA) is derived from the IMM default host name. The IMM LLA is on the IMM
network access tag is on the power supply on the rear of the server. To derive the link-local address,
complete the following steps:

Step 1. Take the last 12 characters on the IMM MAC address (for example, 5CF3FC5EAAD0).
Step 2. Separate the number into pairs of hexadecimal characters (for example, 5C:F3:FC:5E:AA:D0).
Step 3. Separate the first six and last six hexadecimal characters.
Step 4. Add “FF” and “FE” in the middle of the 12 characters (for example, 5C F3 FC FF FE 5E AA D0).

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 73


Step 5. Convert the first pair of hexadecimal characters to binary (for example, 5=0101, C=1100, which
results in 01011100 F3 FC FF FE 5E AA D0).
Step 6. Flip the 7th binary character from left (0 to 1 or 1 to 0), which results in 01011110 F3 FF FE 5E AA
D0.
Step 7. Convert the binary back to hexadecimal (for example, 5E F3FCFFFE5EAAD0).

Obtaining the IP address for the IMM


Use this information to obtain the IP address for the IMM.

To access the web interface to use the remote presence feature, you need the IP address or host name of
the IMM. You can obtain the IMM IP address through the Setup utility and you can obtain the IMM host name
from the IMM network access tag. The server comes with a default IP address for the IMM of
192.168.70.125.

To obtain the IP address, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Turn off the server.

Note: Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power, the power-control
button becomes active.
Step 2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. (This prompt is displayed on the screen for only
a few seconds. You must press F1 quickly.) If you have set both a power-on password and an
administrator password, you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility
menu.
Step 3. From the Setup utility main menu, select System Settings.
Step 4. On the next screen, select Integrated Management Module.
Step 5. On the next screen, select Network Configuration.
Step 6. Find the IP address and write it down.
Step 7. Exit from the Setup utility.

Logging on to the web interface


Use this information to log on to the web interface.

To log on to the IMM web interface, complete the following steps:

Step 1. On a system that is connected to the server, open a web browser. In the Address or URL field,
type the IP address or host name of the IMM to which you want to connect.

Note: If you are logging on to the IMM for the first time after installation, the IMM defaults to
DHCP. If a DHCP host is not available, the IMM assigns a static IP address of 192.168.70.125. The
IMM network access tag provides the default host name of the IMM and does not require you to
start the server.
Step 2. On the Login page, type the user name and password. If you are using the IMM for the first time,
you can obtain the user name and password from your system administrator. All login attempts are
documented in the system-event log.

Note: The IMM is set initially with a user name of USERID and password of PASSW0RD (with a
zero, not a the letter O). You have read/write access. You must change the default password the
first time you log on.
Step 3. Click Log in to start the session. The System Status and Health page provides a quick view of the
system status.

74 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Note: If you boot to the operating system while in the IMM GUI and the message “Booting OS or in
unsupported OS” is displayed under System Status ➙ System State, disable Windows 2008 or 2012
firewall or type the following command in the Windows 2008 or 2012 console. This might also affect blue-
screen capture features.

netsh firewall set icmpsetting type=8 mode=ENABLE

By default, the icmp packet is blocked by Windows firewall. The IMM GUI will then change to “OS booted”
status after you change the setting as indicated above in both the Web and CLI interfaces.

Using the embedded hypervisor


The VMware ESXi embedded hypervisor software is available on the optional IBM USB flash device with
embedded hypervisor.

The USB flash device can be installed in USB connectors on the system board (see “System-board internal
connectors” on page 23 for the location of the connectors). Hypervisor is virtualization software that enables
multiple operating systems to run on a host system at the same time. The USB flash device is required to
activate the hypervisor functions.

To start using the embedded hypervisor functions, you must add the USB flash device to the startup
sequence in the Setup utility.

To add the USB flash device to the startup sequence, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Turn on the server.

Note: Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power, the power-control
button becomes active.
Step 2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1.
Step 3. From the Setup utility main menu, select Boot Manager.
Step 4. Select Add Boot Option; then, select Generic Boot Option ➙ Embedded Hypervisor. Press
Enter, and then select Esc.
Step 5. Select Change Boot Order ➙ Change the order. Use the Up arrow and Down Arrow keys to
select Embedded Hypervisor and use the plus (+) and minus (-) keys to move Embedded
Hypervisor in the boot order. When Embedded Hypervisor is in the correct location in the boot
order, press Enter. Select Commit Changes and press Enter.
Step 6. Select Save Settings and then select Exit Setup.

If the embedded hypervisor flash device image becomes corrupt, you can download the image from http://
www.ibm.com/systems/x/os/vmware/esxi/.

For additional information and instructions, see VMware vSphere 4.1 Documentation at http://
www.vmware.com/support/pubs/ vs_pages/vsp_pubs_esxi41_e_vc41.html or the VMware vSphere Installation
and Setup Guide at http://pubs.vmware.com/vsphere-50/ topic/com.vmware.ICbase/PDF/ vsphere-esxi-vcenter-
server-50-installation-setup-guide.pdf.

Configuring the Ethernet controller


Use this information to configure the Ethernet controller.

The Ethernet controllers are integrated on the system board. They provide an interface for connecting to a 10
Mbps, 100 Mbps, or 1 Gbps network and provide full-duplex (FDX) capability, which enables simultaneous
transmission and reception of data on the network. If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto-

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 75


negotiation, the controllers detect the data-transfer rate (10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, or 1000BASE-T) and
duplex mode (full-duplex or half-duplex) of the network and automatically operate at that rate and mode.

You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controllers. However, you must install a device driver to
enable the operating system to address the controllers.

To find device drivers and information about configuring the Ethernet controllers, go to http://
www.lenovo.com/support.

Enabling Features on Demand Ethernet software


Use this information to enable Features on Demand Ethernet software.

You can activate the Features on Demand (FoD) software upgrade key for Fibre Channel over Ethernet
(FCoE) and iSCSI storage protocols that is integrated in the integrated management module. For more
information and instructions for activating the Features on Demand Ethernet software key, see the IBM
Features on Demand User’s Guide. To download the document, go to https://fod.lenovo.com/lkms, log in, and
click Help.

Enabling Features on Demand RAID software


Use this information to enable Features on Demand RAID software.

You can activate the Features on Demand (FoD) software upgrade key for RAID that is integrated in the
integrated management module. For more information and instructions for activating the Features on
Demand RAID software key, see the IBM Features on Demand User’s Guide. To download the document, go
to https://fod.lenovo.com/lkms, log in, and click Help.

Configuring RAID arrays


Through the Setup utility, you can access utilities to configure RAID arrays.

The specific procedure for configuring arrays depends on the RAID controller that you are using. For details,
see the documentation for your RAID controller. To access the utility for your RAID controller, complete the
following steps:

Step 1. Turn on the server.

Note: Approximately 10 seconds after the server is connected to power, the power-control button
becomes active.
Step 2. When prompted, <F1 Setup> is displayed, press F1. If you have set an administrator password, you
must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu. If you do not type the
administrator password, a limited Setup utility menu is available.
Step 3. Select System Settings ➙ Storage.
Step 4. Press Enter to refresh the list of device drivers.
Step 5. Select the device driver for your RAID controller and press Enter.
Step 6. Follow the instructions in the documentation for your RAID controller.

IBM Advanced Settings Utility program


The IBM Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) program is an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI
settings.

76 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need
to restart the system to access the Setup utility.

You can also use the ASU program to configure the optional remote presence features or other IMM2
settings. The remote presence features provide enhanced systems-management capabilities.

In addition, the ASU program provides IMM2 LAN over USB interface configuration through the command-
line interface.

Use the command-line interface to issue setup commands. You can save any of the settings as a file and run
the file as a script. The ASU program supports scripting environments through a batch-processing mode.

For more information and to download the ASU program, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/
LNVO-ASU.

Using Lenovo XClarity Administrator


The initial setup of Lenovo XClarity Administrator includes the following:
• Preparing the network
• Installing and configuring the Lenovo XClarity Administrator virtual appliance
• Managing systems
• Setting up automatic problem notification optionally
To manage systems based on the network topology that is implemented in your environment, there are a
number of different ways to connect manageable systems to the network and to set up the Lenovo XClarity
Administrator. If you plan to use Lenovo XClarity Administrator to manage the server, you must check for the
latest applicable Lenovo XClarity Administrator updates. For installing the Lenovo XClarity Administrator in
VMware ESXi-based and Hyper-V environments and downloading Lenovo XClarity Administrator updates, go
to:
https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-XCLARIT

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers a free, 90-day trial license that enables you to use all available features
for a limited time. To continue using Lenovo XClarity Administrator after the 90–day trial period, you are
required to purchase a full-function-enablement license for each Lenovo XClarity Administrator instance. You
can purchase and download the license from:
https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/lnvo-lxcaupd

Updating IBM Systems Director


Use this information to update the IBM Systems Director.

If you plan to use IBM Systems Director to manage the server, you must check for the latest applicable IBM
Systems Director updates and interim fixes.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM website. The actual procedure might vary slightly from
what is described in this document.

Installing a newer version


To locate and install a newer version of IBM Systems Director, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Check for the latest version of IBM Systems Director:


a. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/software/director/resources.html.

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 77


b. If a newer version of IBM Systems Director than what comes with the server is shown in the
drop-down list, follow the instructions on the web page to download the latest version.
Step 2. Install the IBM Systems Director program.

Installing updates with your management server is connected to the Internet


If your management server is connected to the Internet, to locate and install updates and interim fixes,
complete the following steps:

Step 1. Make sure that you have run the Discovery and Inventory collection tasks.
Step 2. On the Welcome page of the IBM Systems Director web interface, click View updates.
Step 3. Click Check for updates. The available updates are displayed in a table.
Step 4. Select the updates that you want to install, and click Install to start the installation wizard.

Installing updates with your management server is not connected to the Internet
If your management server is not connected to the Internet, to locate and install updates and interim fixes,
complete the following steps:

Step 1. Make sure that you have run the Discovery and Inventory collection tasks.
Step 2. On a system that is connected to the Internet, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ fixcentral.
Step 3. From the Product family list, select IBM Systems Director.
Step 4. From the Product list, select IBM Systems Director.
Step 5. From the Installed version list, select the latest version, and clickContinue.
Step 6. Download the available updates.
Step 7. Copy the downloaded files to the management server.
Step 8. On the management server, on the Welcome page of the IBM Systems Director web interface, click
the Manage tab, and click Update Manager.
Step 9. Click Import updates and specify the location of the downloaded files that you copied to the
management server.
Step 10. Return to the Welcome page of the Web interface, and click View updates.
Step 11. Select the updates that you want to install, and click Install to start the installation wizard.

Updating the Universal Unique Identifier (UUID)


The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) must be updated when the system board is replaced. Use the
Advanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in the UEFI-based server.

The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems. Make sure that you download the version
for your operating system. You can download the ASU from the IBM Web site. To download the ASU and
update the UUID, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM website. The actual procedure might vary slightly from
what is described in this document.

Step 1. Download the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU):


a. Go to Go to http://www.lenovo.com/support..
b. Click on the Downloads tab at the top of the panel.
c. Under ToolsCenter, select View ToolsCenter downloads.
d. Select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).

78 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


e. Scroll down and click on the link and download the ASU version for your operating system.
Step 2. ASU sets the UUID in the Integrated Management Module (IMM). Select one of the following
methods to access the Integrated Management Module (IMM) to set the UUID:
• Online from the target system (LAN or keyboard console style (KCS) access)
• Remote access to the target system (LAN based)
• Bootable media containing ASU (LAN or KCS, depending upon the bootable media)
Step 3. Copy and unpack the ASU package, which also includes other required files, to the server. Make
sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory. In addition to the
application executable (asu or asu64), the following files are required:
• For Windows based operating systems:
– ibm_rndis_server_os.inf
– device.cat
• For Linux based operating systems:
– cdc_interface.sh
Step 4. After you install ASU, use the following command syntax to set the UUID:

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value> [access_method]

Where:

<uuid_value>
Up to 16-byte hexadecimal value assigned by you.
[access_method]
The access method that you selected to use from the following methods:

• Online authenticated LAN access, type the command:


[host <imm_internal_ip>] [user <imm_user_id>][password <imm_password>]
Where:

imm_internal_ip
The IMM internal LAN/USB IP address. The default value is 169.254.95.118.
imm_user_id
The IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.
imm_password
The IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is PASSW0RD (with a zero
0 not an O).

Note: If you do not specify any of these parameters, ASU will use the default values. When the
default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM using the online authenticated
LAN access method, ASU will automatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method.
The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not
using the default values:
Example that does not use the userid and password default values:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoUUID <uuid_value> --user <user_id>
--password <password>

Example that does use the userid and password default values:

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 79


asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value>
• Online KCS access (unauthenticated and user restricted):
You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method.
Example:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value>

The KCS access method uses the IPMI/KCS interface. This method requires that the IPMI driver
be installed. Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default. ASU provides the
corresponding mapping layer. See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details.
You can access the ASU Users Guide from the IBM website.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the website. The actual procedure might vary slightly
from what is described in this document.
1. Go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.
2. Click on the Downloads tab at the top of the panel.
3. Under ToolsCenter, select View ToolsCenter downloads.
4. Select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
5. Scroll down and click on the link and download the ASU version for your operating system.
Scroll down and look under Online Help to download the Advanced Settings Utility Users
Guide.
• Remote LAN access, type the command:

Note: When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using the LAN from a client,
the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters.
host <imm_external_ip> [user <imm_user_id>][password <imm_password>]
Where:

imm_external_ip
The external IMM LAN IP address. There is no default value. This parameter is required.
imm_user_id
The IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.
imm_password
The IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is PASSW0RD (with a zero
0 not an O).
The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not
using the default values:
Example that does not use the userid and password default values:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoUUID <uuid_value> --host <imm_ip>
--user <user_id> --password <password>

Example that does use the userid and password default values:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value> --host <imm_ip>
• Bootable media:
You can also build a bootable media using the applications available through the ToolsCenter
website at https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-CENTER. From the IBM
ToolsCenter page, scroll down for the available tools.
Step 5. Restart the server.

80 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Updating the DMI/SMBIOS data
Use this information to update the DMI/SMBIOS data.

The Desktop Management Interface (DMI) must be updated when the system board is replaced. Use the
Advanced Settings Utility to update the DMI in the UEFI-based server. The ASU is an online tool that
supports several operating systems. Make sure that you download the version for your operating system.
You can download the ASU from the IBM website. To download the ASU and update the DMI, complete the
following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM website. The actual procedure might vary slightly from
what is described in this document.

Step 1. Download the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU):


a. Go to Go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.
b. Click on the Downloads tab at the top of the panel.
c. Under ToolsCenter, select View ToolsCenter downloads.
d. Select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
e. Scroll down and click on the link and download the ASU version for your operating system.
Step 2. ASU sets the DMI in the Integrated Management Module (IMM). Select one of the following
methods to access the Integrated Management Module (IMM) to set the DMI:
• Online from the target system (LAN or keyboard console style (KCS) access)
• Remote access to the target system (LAN based)
• Bootable media containing ASU (LAN or KCS, depending upon the bootable media)
Step 3. Copy and unpack the ASU package, which also includes other required files, to the server. Make
sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory. In addition to the
application executable (asu or asu64), the following files are required:
• For Windows based operating systems:
– ibm_rndis_server_os.inf
– device.cat
• For Linux based operating systems:
– cdc_interface.sh
Step 4. After you install ASU, Type the following commands to set the DMI:

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model> [access_method]


asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n> [access_method]
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag> [access_method]

Where:

<m/t_model>
The server machine type and model number. Type mtm xxxxyyy, where xxxx is the machine
type and yyy is the server model number.
<s/n>
The serial number on the server. Type sn zzzzzzz, where zzzzzzz is the serial number.
<asset_method>
The server asset tag number. Type asset aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa, where
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa is the asset tag number.

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 81


[access_method]
The access method that you select to use from the following methods:

• Online authenticated LAN access, type the command:


[host <imm_internal_ip>] [user <imm_user_id>][password <imm_password>]
Where:

imm_internal_ip
The IMM internal LAN/USB IP address. The default value is 169.254.95.118.
imm_user_id
The IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.
imm_password
The IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is PASSW0RD (with a zero
0 not an O).

Note: If you do not specify any of these parameters, ASU will use the default values. When the
default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM using the online authenticated
LAN access method, ASU will automatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method.
The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not
using the default values:
Examples that do not use the userid and password default values:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model>
--user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n> --user <imm_user_id>
--password <imm_password>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag>
--user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

Examples that do use the userid and password default values:


asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag>
• Online KCS access (unauthenticated and user restricted):
You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method.
The KCS access method uses the IPMI/KCS interface. This method requires that the IPMI driver
be installed. Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default. ASU provides the
corresponding mapping layer. To download the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide,
complete the following steps:

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM website. The actual procedure might vary
slightly from what is described in this document.
1. Go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.
2. Click on the Downloads tab at the top of the panel.
3. Under ToolsCenter, select View ToolsCenter downloads.
4. Select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
5. Scroll down and click on the link and download the ASU version for your operating system.
Scroll down and look under Online Help to download the Advanced Settings Utility Users
Guide.

82 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not
using the default values:
Examples that do not use the userid and password default values:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag>
• Remote LAN access, type the command:

Note: When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using the LAN from a client,
the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters.
host <imm_external_ip> [user <imm_user_id>][password <imm_password>]
Where:

imm_external_ip
The external IMM LAN IP address. There is no default value. This parameter is required.
imm_user_id
The IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.
imm_password
The IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is PASSW0RD (with a zero
0 not an O).
The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not
using the default values:
Examples that do not use the userid and password default values:
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model> --host <imm_ip>
--user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n> --host <imm_ip>
--user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag> --host <imm_ip>
--user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

Examples that do use the userid and password default values:


asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model> --host <imm_ip>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n> --host <imm_ip>
asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag> --host <imm_ip>
• Bootable media:
You can also build a bootable media using the applications available through the ToolsCenter
website at https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/ documents/LNVO-CENTER. From the IBM
ToolsCenter page, scroll down for the available tools.
Step 5. Restart the server.

Chapter 3. Configuration information and instructions 83


84 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Chapter 4. Troubleshooting
This chapter describes the diagnostic tools and troubleshooting information that are available to help you
solve problems that might occur in the server.

If you cannot diagnose and correct a problem by using the information in this chapter, see Appendix D
“Getting help and technical assistance” on page 531 for more information.

Start here
You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures in this
documentation and on the World Wide Web.

This document describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform, troubleshooting procedures, and
explanations of error messages and error codes. The documentation that comes with your operating system
and software also contains troubleshooting information.

Diagnosing a problem
Before you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider, follow these procedures in the order in
which they are presented to diagnose a problem with your server.

Step 1. Return the server to the condition it was in before the problem occurred.

If any hardware, software, or firmware was changed before the problem occurred, if possible,
reverse those changes. This might include any of the following items:
• Hardware components
• Device drivers and firmware
• System software
• UEFI firmware
• System input power or network connections
Step 2. View the light path diagnostics LEDs and event logs.

The server is designed for ease of diagnosis of hardware and software problems.
• Light path diagnostics LEDs: See “Diagnostic tools” on page 89 for information about using
light path diagnostics LEDs.
• Event logs: See “Event logs” on page 96 for information about notification events and
diagnosis.
• Software or operating-system error codes: See the documentation for the software or
operating system for information about a specific error code. See the manufacturer's website for
documentation.
Step 3. Run IBM Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) and collect system data.

Run Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) to collect information about the hardware, firmware, software,
and operating system. Have this information available when you contact IBM or an approved
warranty service provider. For instructions for running DSA, see the Dynamic System Analysis
Installation and User's Guide.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 85


To download the latest version of DSA code and the Dynamic System Analysis Installation and
User's Guide, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/ en/documents/LNVO-DSA.
Step 4. Check for and apply code updates.

Fixes or workarounds for many problems might be available in updated UEFI firmware, device
firmware, or device drivers. To display a list of available updates for the server, go to http://
www.ibm.com/support/ fixcentral.

Attention: Installing the wrong firmware or device-driver update might cause the server to
malfunction. Before you install a firmware or device-driver update, read any readme and change
history files that are provided with the downloaded update. These files contain important
information about the update and the procedure for installing the update, including any special
procedure for updating from an early firmware or device-driver version to the latest version.

Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the
device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster
solution before you update the code.
a. Install UpdateXpress system updates.

You can install code updates that are packaged as an UpdateXpress System Pack or
UpdateXpress CD image. An UpdateXpress System Pack contains an integration-tested
bundle of online firmware and device-driver updates for your server. In addition, you can use
IBM ToolsCenter Bootable Media Creator to create bootable media that is suitable for applying
firmware updates and running preboot diagnostics. For more information about UpdateXpress
System Packs, see http://www.ibm.com/support/entry/ portal/docdisplay?lndocid=SERV-
XPRESS and “Updating the firmware” on page 61. For more information about the Bootable
Media Creator, see https://support.lenovo.com/ us/en/documents/LNVO-BOMC.

Be sure to separately install any listed critical updates that have release dates that are later
than the release date of the UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress image (see step b).
b. Install manual system updates.
1. Determine the existing code levels.
In DSA, click Firmware/VPD to view system firmware levels, or click Software to view
operating-system levels.
2. Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level.
To display a list of available updates for the server, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/
fixcentral.

When you click an update, an information page is displayed, including a list of the
problems that the update fixes. Review this list for your specific problem; however, even if
your problem is not listed, installing the update might solve the problem.
Step 5. Check for and correct an incorrect configuration.

If the server is incorrectly configured, a system function can fail to work when you enable it; if you
make an incorrect change to the server configuration, a system function that has been enabled can
stop working.
a. Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported.

See http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/ to verify that the server supports the installed
operating system, optional devices, and software levels. If any hardware or software
component is not supported, uninstall it to determine whether it is causing the problem. You

86 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


must remove nonsupported hardware before you contact IBM or an approved warranty service
provider for support.
b. Make sure that the server, operating system, and software are installed and configured
correctly.

Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables or incorrectly seated
adapters. You might be able to solve the problem by turning off the server, reconnecting
cables, reseating adapters, and turning the server back on. For information about performing
the checkout procedure, see “About the checkout procedure” on page 88. For information
about configuring the server, see Chapter 3 “Configuration information and instructions” on
page 61.
Step 6. See controller and management software documentation.

If the problem is associated with a specific function (for example, if a RAID hard disk drive is
marked offline in the RAID array), see the documentation for the associated controller and
management or controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured.

Problem determination information is available for many devices such as RAID and network
adapters.

For problems with operating systems or IBM software, or devices, go to http://www.lenovo.com/


support.
Step 7. Check for troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips.

Troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips document known problems and suggested solutions.
To search for troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.
Step 8. Use the troubleshooting tables.

See “Troubleshooting by symptom” on page 102 to find a solution to a problem that has identifiable
symptoms.

A single problem might cause multiple symptoms. Follow the troubleshooting procedure for the
most obvious symptom. If that procedure does not diagnose the problem, use the procedure for
another symptom, if possible.

If the problem remains, contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for assistance with
additional problem determination and possible hardware replacement. To open an online service
request, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ entry/portal/Open_service_request. Be prepared to
provide information about any error codes and collected data.

Undocumented problems
If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains, the problem might not have been
previously identified by IBM. After you have verified that all code is at the latest level, all hardware and
software configurations are valid, and no light path diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware
component failure, contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for assistance.

To open an online service request, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ entry/portal/Open_service_request. Be


prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and the problem determination
procedures that you have used.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 87
Service bulletins
IBM continually updates the support website with the latest tips and techniques that you can use to solve
problem that you might have with the Lenovo System x3250 M4 server.

To find service bulletins that are available for the IBM Lenovo System x3250 M4 server, go to http://
www.lenovo.com/support and search for 2583, and retain.

Checkout procedure
The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to diagnose a problem in the server.

About the checkout procedure


Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems, review the following
information.

• Read the safety information that begins on page “Safety” on page v.


• IBM Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) provides the primary methods of testing the major components of
the server, such as the system board, Ethernet controller, keyboard, mouse (pointing device), serial ports,
and hard disk drives. You can also use them to test some external devices. If you are not sure whether a
problem is caused by the hardware or by the software, you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm
that the hardware is working correctly.
• When you run DSA, a single problem might cause more than one error message. When this happens,
correct the cause of the first error message. The other error messages usually will not occur the next time
you run DSA.

Important: If multiple error codes or light path diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error, the
error might be in the microprocessor or in the microprocessor socket. See “Microprocessor problems” on
page 109 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems.
• Before you run DSA, you must determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive
cluster (two or more servers sharing external storage devices). If it is part of a cluster, you can run all
diagnostic programs except the ones that test the storage unit (that is, a hard disk drive in the storage
unit) or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit. The failing server might be part of a cluster
if any of the following conditions is true:
– You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster (two or more servers sharing external storage
devices).
– One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at least one of the attached
storage units is also attached to another server or unidentifiable device.
– One or more servers are located near the failing server.

Important: If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster, run one test at a time. Do not run any
suite of tests, such as “quick” or “normal” tests, because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic
tests.
• If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed, see Appendix B “UEFI (POST) error codes” on
page 383. If the server is halted and no error message is displayed, see “Troubleshooting by symptom” on
page 102 and “Solving undetermined problems” on page 119.
• For information about power-supply problems, see “Solving power problems” on page 117, “Power
problems” on page 113, and “Power-supply LEDs” on page 94.
• For intermittent problems, check the event log; see “Event logs” on page 96 and Appendix C “DSA
diagnostic test results” on page 399.

88 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Performing the checkout procedure
Use this information to perform the checkout procedure.

To perform the checkout procedure, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Is the server part of a cluster?


• No: Go to step 2.
• Yes: Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster. Go to step 2.
Step 2. Complete the following steps:
a. Check the power supply LEDs (see “Power-supply LEDs” on page 94).
b. Turn off the server and all external devices.
c. Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/.
d. Check all cables and power cords.
e. Set all display controls to the middle positions.
f. Turn on all external devices.
g. Turn on the server. If the server does not start, see “Troubleshooting by symptom” on page
102.
h. Check the system-error LED on the operator information panel. If it is lit, check the light path
diagnostics LEDs (see “Diagnostic tools” on page 89).
i. Check for the following results:
• Successful completion of POST (see “POST” on page 98 for more information).
• Successful completion of startup, which is indicated by a readable display of the operating-
system desktop.
Step 3. Is there a readable image on the monitor screen?
• No: Find the failure symptom in “Troubleshooting by symptom” on page 102; if necessary, see
“Solving undetermined problems” on page 119.
• Yes: Run DSA (see “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on page 100).
– If DSA reports an error, follow the instructions in Appendix C “DSA diagnostic test results” on
page 399.
– If DSA does not report an error but you still suspect a problem, see “Solving undetermined
problems” on page 119.

Diagnostic tools
The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware-related problems.

• Event logs
The event logs list the error codes and messages that are generated when an error is detected for the
subsystems IMM2, POST, DSA, and the server baseboard management controller. See “Event logs” on
page 96 for more information.
• Integrated management module II
The Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) combines service processor functions, video controller, and
remote presence and blue-screen capture features in a single chip. The IMM2 provides advanced service-
processor control, monitoring, and alerting function. If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 89
if a system component fails, the IMM2 lights LEDs to help you diagnose the problem, records the error in
the IMM2 event log, and alerts you to the problem. Optionally, the IMM2 also provides a virtual presence
capability for remote server management capabilities. The IMM2 provides remote server management
through the following industry-standard interfaces:
– Intelligent Platform Management Protocol (IPMI) version 2.0
– Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 3
– Common Information Model (CIM)
– Web browser
For more information about the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2), see “Using the Integrated
Management Module II (IMM2)” on page 72, Appendix A “Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error
messages” on page 205, and the Integrated Management Module II User's Guide at http://publib.boulder.
ibm.com/infocenter/ systemx/documentation/topic/ com.lenovo.sysx.imm2.doc/ printable_doc.html.
• IBM Dynamic System Analysis
Two editions of IBM Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) are available for diagnosing problems, DSA Portable
and DSA Preboot:
– DSA Portable
DSA Portable collects and analyzes system information to aid in diagnosing server problems. DSA
Portable runs on the server operating system and collects the following information about the server:
– Drive health information
– Event logs for ServeRAID controllers and service processors
– Installed hardware, including PCI and USB information
– Installed applications and hot fixes
– Kernel modules
– Light path diagnostics status
– Microprocessor, input/out hub, and UEFI error logs
– Network interfaces and settings
– RAID controller configuration
– Service processor (integrated management module) status and configuration
– System configuration
– Vital product data, firmware, and UEFI configuration
DSA Portable creates a DSA log, which is a chronologically ordered merge of the system-event log (as
the IPMI event log), the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) event log (as the ASM event log), and
the operating-system event logs. You can send the DSA log as a file to IBM Support (when requested
by IBM Support) or view the information as a text file or HTML file.

Note: Use the latest available version of DSA to make sure you are using the most recent configuration
data. For documentation and download information for DSA, see http://shop.lenovo.com/us/en/systems/
solutions/.

For additional information, see “IBM Dynamic System Analysis” on page 99 and Appendix C “DSA
diagnostic test results” on page 399.
– DSA Preboot
DSA Preboot diagnostic program is stored in the integrated USB memory on the server. DSA Preboot
collects and analyzes system information to aid in diagnosing server problems, as well as offering a rich

90 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


set of diagnostic tests of the major components of the server. DSA Preboot collects the following
information about the server:
– Drive health information
– Event logs for ServeRAID controllers and service processors
– Installed hardware, including PCI and USB information
– Light path diagnostics status
– Microprocessor, input/output hub, and UEFI error logs
– Network interfaces and settings
– RAID controller configuration
– Service processor (integrated management module) status and configuration
– System configuration
– Vital product data, firmware, and UEFI configuration
DSA Preboot also provides diagnostics for the following system components (when they are installed):
1. Emulex network adapter
2. IMM2 I2C bus
3. Light path diagnostics panel
4. Memory modules
5. Microprocessors
6. Optical devices (CD or DVD)
7. SAS or SATA drives
See “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on page 100 for more information on running the
DSA Preboot program on the server.
• Troubleshooting by symptom
These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems. See “Troubleshooting by
symptom” on page 102 for more information.

Error LEDs
This section describes the Error LEDs on the system board and the suggested actions to correct the
detected problems.

The illustration shows the system-board LEDs. The system board has error LEDs that will help to locate the
source of the error. Run the diagnostic programs to find out the cause of the error (see “IBM Dynamic
System Analysis” on page 99).

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 91
System board
error LED

Standby power
LED

Microprocessor
error LED

DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1
Microprocessor
RTMM
Hearbeat LED

DIMM 1 - 4
error LEDs

IMM2 hearbeat
LED

Figure 26. The LEDs on the system board

The server is designed so that LEDs remain lit when the server is connected to an ac power source but is not
turned on, provided that the power supply is operating correctly. This feature helps you to isolate the
problem when the operating system is shut down.

Note: When you disconnect the power source from the server, you lose the ability to view the LEDs because
the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed. Before you disconnect the power source, make a
note of which LEDs are lit, including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside
the server on the system board.

Many errors are first indicated by a lit system-error LED on the control-panel assembly of the server. If this
LED is lit, one or more LEDs elsewhere in the server might also be lit and can direct you to the source of the
error.

Before you work inside the server to view the LEDs, read the “Safety” on page v and “Handling static-
sensitive devices” on page 37.

If an error occurs, view the server LEDs in the following order:


1. Check the control-panel assembly on the front of the server. If the system-error LED is lit, it indicates
that an error has occurred.
2. Check the front and rear of the server to determine whether any component LEDs are lit.
3. Remove the server top cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs. Certain components inside the
server have LEDs that will be lit to indicate the location of a problem. For example, a DIMM error will light
the LED next to the failing DIMM on the system board.
4. Look at the system service label inside the top cover of the server, which gives an overview of internal
components. This information can often provide enough information to correct the error.

The following table describes the LEDs on the system board and suggested actions to correct the detected
problems.

92 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 12. The suggested actions to correct the detected problem for each LED light

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

LED Description Action


DIMM error LEDs A memory DIMM has failed or is incorrectly 1. Remove the DIMM that has the lit error
installed. LED.
2. Reseat the DIMM.
3. Replace the following components one
at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. DIMM
b. (Trained technician only) System
board
Microprocessor error LED Microprocessor has failed, is missing, or 1. Check the system-event log to
has been incorrectly installed. determine the reason for the lit LED.
Note: (Trained technician only) Make sure
that the microprocessor is installed 2. (Trained technician only) Reseat the
correctly, see “Replacing a microprocessor failing microprocessor.
and heat sink” on page 195. 3. Replace the following components one
at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. (Trained technician only) Failing
microprocessor
b. (Trained technician only) System
board
System-board error LED System-board CPU VRD and/or power (Trained technician only) Replace the
voltage regulators have failed. system board.

IMM2 heartbeat LED Indicates the status of the boot process of If the LED does not begin flashing within 30
the IMM2. seconds of when the server is connected to
power, complete the following steps:
When the server is connected to power this 1. (Trained technician only) Recover the
LED flashes quickly to indicate that the firmware (see “Recovering the server
IMM2 code is loading. When the loading is firmware (UEFI update failure)” on
complete, the LED stops flashing briefly page 120).
and then flashes slowly to indicate that the
IMM2 if fully operational and you can press 2. (Trained technician only) Replace the
the power-control button to start the system board.
server.
RTMM heartbeat LED Power-on and power-off sequencing. 1. If the LED flashes at 1Hz, it is
functioning properly and no action is
necessary.
2. (Trained technician only) If the LED is
not flashing, replace the system board.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 93
Power-supply LEDs
This section describes the power-supply LEDs on the rear of the server and the suggested actions to correct
the detected problems.

The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start:


• One microprocessor
• One 1 GB DIMM
• Power supply
• Power cord
• ServeRAID SAS/SATA adapter
• Four cooling fans

The following illustration shows the LEDs and connectors on the rear of the fixed power-supply model.

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2


link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

Figure 27. LEDs and connectors on the rear of the fixed power-supply model

The following illustration shows the LEDs and connectors on the rear of the redundant power-supply model.

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2


link LED activity LED link LED
Ethernet 2
Power-cord Serial PCI slot 1
activity LED PCI slot 2
connector connector

AC AC

DC DC

AC Power LED NMI button


(green) USB 3-4 connector
DC Power LED Power-supply Video USB 1-2 connector
(green) error LED connector
(amber)

Figure 28. LEDs and connectors on the rear of the redundant power-supply model

The following table describes the problems that are indicated by various combinations of the power-supply
LEDs and suggested actions to correct the detected problems.

94 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 13. Power-supply LEDs

AC Power-supply LEDs

AC DC Error Description Action Notes


On On Off Normal
operation

Off Off Off No ac power to 1. Check the ac power to the server. This is a normal
the server or a condition when no
problem with 2. Make sure that the power cord is ac power is present.
the ac power connected to a functioning power
source. source.
3. Restart the server. If the error remains,
check the power-supply LEDs.
4. If the problem remains, replace the
power-supply.

On Off Off Faulty system 1. Turn off the server and disconnect the Typically indicates
board or faulty power cord from the server; then, that a power supply
power supply reconnect the power cord. is not fully seated.
This is a normal
2. If the system board error (fault) LED is condition before
not lit, replace the power supply. turning on the
3. (Trained technician only) If the system system.
board error LED is lit, replace the
system board.

On Off or On Faulty power Replace the power supply.


Flashing supply

On On Off Normal
operation

On On On Power supply is Replace the power supply.


faulty but still
operational

System pulse LEDs


This section describes the system pulse LEDs on the system board that monitors the system power-on and
power-off and boot progress.

The following LEDs are on the system board and monitor the system power-on and power-off sequencing
and boot progress (see “System-board LEDs” on page 26 for the location of these LEDs).

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 95
Table 14. System pulse LEDs

LED Description Action


RTMM heartbeat Power-on and power-off 1. If the LED blinks at 1Hz, it is functioning
sequencing. properly and no action is necessary.
2. If the LED is not blinking, (trained
technician only) replace the system board.

IMM2 heartbeat IMM2 heartbeat boot process. The following steps describe the different
stages of the IMM2 heartbeat sequencing
process.
1. When this LED is blinking fast
(approximately 4Hz), this indicates that the
IMM2 code is in the loading process.
2. When this LED goes off momentarily, this
indicates that the IMM2 code has loaded
completely.
3. When this LED goes off momentarily and
then starts blinking slowing (approximately
1Hz), this indicates that IMM2 is fully
operational. You can now press the power-
control button to power-on the server.
4. (Trained technician only) If this LED does
not blink within 30 seconds of connecting a
power source to the server, replace the
system board.

Event logs
Error codes and messages are displayed in POST event log, system-event log, Integrated Management
Module II (IMM2) event log, and DSA event log.

• POST event log: This log contains the most recent error codes and messages that were generated during
POST. You can view the contents of the POST event log from the Setup utility (see “Starting the Setup
utility” on page 65). For more information about POST error codes, see Appendix B “UEFI (POST) error
codes” on page 383.
• System-event log: This log contains POST and system management interrupt (SMI) events and all events
that are generated by the baseboard management controller that is embedded in the Integrated
Management Module II (IMM2). You can view the contents of the system-event log through the Setup
utility and through the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) program (as IPMI event log).The system-event log
is limited in size. When it is full, new entries will not overwrite existing entries; therefore, you must
periodically clear the system-event log through the Setup utility. When you are troubleshooting an error,
you might have to save and then clear the system-event log to make the most recent events available for
analysis. For more information about the system-event log, see Appendix A “Integrated Management
Module II (IMM2) error messages” on page 205.
Messages are listed on the left side of the screen, and details about the selected message are displayed
on the right side of the screen. To move from one entry to the next, use the Up Arrow (↑) and Down Arrow
(↓) keys.
Some IMM2 sensors cause assertion events to be logged when their setpoints are reached. When a
setpoint condition no longer exists, a corresponding deassertion event is logged. However, not all events
are assertion-type events.
• Integrated management module II (IMM2) event log: This log contains a filtered subset of all IMM2,
POST, and system management interrupt (SMI) events. You can view the IMM2 event log through the

96 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


IMM2 web interface. For more information, see “Logging on to the web interface” on page 74. You can
also view the IMM2 event log through the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) program (as the ASM event
log). For more information about IMM2 error messages, see Appendix A “Integrated Management Module
II (IMM2) error messages” on page 205.
• DSA event log: This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) program, and it is a
chronologically ordered merge of the system-event log (as the IPMI event log), the IMM2 chassis-event
log (as the ASM event log), and the operating-system event logs. You can view the DSA event log through
the DSA program (see “Viewing event logs without restarting the server” on page 97). For more
information about DSA and DSA messages, see “IBM Dynamic System Analysis” on page 99 and
Appendix C “DSA diagnostic test results” on page 399.

Viewing event logs through the Setup utility


Use this information to view the event logs through the Setup utility.

To view the POST event log or system-event log, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Turn on the server.


Step 2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. If you have set both a power-on password
and an administrator password, you must type the administrator password to view the event logs.
Step 3. Select System Event Log and use one of the following procedures:
• To view the POST event log, select POST Event Viewer.
• To view the system-event log, select System Event Log.

Viewing event logs without restarting the server


Use this information to view the event logs without restarting the server.

If the server is not hung and the IMM2 is connected to a network, methods are available for you to view one
or more event logs without having to restart the server.

If you have installed Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Portable, you can use it to view the system-event log
(as the IPMI event log), or the IMM2 event log (as the ASM event log), the operating-system event logs, or the
merged DSA log. You can also use DSA Preboot to view these logs, although you must restart the server to
use DSA Preboot. To install DSA Portable or check for and download a later version of DSA Preboot CD
image, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/ en/documents/LNVO-DSA.

If IPMItool is installed in the server, you can use it to view the system-event log. Most recent versions of the
Linux operating system come with a current version of IPMItool. For an overview of IPMI, go to http://
www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/blueprints/ and click Using Intelligent Platform Management Interface
(IPMI) on IBM Linux platforms.

You can view the IMM2 event log through the Event Log link in the integrated management module II (IMM2)
web interface. For more information, see “Logging on to the web interface” on page 74.

The following table describes the methods that you can use to view the event logs, depending on the
condition of the server. The first three conditions generally do not require that you restart the server.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 97
Table 15. Methods for viewing event logs

Condition Action
The server is not hung and is connected to a network Use any of the following methods:
(using an operating system controlled network ports). • Run DSA Portable to view the diagnostic event log
(requires IPMI driver) or create an output file that you
can send to IBM service and support (using ftp or local
copy).
• Use IPMItool to view the system-event log (requires
IPMI driver).
• Use the web browser interface to the IMM2 to view the
system-event log locally (requires RNDIS USB LAN
driver).

The server is not hung and is not connected to a network • Run DSA Portable to view the diagnostic event log
(using an operating system controlled network ports). (requires IPMI driver) or create an output file that you
can send to IBM service and support (using ftp or local
copy).
• Use IPMItool to view the system-event log (requires
IPMI driver).
• Use the web browser interface to the IMM2 to view the
system-event log locally (requires RNDIS USB LAN
driver).

The server is not hung and the Integrated Management In a web browser, type the IP address for the IMM2 and
Module II (IMM2) is connected to a network. go to the Event Log page. For more information, see
“Obtaining the IMM host name” on page 73 and “Logging
on to the web interface” on page 74.

The server is hung, and no communication can be made • If DSA Preboot is installed, restart the server and press
with the IMM2. F2 to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs (see
“Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on page
100 for more information).
• Alternatively, you can restart the server and press F1 to
start the Setup utility and view the POST event log or
system-event log. For more information, see “Viewing
event logs through the Setup utility” on page 97.

Clearing the event logs


Use this information to clear the event logs.

To clear the event logs, complete the following steps.

Note: The POST error log is automatically cleared each time the server is restarted.

Step 1. Turn on the server.


Step 2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. If you have set both a power-on password
and an administrator password, you must type the administrator password to view the event logs.
Step 3. To clear the IMM2 system-event log, select System Event Log ➙ Clear System Event Log, then,
press Enter twice.

POST
When you turn on the server, it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server components
and some optional devices in the server. This series of tests is called the power-on self-test, or POST.

Note: This server does not use beep codes for server status.

98 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If a power-on password is set, you must type the password and press Enter (when you are prompted), for
POST to run.

If POST detects a problem, an error message is displayed. See Appendix B “UEFI (POST) error codes” on
page 383 for more information.

If POST detects a problem, an error message is sent to the POST event log, see “Event logs” on page 96 for
more information.

IBM Dynamic System Analysis


IBM Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) collects and analyzes system information to aid in diagnosing server
problems.

DSA collects the following information about the server:


• Drive health information
• Event logs for ServeRAID controllers and service processors
• Hardware inventory, including PCI and USB information
• Installed applications and hot fixes (available in DSA Portable only)
• Kernel modules (available in DSA Portable only)
• Light path diagnostics status
• Network interfaces and settings
• Performance data and details about processes that are running
• RAID controller configuration
• Service processor (integrated management module) status and configuration
• System configuration
• Vital product data and firmware information

For system-specific information about the action that you should take as a result of a message that DSA
generates, see Appendix C “DSA diagnostic test results” on page 399.

If you cannot find a problem by using DSA, see “Solving undetermined problems” on page 119 for
information about testing the server.

Note: DSA Preboot might appear to be unresponsive when you start the program. This is normal operation
while the program loads.

Make sure that the server has the latest version of the DSA code. To obtain DSA code and the Dynamic
System Analysis Installation and User's Guide, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/ en/documents/LNVO-DSA.

DSA editions
Two editions of Dynamic System Analysis are available.
• DSA Portable
DSA Portable Edition runs within the operating system; you do not have to restart the server to run it. It is
packaged as a self-extracting file that you download from the web. When you run the file, it self-extracts
to a temporary folder and performs comprehensive collection of hardware and operating-system
information. After it runs, it automatically deletes the temporary files and folder and leaves the results of
the data collection and diagnostics on the server.
If you are able to start the server, use DSA Portable.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 99
• DSA Preboot
DSA Preboot runs outside of the operating system; you must restart the server to run it. It is provided in
the flash memory on the server, or you can create a bootable media such as a CD, DVD, ISO, USB, or PXE
using the IBM ToolsCenter Bootable Media Creator (BoMC). For more details, see the BoMC User Guide
at https://support.lenovo.com/ us/en/documents/LNVO-BOMC. In addition to the capabilities of the other
editions of DSA, DSA Preboot includes diagnostic routines that would be disruptive to run within the
operating-system environment (such as resetting devices and causing loss of network connectivity). It has
a graphical user interface that you can use to specify which diagnostics to run and to view the diagnostic
and data collection results.
DSA Preboot provides diagnostics for the following system components, if they are installed:
– Emulex network adapter
– Optical devices (CD or DVD)
– Tape drives (SCSI, SAS, or SATA)
– Memory
– Microprocessor
– Checkpoint panel
– I2C bus
– SAS and SATA drives
If you are unable to restart the server or if you need comprehensive diagnostics, use DSA Preboot.

For more information and to download the utilities, go to https://support.lenovo.com/us/ en/documents/LNVO-


DSA.

Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs


Use this information to run the DSA Preboot diagnostic programs.

Note: The DSA memory test might take up to 30 minutes to run. If the problem is not a memory problem,
skip the memory test.

To run the DSA Preboot diagnostic programs, complete the following steps:

Step 1. If the server is running, turn off the server and all attached devices.
Step 2. Turn on all attached devices; then, turn on the server.
Step 3. When the prompt <F2> Diagnostics is displayed, press F2.

Note: The DSA Preboot diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive for an unusual
length of time when you start the program. This is normal operation while the program loads. The
loading process may take up to 10 minutes.
Step 4. Optionally, select Quit to DSA to exit from the stand-alone memory diagnostic program.

Note: After you exit from the stand-alone memory diagnostic environment, you must restart the
server to access the stand-alone memory diagnostic environment again.
Step 5. Type gui to display the graphical user interface, or type cmd to display the DSA interactive menu.
Step 6. Follow the instructions on the screen to select the diagnostic test to run.

If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server
operation, a software error might be the cause. If you suspect a software problem, see the information that
comes with your software.

100 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


A single problem might cause more than one error message. When this happens, correct the cause of the
first error message. The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic
programs.

If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue, restart the server and try running the DSA Preboot
diagnostic programs again. If the problem remains, replace the component that was being tested when the
server stopped.

Diagnostic text messages


Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running.

A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results:

Passed: The test was completed without any errors.

Failed: The test detected an error.

Aborted: The test could not proceed because of the server configuration

Additional information concerning test failures is available in the extended diagnostic results for each test.

Viewing the test log results and transferring the DSA collection
Use this information to view the test log results and transferring the DSA collection.

To view the test log for the results when the tests are completed, click the Success link in the Status column,
if you are running the DSA graphical user interface, or type :x to exit the Execute Tests menu, if you are
running the DSA interactive menu, or select Diagnostic Event Log in the graphical user interface. To transfer
DSA Preboot collections to an external USB device, type the copy command in the DSA interactive menu.
• If you are running the DSA graphical user interface (GUI), click the Success link in the Status column.
• If you are running the DSA interactive menu (CLI), type :x to exit the Execute Tests menu; then, select
completed tests to view the results.

You can also send the DSA error log to IBM support to aid in diagnosing the server problems.

Automated service request (call home)


IBM provides tools that can automatically collect and send data or call IBM Support when an error is
detected.

These tools can help IBM Support speed up the process of diagnosing problems. The following sections
provide information about the call home tools.

IBM Electronic Service Agent


IBM Electronic Service Agent monitors, tracks, and captures system hardware errors and hardware and
software inventory information, and reports serviceable problems directly to IBM Support.

You can also choose to collect data manually. It uses minimal system resources, and can be downloaded
from the IBM website. For more information and to download IBM Electronic Service Agent, go to http://
www-01.ibm.com/support/esa/.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 101


Error messages
This section provides the list of error codes and messages for UEFI/POST, IMM2, and DSA that are
generated when a problem is detected.

See Appendix B “UEFI (POST) error codes” on page 383, Appendix A “Integrated Management Module II
(IMM2) error messages” on page 205, and Appendix C “DSA diagnostic test results” on page 399 for more
information.

Troubleshooting by symptom
Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable symptoms.

If you cannot find a solution to the problem in these tables, see Appendix C “DSA diagnostic test results” on
page 399 for information about testing the server and “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on page
100 for additional information about running DSA Preboot program. For additional information to help you
solve problems, see “Start here” on page 85.

If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working, complete the
following steps before you use the troubleshooting tables:

Step 1. Check the system-error LED on the operator information panel; if it is lit, check the light path
diagnostics LEDs (see “Diagnostic tools” on page 89).
Step 2. Remove the software or device that you just added.
Step 3. Run IBM Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) to determine whether the server is running correctly (for
information about using DSA, see Appendix C “DSA diagnostic test results” on page 399).
Step 4. Reinstall the new software or new device.

General problems
Table 16. General symptoms and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
A cover latch is broken, an LED If the part is a CRU, replace it. If the part is a microprocessor or the system board,
is not working, or a similar the part must be replaced by a trained technician.
problem has occurred.

The server is hung while the 1. See “Nx-boot failure” on page 123 for more information.
screen is on. Cannot start the
Setup utility by pressing F1. 2. See “Recovering the server firmware (UEFI update failure)” on page 120 for
more information.

102 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Hard disk drive problems
Table 17. Hard disk drive symptoms and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
Not all drives are recognized Remove the drive that is indicated by the diagnostic tests; then, run the hard disk
by the hard disk drive drive diagnostic tests again. If the remaining drives are recognized, replace the drive
diagnostic tests. that you removed with a new one.

The server stops responding Remove the hard disk drive that was being tested when the server stopped
during the hard disk drive responding, and run the diagnostic test again. If the hard disk drive diagnostic test
diagnostic test. runs successfully, replace the drive that you removed with a new one.

A hard disk drive was not Reseat all hard disk drives and cables; then, run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests
detected while the operating again.
system was being started.

A hard disk drive passes the Run the diagnostic SCSI Fixed Disk Test (see “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic
diagnostic Fixed Disk Test, but programs” on page 100).
the problem remains. Note: This test is not available on servers that have RAID arrays or servers that have
SATA hard disk drives.
A hard disk drive has failed, 1. Re-configure the integrated SAS/SATA controller with RAID capabilities and the
and the associated yellow hard devices that are attached to it.
disk drive status LED is lit.
(Hot-swap hard disk drives) 2. Run the DSA disk drive test (see “IBM Dynamic System Analysis” on page 99).
3. If the drive fails the test, replace the drive.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 103


Table 17. Hard disk drive symptoms and actions (continued)

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
A newly installed hard disk 1. Observe the associated yellow hard disk drive status LED. If the LED is lit, it
drive is not recognized. indicates a drive fault.
2. If the LED is lit, remove the drive from the bay, wait 45 seconds, and reinsert the
drive, making sure that the drive assembly connects to the hard disk drive
backplane.
3. Observe the associated green hard disk drive activity LED and the yellow status
LED:
• If the green activity LED is flashing and the yellow status LED is not lit, the
drive is recognized by the controller and is working correctly. Run the DSA
hard disk drive test to determine whether the drive is detected.
• If the green activity LED is flashing and the yellow status LED is flashing
slowly, the drive is recognized by the controller and is rebuilding.
• If neither LED is lit or flashing, check the hard disk drive backplane (go to
step 4).
• If the green activity LED is flashing and the yellow status LED is lit, replace
the drive. If the activity of the LEDs remains the same, go to step 4. If the
activity of the LEDs changes, return to step 1.
4. Make sure that the hard disk drive backplane is correctly seated. When it is
correctly seated, the drive assemblies correctly connect to the backplane
without bowing or causing movement of the backplane.
5. Reseat the backplane power cable and repeat steps 1 through 3.
6. Reseat the backplane signal cable and repeat steps 1 through 3.
7. Reseat the backplane configuration cable and repeat steps 1 through 3.
8. Suspect the backplane signal cable or the backplane:
• Replace the affected backplane signal cable.
• Replace the affected backplane.
9. Run the DSA tests for the SAS/SATA adapter and hard disk drives (see “IBM
Dynamic System Analysis” on page 99 ).
• If the adapter passes the test but the drives are not recognized, replace the
backplane signal cable and run the tests again.
• Replace the backplane.
• If the adapter fails the test, disconnect the backplane signal cable from the
adapter and run the tests again.
• If the adapter fails the test, replace the adapter.
10. See “Problem determination tips” on page 119.

Multiple hard disk drives fail. Make sure that the hard disk drive, SAS/SATA RAID adapter, and server device
drivers and firmware are at the latest level.

Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code
updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is
supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.

104 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 17. Hard disk drive symptoms and actions (continued)

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
Multiple hard disk drives are 1. Review the storage subsystem logs for indications of problems within the
offline. storage subsystem, such as backplane or cable problems.
2. See “Problem determination tips” on page 119.

A replacement hard disk drive 1. Make sure that the hard disk drive is recognized by the adapter (the green hard
does not rebuild. disk drive activity LED is flashing).
2. Review the SAS/SATA RAID adapter documentation to determine the correct
configuration parameters and settings.

A green hard disk drive activity 1. If the green hard disk drive activity LED does not flash when the drive is in use,
LED does not accurately run the DSA disk drive test (see “IBM Dynamic System Analysis” on page 99).
represent the actual state of
the associated drive. (Hot- 2. Use one of the following procedures:
swap hard disk drives) • If the drive passes the test, replace the backplane.
• If the drive fails the test, replace the drive.

An yellow hard disk drive 1. If the yellow hard disk drive LED and the RAID adapter software do not indicate
status LED does not accurately the same status for the drive, complete the following steps:
represent the actual state of
the associated drive. (Hot- a. Turn off the server.
swap hard disk drives) b. Reseat the SAS/SATA adapter.
c. Reseat the backplane configuration cable, signal cable, and backplane
power cable.
d. Reseat the hard disk drive.
e. Turn on the server and observe the activity of the hard disk drive LEDs.
2. See “Problem determination tips” on page 119.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 105


DVD drive problems
Table 18. DVD drive's symptoms and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a Trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The optional DVD drive is not 1. Make sure that:
recognized.
• The SATA connector to which the DVD drive is attached (primary or
secondary) is enabled in the Setup utility.
• All cables and jumpers are installed correctly.
• The correct device driver is installed for the DVD drive.
2. Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs.
3. Reseat the following components:
a. DVD drive
b. DVD drive cable
4. Replace the components listed in step 3 one at a time, in the order shown,
restarting the server each time.
5. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

A CD or DVD is not working 1. Clean the CD or DVD.


correctly.
2. Replace the CD or DVD with new CD or DVD media.
3. Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs.
4. Check the connector and signal cable for bent pins or damage.
5. Reseat the DVD drive.
6. Replace the DVD drive.

The DVD drive tray is not 1. Make sure that the server is turned on.
working.
2. Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray-release opening.
3. Reseat the DVD drive.
4. Replace the DVD drive.

106 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Intermittent problems
Table 19. Intermittent problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
A problem occurs only 1. Make sure that:
occasionally and is difficult to • All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and
diagnose. attached devices.
• When the server is turned on, air is flowing from the fan grille. If there is no
airflow, the fan is not working. This can cause the server to overheat and shut
down.
2. Check the system-error log or IMM2 event log (see “Event logs” on page 96).

Keyboard, mouse, or USB-device problems


Table 20. Keyboard, mouse, or USB-device's symptoms and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
All or some keys on the 1. Make sure that:
keyboard do not work. • The keyboard cable is securely connected.
• The server and the monitor are turned on.
2. If you are using a USB keyboard, run the Setup utility and enable keyboardless
operation.
3. If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub, disconnect
the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server.
4. Replace the keyboard.

The mouse or USB-device 1. Make sure that:


does not work.
• The mouse or USB device cable is securely connected to the server.
• The mouse or USB device drivers are installed correctly.
• The server and the monitor are turned on.
• The mouse option is enabled in the Setup utility.
2. If you are using a USB mouse or USB device and it is connected to a USB hub,
disconnect the mouse or USB device from the hub and connect it directly to the
server.
3. Replace the mouse or USB-device.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 107


Memory problems
Table 21. Memory problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The amount of system memory Note: Each time you install or remove a DIMM, you must disconnect the server from
that is displayed is less than the power source; then, wait 10 seconds before restarting the server.
the amount of installed 1. Make sure that:
physical memory.
• No error LEDs are lit on the operator information panel.
• No DIMM error LEDs are lit on the system board.
• The memory modules are seated correctly.
• You have installed the correct type of memory.
• If you changed the memory, you updated the memory configuration in the
Setup utility.
• All banks of memory are enabled. The server might have automatically
disabled a memory bank when it detected a problem, or a memory bank
might have been manually disabled.
• There is no memory mismatch when the server is at the minimum memory
configuration.
2. Reseat the DIMMs, and then restart the server.
3. Check the POST error log:
• If a DIMM was disabled by a systems-management interrupt (SMI), replace
the DIMM.
• If a DIMM was disabled by the user or by POST, reseat the DIMM; then, run
the Setup utility and enable the DIMM.
4. Check that all DIMMs are initialized in the Setup utility; then, run memory
diagnostics (see “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on page 100).
5. Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server is at the minimum
memory configuration..
6. Add one pair of DIMMs at a time, making sure that the DIMMs in each pair
match.
7. Reseat the DIMM.
8. Re-enable all DIMMs using the Setup utility, and then restart the server.
9. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. DIMMs
b. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board

Multiple rows of DIMMs in a Note: Each time you install or remove a DIMM, you must disconnect the server from
branch are identified as failing. the power source; then, wait 10 seconds before restarting the server.
1. Reseat the DIMMs; then, restart the server.
2. Replace the failing DIMM.
3. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board

108 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Microprocessor problems
Table 22. Microprocessor's symptoms and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The server goes directly to the 1. Make sure that the server supports all the microprocessors and that the
POST Event Viewer when it is microprocessors match in speed and cache size. To view the microprocessor
turned on. information, run the Setup utility and select System Information ➙ System
Summary ➙ Processor Details.
2. (Trained technician only) Reseat microprocessor 1
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. (Trained technician only) Microprocessor 2
b. (Trained technician only) System board

Monitor problems
Some IBM monitors have their own self-tests. If you suspect a problem with your monitor, see the
documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor. If you
cannot diagnose the problem, call for service.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 109


Table 23. Monitor and video's symptoms and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
Testing the monitor. 1. Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected.
2. Try using a different monitor on the server, or try using the monitor that is being
tested on a different server.
3. Run the diagnostic programs. If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs,
the problem might be a video device driver.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

The screen is blank. 1. If the server is attached to a KVM switch, bypass the KVM switch to eliminate it
as a possible cause of the problem: connect the monitor cable directly to the
correct connector on the rear of the server.
2. Make sure that:
• The server is turned on. If there is no power to the server, see “Power
problems” on page 113.
• The monitor cables are connected correctly.
• The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are
adjusted correctly.
• No POST errors are generated when the server is turned on.
3. Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor, if applicable.
4. Make sure that damaged server firmware is not affecting the video; see
“Updating the firmware” on page 61.
5. Observe the checkpoint LEDs on the system board; if the codes are changing,
go to next step.
6. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. Monitor
b. Video adapter (if one is installed)
c. (Trained technician only) System board
7. See “Solving undetermined problems” on page 119.

The monitor works when you 1. Make sure that:


turn on the server, but the
screen goes blank when you • The application program is not setting a display mode that is higher than the
start some application capability of the monitor.
programs. • You installed the necessary device drivers for the application.
2. Run video diagnostics (see “Running DSA Preboot diagnostic programs” on
page 100).
• If the server passes the video diagnostics, the video is good; see “Solving
undetermined problems” on page 119.
• (Trained technician only) If the server fails the video diagnostics, replace the
system board.

110 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 23. Monitor and video's symptoms and actions (continued)

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The monitor has screen jitter, 1. If the monitor self-tests show that the monitor is working correctly, consider the
or the screen image is wavy, location of the monitor. Magnetic fields around other devices (such as
unreadable, rolling, or transformers, appliances, fluorescents, and other monitors) can cause screen
distorted. jitter or wavy, unreadable, rolling, or distorted screen images. If this happens,
turn off the monitor.

Attention: Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen


discoloration.
Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm (12 in.) apart, and turn on the
monitor.

Notes:
a. To prevent diskette drive read/write errors, make sure that the distance
between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm (3 in.).
b. Non-IBM monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems.
2. Reseat the monitor and cable.
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. Monitor
b. (Trained technician only) System board

Wrong characters appear on 1. If the wrong language is displayed, update the server firmware to the latest level
the screen. (see “Updating the firmware” on page 61) with the correct language.
2. Reseat the monitor and cable.
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. Monitor
b. (Trained technician only) System board

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 111


Network connection problems
Table 24. Network connection problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
Log in failed by using LDAP 1. Make sure the license key is valid.
account with SSL enabled.
2. Generate a new license key and log in again.

Optional-device problems
Table 25. Optional-device problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
An IBM optional device that 1. Make sure that:
was just installed does not • The device is designed for the server (see http://www.lenovo.com/
work. serverproven/).
• You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the
device is installed correctly.
• You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables.
• You updated the configuration information in the Setup utility. Whenever
memory or any other device is changed, you must update the configuration.
2. Reseat the device that you just installed.
3. Replace the device that you just installed.

An IBM optional device that 1. Make sure that all of the cable connections for the device are secure.
worked previously does not
work now. 2. If the device comes with test instructions, use those instructions to test the
device.
3. Reseat the failing device.
4. Replace the failing device.

112 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Power problems
Table 26. Power problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The power-control button does 1. Make sure that the power-control button is working correctly:
not work, and the reset button
does not work (the server does a. Disconnect the server power cords.
not start). b. Reconnect the power cords.

Note: The power-control c. (Trained technician only) Reseat the operator information panel cable, and
button will not function until then repeat steps 1a and 1b.
approximately 5 to 10 seconds • (Trained technician only) If the server starts, reseat the operator
after the server has been information panel. If the problem remains, replace the operator
connected to power. information panel.
• If the server does not start, bypass the power-control button by using the
force power-on jumper (see “System-board switches and jumpers” on
page 24). If the server starts, reseat the operator information panel. If the
problem remains, replace the operator information panel.
2. Make sure that the reset button is working correctly:
• Disconnect the server power cord.
• Reconnect the power cord.
3. Make sure that :
a. The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working
electrical outlet.
b. The type of memory that is installed is correct.
c. The DIMM is fully seated.
d. The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem.
e. (Trained technician only) The microprocessors are installed in the correct
sequence.
4. Reseat the following components:
a. DIMMs
b. (Trained technician only) Power-supply cables to all internal components
c. (Trained technician only) Power switch connector
5. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. DIMMs
b. Power supply
c. (Trained technician only) System board
6. If you just installed an optional device, remove it, and restart the server. If the
server now starts, you might have installed more devices than the power supply
supports.
7. See “Power-supply LEDs” on page 94.
8. See “Solving undetermined problems” on page 119.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 113


Table 26. Power problems and actions (continued)

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The server does not turn off. 1. Determine whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface (ACPI) or a non-ACPI operating system. If you are using a non-ACPI
operating system, complete the following steps:
a. Press Ctrl+Alt+Delete.
b. Turn off the server by pressing the power-control button for 5 seconds.
c. Restart the server.
d. If the server fails POST and the power-control button does not work,
disconnect the power cord for 5 seconds; then, reconnect the power cord
and restart the server.
2. If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPI-aware operating system,
suspect the system board.

The server unexpectedly shuts See “Solving undetermined problems” on page 119.
down, and the LEDs on the
operator information panel are
not lit.

114 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Serial port problems
Table 27. Serial port problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The number of serial ports that 1. Make sure that:
are identified by the operating • Each port is assigned a unique address in the Setup utility and none of the
system is less than the number serial ports is disabled.
of installed serial ports. • The serial-port adapter (if one is present) is seated correctly.
2. Reseat the serial port adapter.
3. Replace the serial port adapter.

A serial device does not work. 1. Make sure that:


• The device is compatible with the server.
• The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address.
• The device is connected to the correct connector.
2. Reseat the following components:
a. Failing serial device
b. Serial cable
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting
the server each time:
a. Failing serial device
b. Serial cable
c. (Trained technician only) System board

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 115


ServerGuide problems
Table 28. ServerGuide problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
The ServerGuide Setup and 1. Make sure that the server supports the ServerGuide program and has a
Installation CD will not start. startable (bootable) DVD drive.
2. If the startup (boot) sequence settings have been changed, make sure that the
DVD drive is first in the startup sequence.
3. If more than one DVD drive is installed, make sure that only one drive is set as
the primary drive. Start the CD from the primary drive.

The ServeRAID Manager 1. Make sure that the hard disk drive is connected correctly.
program cannot view all
installed drives, or the 2. Make sure that the SAS hard disk drive cables are securely connected.
operating system cannot be
installed.
The operating-system Make more space available on the hard disk.
installation program
continuously loops.

The ServerGuide program will Make sure that the operating-system CD is supported by the ServerGuide program.
not start the operating-system For a list of supported operating-system versions, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/
CD. entry/portal/ docdisplay?lndocid=SERV-GUIDE, click the link for your ServerGuide
version, and scroll down to the list of supported Microsoft Windows operating
systems.

The operating system cannot Make sure that the server supports the operating system. If it does, either no logical
be installed; the option is not drive is defined (SCSI RAID servers), or the ServerGuide System Partition is not
available. present. Run the ServerGuide program and make sure that setup is complete.

116 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Software problems
Table 29. Software problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
You suspect a software 1. To determine whether the problem is caused by the software, make sure that:
problem. • The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software. For
memory requirements, see the information that comes with the software. If
you have just installed an adapter or memory, the server might have a
memory-address conflict.
• The software is designed to operate on the server.
• Other software works on the server.
• The software works on another server.
2. If you received any error messages when using the software, see the
information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and
suggested solutions to the problem.
3. Contact the software vendor.

Universal Serial Bus (USB) port problems


Table 30. Universal Serial Bus (USB) port problems and actions

• Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is
solved.
• If an action step is preceded by “(Trained technician only)”, that step must be performed only by a trained
technician.
• Go to the IBM support website at http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for technical information, hints,
tips, and new device drivers or to submit a request for information.

Symptom Action
A USB device does not work. 1. Make sure that:
• The correct USB device driver is installed.
• The operating system supports USB devices.
2. Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the Setup
utility (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 65 for more information).
3. If you are using a USB hub, disconnect the USB device from the hub and
connect it directly to the server.

Solving power problems


Use this information to solve power problems.

Power problems can be difficult to solve. For example, a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power
distribution buses. Usually, a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down because of an
overcurrent condition. To diagnose a power problem, use the following general procedure:

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 117


Step 1. Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords.
Step 2. Check for loose cables in the power subsystem. Also check for short circuits, for example, if a
loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board.
Step 3. Check the lit LEDs on the light path diagnostics panel (see “Diagnostic tools” on page 89).
Step 4. Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external
devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start (see
“Solving undetermined problems” on page 119).
Step 5. Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server. If the server starts successfully, reseat the
adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated.

If the server does not start from the minimum configuration, see “Power-supply LEDs” on page 94 to replace
the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated.

Solving Ethernet controller problems


Use this information to solve the Ethernet controller problems.

The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using.
See the operating-system documentation for information about Ethernet controllers, and see the Ethernet
controller device-driver readme file.

Try the following procedures:

Step 1. Make sure that the correct device drivers, which come with the server are installed and that they
are at the latest level.
Step 2. Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly.
• The cable must be securely attached at all connections. If the cable is attached but the problem
remains, try a different cable.
• If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps, you must use Category 5 cabling.
• If you directly connect two servers (without a hub), or if you are not using a hub with X ports, use
a crossover cable. To determine whether a hub has an X port, check the port label. If the label
contains an X, the hub has an X port.
Step 3. Determine whether the hub supports auto-negotiation. If it does not, try configuring the integrated
Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub.
Step 4. Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server. These LEDs indicate whether
there is a problem with the connector, cable, or hub.
• The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub.
If the LED is off, there might be a defective connector or cable or a problem with the hub.
• The Ethernet transmit/receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller sends or receives
data over the Ethernet network. If the Ethernet transmit/receive activity is off, make sure that the
hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed.
Step 5. Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server. The LAN activity LED is lit when data is active
on the Ethernet network. If the LAN activity LED is off, make sure that the hub and network are
operating and that the correct device drivers are installed.
Step 6. Check for operating-system-specific causes of the problem.
Step 7. Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol.

If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working, the
network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error.

118 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Solving undetermined problems
If Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) cannot diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative, use the
information in this section to solve the undetermined problems.

If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures (continuous or intermittent), see “Software
problems” on page 117.

Corrupted data in CMOS memory or corrupted UEFI firmware can cause undetermined problems. To reset
the CMOS data, use the CMOS clear jumper (JP1) to clear the CMOS memory and override the power-on
password; see “System-board internal connectors” on page 23 for more information. If you suspect that the
UEFI firmware is corrupted, see “Recovering the server firmware (UEFI update failure)” on page 120.

If the power supplies are working correctly, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Turn off the server.


Step 2. Make sure that the server is cabled correctly.
Step 3. Remove or disconnect the following devices, one at a time, until you find the failure. Turn on the
server and reconfigure it each time.
• Any external devices.
• Surge-suppressor device (on the server).
• Printer, mouse, and non-IBM devices.
• Each adapter.
• Hard disk drives.

Note: The minimum configuration required for the server to start is one microprocessor and one 2
GB DIMM.
Step 4. Turn on the server. If the problem remains, suspect the following components in the following
order:
1. Power supply
2. Memory
3. Microprocessor
4. System board

If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you
reinstall the same adapter, suspect the adapter; if the problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a
different one, suspect the riser card.

If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests, suspect a network cabling
problem that is external to the server.

Problem determination tips


Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that can encounter, use the following
information to assist you in problem determination. If possible, have this information available when
requesting assistance from IBM.

The model number and serial number of the server are located on the front bezel.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 119


ID label

Figure 29. ID label on the front of the server

• Machine type and model


• Microprocessor or hard disk drive upgrades
• Failure symptom
– Does the server fail the diagnostic tests?
– What occurs? When? Where?
– Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers?
– Is the failure repeatable?
– Has this configuration ever worked?
– What changes, if any, were made before the configuration failed?
– Is this the original reported failure?
• Diagnostic program type and version level
• Hardware configuration (print screen of the system summary)
• UEFI firmware level
• IMM firmware level
• Operating system software

You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups between working and
nonworking servers. When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes, consider them
identical only if all the following factors are exactly the same in all the servers:
• Machine type and model
• UEFI firmware level
• IMM firmware level
• Adapters and attachments, in the same locations
• Address jumpers, terminators, and cabling
• Software versions and levels
• Diagnostic program type and version level
• Configuration option settings
• Operating-system control-file setup

See Appendix D “Getting help and technical assistance” on page 531 for information about calling IBM for
service.

Recovering the server firmware (UEFI update failure)


Use this information to recover the server firmware.

120 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is
part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.

If the server firmware has become corrupted, such as from a power failure during an update, you can recover
the server firmware in the following way:
• In-band method: Recover server firmware, using either the boot block jumper (Automated Boot
Recovery) and a server Firmware Update Package Service Pack.
• Out-of-band method: Use the IMM2 web interface to update the firmware, using the latest server
firmware update package.

Note: You can obtain a server update package from one of the following sources:
• Download the server firmware update from the World Wide Web.
• Contact your IBM service representative.

To download the server firmware update package from the World Wide Web, go to http://www.lenovo.com/
support.

The flash memory of the server consists of a primary bank and a backup bank. You must maintain a bootable
UEFI firmware image in the backup bank. If the server firmware in the primary bank becomes corrupted, you
can either manually boot the backup bank with the UEFI boot backup jumper (JP2), or in the case of image
corruption, this will occur automatically with the Automated Boot Recovery function.

In-band manual recovery method


This section details the in-band manual recovery method.

To recover the server firmware and restore the server operation to the primary bank, complete the following
steps:

Step 1. Read the safety information that begins on “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page
35.
Step 2. Turn off the server, and disconnect all power cords and external cables.
Step 3. Unlock and remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 4. Locate the UEFI boot backup jumper on the system board.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 121


BIOS boot backup IMM SPI HALF ROM
jumper (J P 2) enable jumper (J P 12)

DIMM 4

Low security DIMM 3


jumper (J P 19)
DIMM 2
DIMM 1

TPM physical
presence
jumper (JP 10)

ME recovery
jumper (JP 8)

Clear CMOS
jumper (JP 1)

ME flash override
jumper (JP 9)

TPM initialization Microprocessor


jumper (JP 11)

Figure 30. Location of the switches, jumpers, and buttons on the system board

Step 5. Move the UEFI boot backup jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI recovery
mode.
Step 6. Reinstall the server cover; then, reconnect all power cords.
Step 7. Restart the server. The system begins the power-on self-test (POST).
Step 8. Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you
downloaded.
Step 9. Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package
readme file.
Step 10. Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables, and then remove the cover
(see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 11. Move the UEFI boot backup jumper from pins 2 and 3 back to the primary position (pins 1 and 2).
Step 12. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 13. Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed.
Step 14. Restart the server. The system begins the power-on self-test (POST). If this does not recover the
primary bank, continue with the following steps.
Step 15. Remove cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 16. Reset the CMOS by removing the system battery (see “Removing the system battery” on page
163).
Step 17. Leave the system battery out of the server for approximately 5 to 15 minutes.
Step 18. Reinstall the system battery (see “Replacing the system battery” on page 165).
Step 19. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 20. Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed.

122 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 21. Restart the server. The system begins the power-on self-test (POST).
Step 22. If these recovery efforts fail, contact your IBM service representative for support.

In-band automated boot recovery method


This section details the in-band automated boot recovery method.

Note: Use this method if the System board LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit and there is a log
entry or Booting Backup Image is displayed on the firmware splash screen; otherwise, use the in-band manual
recovery method.

Step 1. Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you
downloaded.
Step 2. Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package
readme file.
Step 3. Restart the server.
Step 4. At the firmware splash screen, press F3 when prompted to restore to the primary bank. The server
boots from the primary bank.

Out-of-band method
See the IMM2 documentation (Integrated Management Module II User's Guide) at http://publib.boulder.ibm.
com/infocenter/ systemx/documentation/topic/ com.lenovo.sysx.imm2.doc/ printable_doc.html.

Automated boot recovery (ABR)


Use this information for Automated boot recovery (ABR).

While the server is starting, if the integrated management module II detects problems with the server
firmware in the primary bank, the server automatically switches to the backup firmware bank and gives you
the opportunity to recover the firmware in the primary bank. For instructions for recovering the UEFI
firmware, see “Recovering the server firmware (UEFI update failure)” on page 120. After you have recovered
the firmware in the primary bank, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Restart the server.


Step 2. When the prompt Press F3 to restore to primary is displayed, press F3 to start the server from the
primary bank.

Nx-boot failure
Use this information for Nx-boot failure.

Configuration changes, such as added devices or adapter firmware updates, and firmware or application
code problems can cause the server to fail POST (the power-on self-test). If this occurs, the server responds
in either of the following ways:
• The server restarts automatically and attempts POST again.
• The server hangs, and you must manually restart the server for the server to attempt POST again.

After a specified number of consecutive attempts (automatic or manual), the Nx-boot failure feature causes
the server to revert to the default UEFI configuration and start the Setup utility so that you can make the
necessary corrections to the configuration and restart the server. If the server is unable to successfully
complete POST with the default configuration, there might be a problem with the system board.

Chapter 4. Troubleshooting 123


To specify the number of consecutive restart attempts that will trigger the Nx-boot failure feature, in the
Setup utility, click System Settings ➙ Recovery ➙ POST Attempts ➙ POST Attempts Limit. The available
options are 3, 6, 9, and 255 (disable Nx-boot failure).

124 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Chapter 5. Parts listing, Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583
The parts listing of Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583.

The following replaceable components are available for the Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 server,
except as specified otherwise in “Replaceable server components” on page 125. For an updated parts
listing, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Replaceable server components


The replaceable server components for Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583.

Replaceable components consist of structural parts, and field replaceable units (FRUs):
• Consumable part: Purchase and replacement of consumable parts (components, such as batteries and
printer cartridges, that have depleting life) is your responsibility. If IBM acquires or installs a consumable
part at your request, you will be charged for the service.
• Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility. If IBM
installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be charged for the installation.
• Tier 2 customer replaceable unit: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it, at no
additional charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server.
• Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by Trained service technicians.

For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance, see the Warranty
Information document that comes with the server. For more information about getting service and
assistance, see Appendix D “Getting help and technical assistance” on page 531.

Visit http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/ for the latest options supporting plan.

The following illustration shows the major components in the server. The illustrations in this document might
differ slightly from your hardware.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 125


1

21
3

4
20
5

19

6
18

17
7
16

15
8
14

13

12
10 9

11

Figure 31. Server components

126 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


The following table lists the part numbers for the server replaceable components.

CRU part CRU part


number number FRU part
Index Description (Tier 1) (Tier 2) number
1 Top cover 81Y7455

2 PCI riser-card assembly 81Y7457

3 ServeRAID-BR10il v2 adapter (with bracket) 49Y4737

4 Air baffle 81Y7453


5 Memory, 1 GB single-rank PC3-10600R-999 DDR3 ECC 44T1572
UDIMM
5 Memory, 2 GB single-rank PC3-10600R-999 DDR3 ECC 44T1574
UDIMM
5 Memory, 4 GB dual-rank PC3-10600R-999 DDR3 ECC 44T1575
UDIMM
5 Memory, 2 GB single-rank PC3-12800 CL11 DDR3, ECC 00D4953
UDIMM
5 Memory, 4 GB dual-rank PC3-12800 CL11 DDR3, ECC 00D4957
UDIMM
5 Memory, 8 GB dual-rank PC3-12800 CL11 DDR3, ECC 00D4961
UDIMM
5 Memory, 4 GB dual-rank PC3L-10600 CL9 DDR3, ECC 49Y1422
UDIMM
6 Power supply, 300 Watt, fixed 81Y6301

6 Power supply, 460 Watt, hot-swap (redundant power supply) 39Y7229

6 Power supply, 300 Watt, fixed (Korea) 00AL207

7 Chassis (with fixed power supply) 81Y7456

7 Chassis (with redundant power supply) 90Y5958

8 Backplate, simple-swap, 2.5-inch 81Y7466

8 Backplane, hot-swap, 2.5-inch (with redundant power supply) 46C6757

9 Backplate, simple-swap, 3.5-inch, SATA (for 1 cable) 81Y7465

9 Backplate, simple-swap, 3.5-inch, SATA (for 2 cables) 81Y7464

10 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 3.5-inch SATA, 2 TB 42D0788

10 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 3.5-inch SATA, 1 TB 43W7625

10 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 3.5-inch SATA II, 500 GB 39M4517

10 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 3.5-inch SATA II, 250 GB 39M4529

11 Filler panel, 3.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive 39M4343

12 Filler panel, 2.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive 81Y7460

12 Filler panel, 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive (with redundant 44T2248
power supply)

13 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 600 GB 49Y2028

Chapter 5. Parts listing, Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 127


CRU part CRU part
number number FRU part
Index Description (Tier 1) (Tier 2) number
13 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 300 GB 49Y1992

13 Hard disk drive, simple-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 146 GB 49Y1997

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 146 GB (with 42D0678


redundant power supply)

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 300 GB (with 42D0638


redundant power supply)

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 500 GB (with 42D0708


redundant power supply)

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SAS, 600 GB (with 49Y2004


redundant power supply)

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SATA, 250 GB 81Y9723

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SATA, 500 GB 81Y9727

13 Hard disk drive, hot-swap, 2.5-inch SATA, 1 TB 81Y9731

13 Hard disk drive, 2.5-inch SATA, 256 GB 90Y8644


13 Hard disk drive, 2.5-inch SATA, 128 GB 90Y8649
14 Front bezel 81Y7458
15 Operator information panel assembly 90Y5298

16 CD-RW/DVD-RW drive 44W3256


16 DVD-ROM drive 44W3254
17 Filler panel, DVD drive bay 49Y4868

18 System fan, simple-swap 81Y7454

19 System board 00AL958

20 Microprocessor, Ci3-2100, 3.1 GHz, 1333 MHz, 3 MB cache, 69Y5148


2C (65W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1270 3.4 GHz, 1333 MHz, 8MB 69Y5149


cache, 4C (80W)

20 Microprocessor, Ci3-2120, 3.3 GHz, 1333 MHz, 3 MB cache, 69Y5151


2C (65W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1240 3.3 GHz, 1333 MHz, 8MB 69Y5152


cache, 4C (80W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1280 3.5 GHz, 1333 MHz, 8MB 81Y6933


cache, 4C (95W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1220 3.1 GHz, 1333 MHz, 8MB 81Y6945


cache, 4C (80W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1230 3.2 GHz, 1333 MHz, 8MB 81Y6947


cache, 4C (80W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1260L 2.3 GHz, 1333 MHz, 8MB 81Y6949


cache, 4C (45W)

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1220L 2.2GHz 2C 3MB cache 81Y6951

128 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


CRU part CRU part
number number FRU part
Index Description (Tier 1) (Tier 2) number
20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1220L v2 2.3GHz, 3MB cache 00Y7408

20 Microprocessor, Pentium G850 2.9GHz 2C 3MB cache 81Y7504

20 Microprocessor, Pentium G850 2.9GHz 2C 3MB cache 00D8552

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1220 v2, 3.1GHz 4C 8MB cache 00D8552

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1270 v2, 3.5GHz 4C 8MB cache 00D8553

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1280 v2, 3.6GHz 4C 8MB cache 00D8554

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1240 v2, 3.4GHz 4C 8MB cache 00D8555

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1230 v2, 3.3GHz 4C 8MB cache 00D8556

20 Microprocessor, Xeon E3-1265L v2, 2.5GHz 4C 8MB cache 00D8557

20 Microprocessor, Celeron G440, 1.6GHz 1C 1MB cache 94Y6303

20 Microprocessor, Core I3 2120, 3.3GHz 2C 3MB cache 99Y1447

21 Heat sink 81Y7495


22 Cover, safety 240 VA 81Y7526

23 Paddle card, power supply backplane 00D3712

Battery, 3.0 volt 33F8354

PCI riser card 81Y7494


ServeRAID-M1015 SAS/SATA adapter 46M0861

ServeRAID-M5014 SAS/SATA adapter 46M0918

ServeRAID-H1110 SAS/SATA adapter 81Y4494

ServeRAID-M1000 series advanced feature key 46M0864

Cable, front USB and operator information panel 81Y7463

Cable, backplate, 3.5-inch simple-swap, SATA (2 cables) 81Y7464

Cable, backplate, 3.5-inch simple-swap, SATA (1 cable) 81Y7465

Cable, backplate, 2.5-inch simple-swap, SAS 81Y7466

Cable, backplane, 2.5-inch simple-swap, SATA 00D4344

Cable, DVD drive 59Y3229

Cable, power supply unit interposer power 00D8685

Cable, 6Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8088 to SFF-8088, 1 m 00YE299

Cable, 6Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8088 to SFF-8088, 2 m 00YE300


Cable, 6Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8088 to SFF-8088, 4 m 00YE301

Cable, 6Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8088 to SFF-8088, 6 m 00YE302

Cable, 6Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8644 to SFF-8088, 0.5 00YE303


m
Cable, 7Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8644 to SFF-8088, 1 m 00YE304

Chapter 5. Parts listing, Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 129


CRU part CRU part
number number FRU part
Index Description (Tier 1) (Tier 2) number
Cable, 8Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8644 to SFF-8088, 2 m 00YE305

Cable, 9Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8644 to SFF-8088, 4 m 00YE306

Cable, 10Gbps external mini-SAS, SFF-8644 to SFF-8088, 6 00YE307


m
QLogic 10Gb dual-port CNA 42C1802

QLogic 10Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver 42C1816

Brocade 10Gb dual-port CNA 42C1822

Brocade 10Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver 42C1819

Emulex 8Gb FC single-port HBA 00JY847

Emulex 8Gb FC dual-port HBA 00JY848

Filler, power supply (with redundant power supply) 49Y4821

Hard disk drive cage, 2.5-inch hot-swap (with redundant 81Y7528


power supply)

Hard disk drive cage, 3.5-inch simple-swap 81Y7461

QLogic 8Gb FC single-port HBA 42D0507

QLogic 8Gb FC dual-port HBA 42D0516

NetXtreme II 1000 Express dual-port Ethernet adapter 49Y7947

NetXtreme II 1000 Express quad-port Ethernet adapter 49Y7949

NetXtreme 1000 Express dual-port Ethernet adapter 94Y6263

NetXtreme I quad-port adapter 90Y9355

NetXtreme I dual-port adapter 90Y9373

Ethernet dual-port server adapter I340-T2 49Y4232

Ethernet quad-port server adapter I340-T4 49Y4242

Bracket, EAR 39M4351


Miscellaneous kit 81Y7459
1U tool-less kit 24P1121
Service label 81Y7507
Service label 00D4340
Service label 00D4342

Power cords
For your safety, a power cord with a grounded attachment plug is provided to use with this product. To avoid
electrical shock, always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet.

IBM power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) and
certified by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA).

130 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


For units intended to be operated at 115 volts: Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified cord set consisting of a
minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel
blade, grounding-type attachment plug rated 15 amperes, 125 volts.

For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (U.S. use): Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified cord set
consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length
and a tandem blade, grounding-type attachment plug rated 15 amperes, 250 volts.

For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (outside the U.S.): Use a cord set with a grounding-type
attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the
equipment will be installed.

Power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region.

IBM power cord part


number Used in these countries and regions

39M5206 China
39M5102 Australia, Fiji, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea

39M5123 Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus,
Belgium, Benin, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi,
Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo
(Democratic Republic of), Congo (Republic of), Cote D’Ivoire (Ivory Coast), Croatia
(Republic of), Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea,
Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland, France, French Guyana, French Polynesia, Germany,
Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran,
Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos (People’s Democratic Republic of), Latvia, Lebanon,
Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia (former Yugoslav Republic of), Madagascar, Mali,
Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Moldova (Republic of), Monaco,
Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, Norway,
Poland, Portugal, Reunion, Romania, Russian Federation, Rwanda, Sao Tome and
Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia (Republic of), Somalia,
Spain, Suriname, Sweden, Syrian Arab Republic, Tajikistan, Tahiti, Togo, Tunisia,
Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis
and Futuna, Yugoslavia (Federal Republic of), Zaire

39M5130 Denmark
39M5144 Bangladesh, Lesotho, Macao, Maldives, Namibia, Nepal, Pakistan, Samoa, South
Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda

39M5151 Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei Darussalam, Channel Islands, China (Hong
Kong S.A.R.), Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Ghana, Grenada, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan,
Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar (Burma), Nigeria, Oman,
Polynesia, Qatar, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the
Grenadines, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sudan, Tanzania (United Republic
of), Trinidad and Tobago, United Arab Emirates (Dubai), United Kingdom, Yemen,
Zambia, Zimbabwe
39M5158 Liechtenstein, Switzerland
39M5165 Chile, Italy, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya

39M5172 Israel

Chapter 5. Parts listing, Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583 131


IBM power cord part
number Used in these countries and regions

39M5095 220 - 240 V

Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos
Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru,
Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan, United States of America, Venezuela

39M5081 110 - 120 V

Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Caicos
Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Mexico,
Micronesia (Federal States of), Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru,
Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Thailand, Taiwan, United States of America, Venezuela

39M5219 Korea (Democratic People’s Republic of), Korea (Republic of)

39M5199 Japan

39M5068 Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay

39M5226 India
39M5233 Brazil

132 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components
Use this information to remove and replace the server components.

The types of replaceable components are:


• Structural parts: Purchase and replacement of structural parts (components, such as chassis assembly,
top cover, and bezel) is your responsibility. If IBM acquires or installs a structural component at your
request, you will be charged for the service.
• Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility. If IBM
installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be charged for the installation.
• Tier 2 customer replaceable unit: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it, at no
additional charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server.

See Chapter 5 “Parts listing, Lenovo System x3250 M4 Type 2583” on page 125 to determine whether a
component is a structural part, Tier 1 CRU, or Tier 2 CRU, or FRU.

For information about the terms of the warranty, see the Warranty Information document that comes with the
server.

For more information about getting service and assistance, see Appendix D “Getting help and technical
assistance” on page 531.

Returning a device or component


If you are instructed to return a device or component, follow all packaging instructions, and use any
packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Removing and replacing server components


This section provides information for removing and replacing server components in the server.

Removing and replacing Tier 1 CRUs


This section provides information for removing and replacing Tier 1 CRUs in the server.

Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility. If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be
charged for the installation.

The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

Removing the cover


Use this information to remove the cover.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component or an optional device in the server, you need to turn off the server
and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Note: Before you install optional hardware, make sure that the server is working correctly. Start the server,
and make sure that the operating system starts, if an operating system is installed, or that a 19990305 error

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 133


code is displayed, indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working
correctly.

To remove the server cover, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Read the safety information that begins in the begin of this documentation.
Step 2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables,
if necessary.
Step 3. If the server has been installed in a rack, loosen the two thumbscrews on the front of the server and
remove the server out of the rack enclosure; then, place it on a flat, static-protective surface.

Note: When you disconnect the power source from the server, you lose the ability to view the
LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed. Before you disconnect the
power source, make a note of which LEDs are lit, including the LEDs that are lit on the front panel,
on the rear panel, and LEDs inside the server on the system board, then, see this documentation
for information about how to solve the problem.
Step 4. Press down firmly on the blue tab on the top of the cover (on the right side near the front of the
server) and slide the cover toward the rear of the server until the cover has disengaged from the
chassis.
Cover-release
button

Figure 32. Cover removal

Step 5. Lift the cover off the server and set it aside.

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the server cover before you turn on the server.

Replacing the cover


Use this information to replace the cover.

Make sure that all cables, adapters, and other server components are installed and seated correctly and that
you have not left loose tools or parts inside the server. Also, make sure that all internal cables are correctly
routed.

Important: Before you slide the cover forward, make sure that all the tabs on the front, rear, and side of the
cover engage the chassis correctly. If all the tabs do not engage the chassis correctly, it will be very difficult
to remove the cover later.

134 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


To replace the server cover, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Position the cover on top of the server so that approximately 13 mm (0.5 inch) extends from the
rear.
Step 2. Slide the cover toward the front of the server.

Figure 33. Cover installation

Step 3. Make sure that the cover correctly engages all the inset tabs on the server.
Step 4. Install the server into the rack enclosure and tighten the two front thumbscrews to secure the
server in the rack.
Step 5. Reconnect the external cables and power cords.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing the bezel


Use this information to remove the bezel.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the bezel, complete the following steps.

Step 1. If the server has been installed in a rack, press the two release latches on the front of the server and
remove the server out of the rack enclosure.

Attention: Two or more people are required to remove the server from a rack cabinet.
Step 2. Turn off the server and all peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and all external
cables.
Step 3. Remove the server top cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 4. From inside the server, press the bezel release latch toward the left side of the server.
Step 5. Pivot the bezel forward and pull it away from the server.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 135


Release
latch

Bezel

Figure 34. Bezel removal

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the bezel and server cover before you turn on the server.

Replacing the bezel


Use this information to replace the bezel.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install the bezel, insert the tab at the right end of the bezel into the front of the chassis and pivot the bezel
until it snaps into place.

Release
latch

Bezel

Figure 35. Bezel installation

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the bezel and server cover before you turn on the server.

136 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Removing the air baffle
Use this information to remove the air baffle from the server.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component or an optional device in the server, you need to turn off the server
and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the air baffle, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Read the safety information that begins in the begin of this documentation.
Step 2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables,
if necessary.
Step 3. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 4. Grasp the air baffle; then, lift it up out of the server and set it aside.

Air baffle

Figure 36. Air baffle removal

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the air baffle before you turn on the server.
Operating the server with the air baffle removed might damage server components.

Replacing the air baffle


Use this information to replace the air baffle.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the air baffle, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 137


Step 2. Align the air baffle pins with the baffle pin holes on the server chassis and fan cage assembly; then,
lower the air baffle into the server. Press the air baffle down until it is securely seated.

Air baffle

Figure 37. Air baffle installation

Step 3. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 4. Slide the server into the rack.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the air baffle before turning on the server. Operating the
server with an air baffle removed might damage server components.

Removing the PCI riser-card assembly


Use this information to remove the PCI riser-card assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the PCI riser-card assembly, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. If an adapter is installed in the PCI riser-card assembly, disconnect any cables that are connected
to the adapter.
Step 3. Grasp the front and rear of the PCI riser-card assembly and lift it out of the PCI riser-card slot on
the system board.

138 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Riser-card
assembly

Step 4. Disconnect any cables from the adapters in the PCI riser-card assembly.
Step 5. Place the PCI riser-card assembly on a flat, static-protective surface. If you are instructed to return
the PCI riser-card assembly, follow all packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for
shipping that are supplied to you.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly


Use this information to replace the PCI riser-card assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the PCI riser-card assembly, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Install the adapters in the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing a ServeRAID adapter” on page
144)
Step 2. Reconnect any adapter cables that you disconnected when you removed the PCI riser-card
assembly.
Step 3. Carefully align the PCI riser-card assembly with the guides on the rear of the server and with the
PCI riser-card connector on the system board; then, place your thumbs on locations marked by the
blue tabs and press down on the PCI riser-card assembly. Make sure that the riser-card assembly
is fully seated in the connector on the system board.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 139


Riser-card
assembly

Figure 38. PCI riser-card assembly installation

Step 4. Install the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 5. Slide the server into the rack
Step 6. Reconnect the power cords and cables that you remove
Step 7. Turn on all attached devices and the server.

Removing an adapter
Use this information to remove an adapter.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove an adapter, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 138).
Step 3. Disconnect the cables from the adapter.
Step 4. Grasp the PCI riser-card assembly at the front grip point and rear edges and lift to remove it from
the server.
Step 5. Place the PCI riser-card assembly on a flat, static-protective surface.
Step 6. Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners, and pull the adapter from the PCI
riser-card assembly.

140 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Expansion-slot cover

Adapter
Expansion slot 2
Expansion slot 1

Expansion-slot cover

Riser-card
assembly
Adapter

Figure 39. Adapter removal

Step 7. Install the expansion-slot cover on the PCI riser-card assembly.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing an adapter
Use this information to replace an adapter.

The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and other information that you
must consider when you install an adapter:
• To confirm that the server supports the adapter that you are installing, see http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/.
• Locate the documentation that comes with the adapter and follow those instructions in addition to the
instructions in this section.
• The adapter slots are on the PCI riser-card assembly. You must first remove the PCI riser-card assembly
to access the adapter slots.
• The expansion slots on the PCI riser-card assembly accommodate the various form factors of the non-
hot-plug adapters as follows:
– Expansion slot 1: Low-profile with 2U bracket (this slot is dedicated for ServeRAID-10il v2 SAS/SATA
controller)
– Expansion slot 2: Full-height, half-length

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 141


Slot 2 PCIe Gen2 x8 (8, 4, 1)

Slot 1 PCIe Gen2 x8 (4, 1)

Figure 40. PCI riser-card assembly

• The optional ServeRAID-BR10il v2 controller must be installed in expansion slot 1 on the PCI riser-card
assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and other information that you
must consider when you install an adapter:
• Locate the documentation that comes with the adapter and follow those instructions in addition to the
instructions in this section. If you have to change switch settings or jumper settings on the adapter, follow
the instructions that come with the adapter.
• The adapter slots are on the PCI riser-card assembly. You must first remove the PCI riser-card assembly
to access the adapter slots.
• The expansion slots on the PCI riser-card assembly accommodate the various form factors of the non-
hot-plug adapters as follows:
– Expansion slot 1: Low-profile with 2U bracket (this slot is dedicated for ServeRAID-10il v2 SAS/SATA
controller)
– Expansion slot 2: Full-height, half-length

Slot 2 PCIe Gen2 x8 (8, 4, 1)

Slot 1 PCIe Gen2 x8 (4, 1)

142 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• The optional ServeRAID-BR10il v2 controller must be installed in expansion slot 1 on the PCI riser-card
assembly.

Attention: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is
part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.

To replace an adapter, complete the following steps.

Notes:
• If your adapter was previously configured, backup or record its configuration information, if possible,
before replacing the adapter. See the documentation for your adapter for information and instructions.
• If you are replacing a ServeRAID adapter, import your RAID configuration to the replacement adapter as a
foreign configuration after you finish the replacement. See the ServeRAID-M Software User Guide at https://
support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/migr-5086126 for instructions.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 138).
Step 3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted metal surface on
the server; then, remove the adapter from the package.
Step 4. Place the adapter, component side up, on a flat, static-protective surface and set any jumpers or
switches as described by the adapter manufacturer, if necessary.
Step 5. Follow the cabling instructions, if any come with the adapter. Route the adapter cables before you
install the adapter.
Step 6. Remove the expansion-slot cover from the PCI riser-card assembly and save for future use.
Step 7. Align the connector on the adapter with the connector on the PCI riser-card assembly, then, insert
the adapter into the PCI riser-card assembly. Press the edge of the connector firmly into the PCI
riser-card assembly. Make sure that the adapter is securely installed in the PCI riser-card
assembly.

Important: Make sure that the U-shaped opening in the metal adapter bracket engages the tab on
the expansion-slot bracket.

Adapter Expansion-slot
bracket bracket

Tab
Adapter

Figure 41. Adapter installation

Step 8. Install the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 139).

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 143


Attention: When you install an adapter, make sure that the adapter is correctly seated in the PCI
riser-card assembly and that the PCI riser-card assembly is securely seated in the riser-card
connector on the system board before you turn on the server. An incorrectly seated adapter might
cause damage to the system board, the PCI riser-card assembly, or the adapter.
Step 9. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Note: To support Windows 2011 SBS on Brocade adapters need to use at least 3.0.0.0 driver package or
later version.

Removing a ServeRAID adapter


Use this information to remove an IBM ServeRAID adapter.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove an IBM ServeRAID adapter, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 138).
Step 3. Disconnect the signal cable from the ServeRAID adapter.
Step 4. Grasp the PCI riser-card assembly at the front grip point and rear edges and lift to remove it from
the server.
Step 5. Place the PCI riser-card assembly on a flat, static-protective surface.
Step 6. Carefully grasp the end of the ServeRAID adapter and pull the adapter out of the connector on the
PCI riser-card assembly.

Expansion-slot cover

Adapter
Expansion slot 2
Expansion slot 1

Expansion-slot cover

Riser-card
assembly
Adapter

Figure 42. Adapter removal

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing a ServeRAID adapter


Use this information to replace an IBM ServeRAID adapter.

144 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


For configuration information, see the ServeRAID documentation at http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Important: To ensure that any of your ServeRAID adapters function properly on UEFI-based servers, make
sure that the adapter firmware and supporting device drivers are updated to at least 11.x.x-XXX.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace an IBM ServeRAID adapter, complete the following steps.

Note: If possible, backup or record your RAID configuration information before replacing the adapter. See
the documentation for your RAID adapter for information and instructions. Documentation for ServeRAID
adapters can be downloaded from http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 138).
Step 3. Remove the expansion-slot cover on the slot that you intend to use and save for future use.

Attention: PCI expansion-slot covers must be installed on all vacant slots. This maintains the
electronic emissions standards of the server and ensures proper ventilation of server components.

Expansion-slot cover

Adapter
Expansion slot 2
Expansion slot 1

Expansion-slot cover

Riser-card
assembly
Adapter

Figure 43. ServeRAID adapter installation

Step 4. Touch the static-protective package that contains the new ServeRAID adapter to any unpainted
surface on the outside of the server; then, grasp the adapter by the top edge or upper corners of
the adapter and remove it from the package.
Step 5. Take the signal cable that is attached to the drive backplane and connect it to the ServeRAID
adapter.
• If you install a ServeRAID-BR10il v2 adapter in slot 1 on the PCI riser-card assembly, route the
signal cable from the drive backplane as shown in the following illustration.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 145


SAS/SATA
signal cable

• If you install a ServeRAID-M1050 or ServeRAID-M5014 adapter in slot 2 on the PCI riser-card


assembly, route the signal cable from the drive backplane through the fan cage hole on the left
of fan 1 as shown in the following illustration. Connect the signal cable to Port 0 on the
ServeRAID adapter.

Notes:
1. You must connect the signal cable to Port 0 on a ServeRAID-M1050 or ServeRAID-M5014
adapter.
2. Secure the cable on the system board with cable tie after routing.

146 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


ServeRAID adapter

SAS/SATA signal
cable

Hard disk
drive backplane

Step 6. Align the ServeRAID adapter so that the keys align correctly with the connector on the PCI riser-
card assembly.
Step 7. Insert the ServeRAID adapter into the connector on the PCI riser-card assembly until it is firmly
seated.

Attention: Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the server or the adapter.
Step 8. Install the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 139).
Step 9. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 10. Import your RAID configuration to the replacement ServeRAID adapter as a foreign configuration.
See the ServeRAID-M Software User Guide at https://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/migr-
5086126 for instructions.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Note: When you restart the server, you are prompted to import the existing RAID configuration to the new
ServeRAID adapter.

Removing a simple-swap hard disk drive


Use this information to remove a simple-swap hard disk drive.

Important: Before you remove a simple-swap hard disk drive from the server, take the following precautions
to save data, firmware, and configuration data:
• Before you make changes to disk drives, disk drive controllers (including controllers that are integrated on
the system board), disk drive backplates, or disk drive cables, back up all important data that is stored on
hard disks.
• Before you remove any component of a RAID array, back up all RAID configuration information.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 147


To remove a simple-swap hard disk drive from the bay, complete the following steps:

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Step 1. Make sure that the server top cover is in place and fully closed
Step 2. Remove the filler panel from the bay.
Step 3. Remove the hard disk drive:
• To remove a 3.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive, pull the loops of the drive tray toward each
other and pull the drive out of the bay.

SATA hard disk


drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

• To remove a 2.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive, press the release latch and pull the drive out
of the bay.

SATA hard disk


drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

148 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Replacing a simple-swap hard disk drive
Use this information to replace a simple-swap hard disk drive.

You must turn off the server before installing simple-swap drives in the server. Before you install a simple-
swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, read the following information. For a list of supported hard disk drives,
see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install a simple-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps:

Notes:
1. If you have only one hard disk drive, install it in the left or upper-left drive bay.
2. 3TB hard disk drives are not supported in OS 4690.

Step 1. Remove the filler panel from the empty drive bay.
Step 2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the
server; then, remove the drive from the package and place it on a static-protective surface.
Step 3. Remove the filler panel from the bay
Step 4. Install the hard disk drive in the drive bay:
a. To install a 3.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive, pull the loops of the drive tray toward each
other, and slide the drive into the server until the drive connects to the backplate. Release the
loops of the drive tray.

SATA hard disk


drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

b. To install a 2.5-inch simple-swap hard disk drive, slide the drive into the server until the drive
clicks into the server and connects to the backplate.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 149


SATA hard disk
drive back plate

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

Step 5. Reinstall the drive bay filler panel that you removed earlier.
Step 6. If you are installing additional simple-swap hard disk drives, do so now.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing a hot-swap hard disk drive


Use this information to remove a hot-swap hard disk drive.

Attention:
• To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors, make sure that the server cover is in place and fully
closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive.
• To make sure that there is adequate system cooling, do not operate the server for more than 2 minutes
without either a hard disk drive or a filler panel installed in each bay.
• Before you make changes to disk drives, disk drive controllers (including controllers that are integrated on
the system board), disk drive backplanes, or disk drive cables, back up all important data that is stored on
hard disks.
• Before you remove any component of a RAID array, back up all RAID configuration information.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

To remove a hot-swap hard disk drive, complete the following steps.

Attention: To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors, make sure that the server top cover is in
place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive.

150 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Hard disk
drive assembly

Step 1. Move the handle on the drive to the open position (perpendicular to the drive).
Step 2. Slide the release latch gently to the left to unlock the drive handle.
Step 3. Grasp the handle and pull the hot-swap hard disk drive out of the drive bay.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing a hot-swap hard disk drive


Use this information to replace a hot-swap hard disk drive.

The following notes describe the type of hard disk drives that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a hard disk drive. For a list of supported hard disk drives, see http://
www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
• Locate the documentation that comes with the hard disk drive and follow those instructions in addition to
the instructions in this chapter.
• Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that
comes with the drive.
• Select the bay in which you want to install the drive.
• Check the instructions that come with the drive to determine whether you have to set any switches or
jumpers on the drive. If you are installing a SAS or SATA hard disk drive, be sure to set the SAS or SATA
ID for that device.
• You can install up to to eight 2.5-inch or four 3.5-inch hot-swap SAS or SATA hard disk drives in the
server.
• The electromagnetic interference (EMI) integrity and cooling of the server are protected by having all bays
and PCI and PCI Express slots covered or occupied. When you install a drive, PCI, or PCI Express
adapter, save the EMC shield and filler panel from the bay or PCI or PCI Express adapter slot cover in the
event that you later remove the device.
• For a complete list of supported optional devices for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

The 2.5-inch drive hot-swap server models support four SAS 2.5-inch hard disk drives.

To replace a hot-swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, complete the following steps:

Note: If you have only one hard disk drive, you must install it in the left drive bay.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 151


Attention: To avoid damage to the hard disk drive connectors, make sure that the server top cover is in
place and fully closed whenever you install or remove a hard disk drive.

Step 1. Make sure that the server top cover is in place and fully closed.
Step 2. Remove the filler panel from the empty drive bay. Keep the filler panel in a safe place.
Step 3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the
server; then, remove the drive from the package and place it on a static-protective surface.
Step 4. Install the hard disk drive in the drive bay:

SAS hard disk


drive back plane

Hard disk
drive assembly

Filler panel

a. Make sure that the drive tray handle is open.


b. Remove the filler panel from the bay.
c. Align the drive with the guide rails in the bay.
d. Gently push the drive into the bay until the drive stops.
e. Push the tray handle to the closed (locked) position.
f. heck the hard disk drive status LED to make sure that the hard disk drive is operating correctly.
If the yellow hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit continuously, that drive is faulty and
must be replaced. If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing, the drive is being
accessed.

Note: If the server is configured for RAID operation using a ServeRAID adapter, you might
have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives. See the ServeRAID
adapter documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete
instructions for using the ServeRAID adapter.
Step 5. If you are installing additional hot-swap hard disk drives, do so now.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing the optional DVD drive


Use this information to remove the DVD drive.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

152 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


To remove the DVD drive, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Press the release tab (the rear of the drive-retention clip) toward the drive right side of the server to
release the clip; then, while you press the tab, push the drive out of the bay.

Note: You might have to push the right-rear corner of the drive toward the front of the server to
move the drive initially.

Release tab

Step 3. Remove the retention clip from the drive.

Drive retention clip

Alignment pins

Step 4. If you are not replacing the DVD drive, reinstall the DVD drive filler.
a. Attach the drive-retention clip to the side of the DVD drive filler that you removed.
b. Slide the DVD drive filler into the DVD drive bay until the drive filler clicks into place.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 153


Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes
without either a drive or filler panel installed in each bay.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the optional DVD drive


Use this information to replace the DVD drive.

The following notes describe the type of drives that the server supports and other information that you must
consider when you install a drive. For a list of supported drives, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.
• Locate the documentation that comes with the drive and follow those instructions in addition to the
instructions in this chapter.
• Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that are specified in the documentation that
comes with the drive.
• The server supports one ultra-slim SATA optical drive.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Note: When you disconnect the power source from the server, you lose the ability to view the LEDs because
the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed. Before you disconnect the power source, make a
note of which LEDs are lit, including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel, on the light path
diagnostics panel, and LEDs inside the server on the system board.

To replace the DVD drive, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the DVD drive filler panel if it is installed. Locate the blue release tab on the rear of the DVD
drive filler panel; then, while you press the tab, push the DVD drive filler panel out of the drive bay.

154 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Release tab

Step 3. Remove the retention clip from the DVD drive filler panel. Save the DVD drive filler panel for future
use.
Step 4. Attach the drive-retention clip that you removed in the step above to the side of the new DVD drive

Drive retention clip

Alignment pins

Note: If you are installing an optical drive that contains a laser, observe the following safety
precautions.

Statement 3

CAUTION:
When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or transmitters) are
installed, note the following:
• Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in
exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device.
• Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified
herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 155


DANGER

Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the
following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam.

Class 1 Laser Product


Laser Klasse 1
Laser Klass 1
Luokan 1 Laserlaite
Appareil A` Laser de Classe 1
Step 5. Slide the DVD drive into the bay until the DVD drive clicks into place.

Step 6. Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set any jumpers or switches.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing a DIMM
Use this information to remove a memory module.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove a dual inline memory module (DIMM), complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).

156 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 2. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Carefully open the retaining clips on each end of the DIMM connector and remove the DIMM.

Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors, handle the
clips gently.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Memory module installation


The following notes describe the types of DIMMs that the server supports and other information that you
must consider when you install DIMMs.

• Confirm that the server supports the DIMM that you are installing (see http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/).
• When you install or remove DIMMs, the server configuration information changes. When you restart the
server, the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed. You
can use the Setup utility to view the server configuration information, see “Using the Setup utility” on page
65 for more information.
• The server supports only industry-standard double-data-rate 3 (DDR3), 1333 or 1600 MHz, PC3L-12800
(single-rank or dual-rank), unbuffered or synchronous dynamic random-access memory (SDRAM) dual
inline memory modules (DIMMs) with error correcting code (ECC).
• The server supports a maximum of four single-rank or dual-rank unbuffered DIMMs.
• The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server.
• If you install a pair of DIMMs in DIMM connectors 1 and 3, the size and speed of the DIMMs that you
install in DIMM connectors 1 and 3 must match each other. However, they do not have to be the same
size and speed as the DIMMs that are installed in DIMM connectors 2 and 4.
• You can use compatible DIMMs from various manufacturers in the same pair.
• The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM, in the following format.
gGBeRxf PC3v-wwwwwm-aa-bb-cc
where:

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 157


– gGB is the total capacity of the DIMM (for example, 1GB, 2GB, or 4GB)
– eR is the number of ranks
– 1R = single-rank
– 2R = dual-rank
– 4R = quad-rank
– xf is the device organization or bit width (for example, x4, x8, or x16)
– x4 = x4 organization (4 DQ lines per SDRAM)
– x8 = x8 organization
– x16 = x16 organization
– wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth, in MBps
• 8500 = 8.53 GBps (DDR3-1066 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
• 10600 = 10.66 GBps (DDR3-1333 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
• 12800 = 12.80 GBps (DDR3-1600 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)
– m is the DIMM type
• E = Unbuffered DIMM (UDIMM) with ECC (x72-bit module data bus)
• R = Registered DIMM (RDIMM)
• U = Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC (x64-bit primary data bus)
– aa is the CAS latency, in clocks at maximum operating frequency
– bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level
– cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM

Notes:
1. To determine the type of a DIMM, see the label on the DIMM. The information on the label is in the
format xGB nRxx PC3v-xxxxxx-xx-xx-xx. The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates
whether the DIMM is single-rank (n=1) or dual-rank (n=2).
2. The amount of usable memory is reduced, depending on the system configuration. A certain amount
of memory must be reserved for system resources. To view the total amount of installed memory and
the amount of configured memory, run the Setup utility. For additional information, see “Configuring
the server” on page 62.

Unbuffered DIMMs (UDIMMs)


The following notes provide information that you must consider when you install UDIMMs.

• The memory channels run at the lowest common frequency of the DIMMs installed.
• The UDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, and 8 GB (when available)
DIMMs.
• The server supports up to two single-rank or dual-rank UDIMMs per channel.
• The following table lists the supported UDIMM population.

158 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 31. Supported UDIMM population per channel

DIMM connectors DIMMs installed in Ranks per DIMM


per channel each channel DIMM type DIMM speed (any combination)

2 1 Unbuffered DDR3 1066, 1333, 1600 Single-rank, dual-


ECC rank
2 2 Unbuffered DDR3 1066, 1333, 1600 Single-rank, dual-
ECC rank

• The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked UDIMMs.

Table 32. Maximum memory population using ranked UDIMMs (depending on your model)

Number of UDIMMs DIMM type Size Total memory

4 Single-rank UDIMMs 1 GB 4 GB

4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 2 GB 8 GB
4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 4 GB 16 GB
4 Dual-rank UDIMMs 8 GB 32 GB

• The following table shows the UDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance.

Table 33. UDIMM population rule

DIMM connector 1 DIMM connector 2 DIMM connector 3 DIMM connector 4


Populated Empty Empty Empty

Populated Empty Populated Empty

Populated Populated Populated Populated

Installing a DIMM
Use this information to install a DIMM.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on
might cause the server to halt, which might result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always
use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with
the power on.

The following illustration shows the location of the DIMM connectors on the system board.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 159


DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1
Microprocessor

DIMM 4 DIMM 3 DIMM 2 DIMM 1

Figure 44. The location of the DIMM connectors on the system board

To install a DIMM, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Locate the DIMM connectors on the system board. Determine the connectors into which you will
install the DIMMs. Install the DIMMs in the sequence shown in the following table.

Table 34. DIMM installation sequence

Number of DIMMs Installation sequence (connectors)

First pair of DIMMs 1, 3

Second pair of DIMMs 2, 4

Step 4. Open the retaining clip on each end of the DIMM connector.

Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors, open and
close the clips gently.

160 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 5. Touch the static-protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the
outside of the server. Then, remove the DIMM from the package.
Step 6. Turn the DIMM so that the alignment slot align correctly with the alignment tab.
Step 7. Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of
the DIMM connector.
Step 8. Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the
DIMM simultaneously. The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly
seated in the connector.

Note: If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips, the DIMM has not been correctly
inserted; open the retaining clips, remove the DIMM, and then reinsert it.
Step 9. Reconnect any cable that you removed.
Step 10. Reinstall the air baffle if it was removed before (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 11. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing a system fan


Use this information to remove a system fan in the server.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered-on
might cause the server to halt, which might result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always
use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with
the power on.

To remove a system fan, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 161


Step 2. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Reconnect the power cord; then, turn on the server.

Attention: Operating the server for extended periods of time (more than 30 minutes) with the top
cover removed might damage server components.
Step 4. Determine which fan to replace by checking the LEDs on the system board (see “System-board
LEDs” on page 26); a lit LED indicates the fan to replace.
Step 5. Turn off the server; then, disconnect the power cord again.
Step 6. Remove the failed fan from the server:
a. Disconnect the fan cable from the system board. You may need to disengage the cables from
cable retention clips or cable holder. Note the routing of the fan cable to the connector; you will
have to route the fan cable the same way when you install the fan.
b. Grasp the top of the fan with your index finger and thumb and lift the fan out of the server.

Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 3
Fan 4

Figure 45. System fans

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing a system fan


Use this information to replace a system fan in the server.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered-on
might cause the server to halt, which might result in the loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always
use an electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with
the power on.

162 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


To replace a system fan, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Position the replacement fan so that the airflow arrow on the fan points toward the rear of the
server.

Note: The correct airflow is from the front to the rear of the server.

Fan Fan bracket


cable channel

Fan bracket

Fan bracket
cable slot

Figure 46. System fan installation

Step 2. Install the replacement fan in the bracket:


a. Make sure that the fan cable sits in the channel on the side of the fan.
b. In the location from which you removed the failed fan, route the fan cable into the fan cable slot
in the fan bracket top.
c. Insert the fan into the bracket.
d. Make sure that each of the grey soft tabs on the fan is fully seated in its slot in the fan bracket.
Step 3. Connect the replacement fan cable to the system board (see “System-board LEDs” on page 26 for
the locations of the fan cable connectors on the system board).
Step 4. Reinstall the air baffle if it was removed before (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 5. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing the system battery


Use this information to remove the system battery.

The following notes describe information that you must consider when replacing the battery.
• IBM has designed this product with your safety in mind. The lithium battery must be handled correctly to
avoid possible danger. If you replace the battery, you must adhere to the following instructions.

Note: In the U. S., call 1-800-IBM-4333 for information about battery disposal.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 163


• If you replace the original lithium battery with a heavy-metal battery or a battery with heavy-metal
components, be aware of the following environmental consideration. Batteries and accumulators that
contain heavy metals must not be disposed of with normal domestic waste. They will be taken back free
of charge by the manufacturer, distributor, or representative, to be recycled or disposed of in a proper
manner.
• To order replacement batteries, call 1-800-IBM-SERV within the United States, and 1-800-465-7999 or 1-
800-465-6666 within Canada. Outside the U.S. and Canada, call your support center or business partner.

Note: After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time.
Statement 2

CAUTION:
When replacing the lithium battery, use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type
battery recommended by the manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium
battery, replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer. The battery
contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of.

Do not:
– Throw or immerse into water
– Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
– Repair or disassemble

Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the battery, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. If necessary, lift the air baffle out of the way (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Remove the system battery:The following illustration shows the location of the system battery.

164 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


System board
error LED

Standby power
LED

Microprocessor
error LED

DIMM 4
DIMM 3
DIMM 2
DIMM 1
Microprocessor
RTMM
Hearbeat LED

DIMM 1 - 4
error LEDs

IMM2 hearbeat
LED

a. If there is a rubber cover on the battery holder, use your fingers to lift the battery cover from the
battery connector.
b. Use one finger to tilt the battery horizontally out of its socket, pushing it away from the socket.

Attention: Neither tilt nor push the battery by using excessive force.
c. Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket.

Figure 47. System battery removal

Attention: Do not lift the battery by using excessive force. Failing to remove the battery
properly may damage the socket on the system board. Any damage to the socket may require
replacing the system board.
Step 4. Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations (see the Environmental
Notices and User's Guide for more information).

Replacing the system battery


Use this information to replace the system battery.

The following notes describe information that you must consider when replacing the battery.
• IBM has designed this product with your safety in mind. The lithium battery must be handled correctly to
avoid possible danger. If you replace the battery, you must adhere to the following instructions.

Note: In the U. S., call 1-800-IBM-4333 for information about battery disposal.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 165


• If you replace the original lithium battery with a heavy-metal battery or a battery with heavy-metal
components, be aware of the following environmental consideration. Batteries and accumulators that
contain heavy metals must not be disposed of with normal domestic waste. They will be taken back free
of charge by the manufacturer, distributor, or representative, to be recycled or disposed of in a proper
manner.
• To order replacement batteries, call 1-800-IBM-SERV within the United States, and 1-800-465-7999 or 1-
800-465-6666 within Canada. Outside the U.S. and Canada, call your support center or business partner.

Note: After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time.
Statement 2

CAUTION:
When replacing the lithium battery, use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type
battery recommended by the manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium
battery, replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer. The battery
contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of.

Do not:
– Throw or immerse into water
– Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
– Repair or disassemble

Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the battery, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery.
Step 2. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 3. If necessary, lift the air baffle out of the way (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 4. Insert the new battery:
a. Position the battery so that the positive (+) symbol is facing towards the power supply.
b. Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the socket on the side opposite the battery clip.
c. Press the battery down into the socket until it snaps into place.

166 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Figure 48. System battery installation

d. If you removed a rubber cover from the battery holder, use your fingers to install the battery
cover on top of the battery connector.
Step 5. Reinstall the air baffle (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 6. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 7. Slide the server into the rack.
Step 8. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached devices and turn on the
server.
Step 9. Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration:
a. Set the system date and time.
b. Set the power-on password.
c. Reconfigure the server.
See “Starting the Setup utility” on page 65 for details.

Removing a hot-swap power supply


Use this information to remove a hot-swap power supply.

When you remove or install a hot-swap power supply, observe the following precautions.

Statement 5

CAUTION:
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the
electrical current supplied to the device. The device also might have more than one power cord. To
remove all electrical current from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the
power source.

2
1
Statement 8

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 167


CAUTION:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached.

Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label
attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one
of these parts, contact a service technician.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

To remove a hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps.

Attention: If only one hot-swap power supply is installed in the server, you must turn off the server before
removing the power supply.

Step 1. Disconnect the power cord from the connector on the back of the power supply.
Step 2. Press the orange release latch and hold it in place.

Power
supply
filler

Power
supply

Power
supply
release tab

Figure 49. Hot-swap power supply removal

Step 3. Grasp the handle and pull the power supply out of the bay.

168 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing a hot-swap power supply


Use this information to replace a hot-swap power supply.

The following notes describe the type of power supply that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a power supply:
• Depending on your server model, the server comes standard with one 460-watt hot-swap power supply.
For redundancy support, you must install an additional hot-swap power supply, if one is not installed in
your model.
• Make sure that the devices that you are installing are supported. For a list of supported optional devices
for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Statement 5

CAUTION:
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the
electrical current supplied to the device. The device also might have more than one power cord. To
remove all electrical current from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the
power source.

2
1
Statement 8

CAUTION:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 169


Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label
attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a problem with one
of these parts, contact a service technician.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

To replace or install a hot-swap power supply, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Grasp the side clip and pull to remove the power-supply filler panel from the empty power-supply
bay. Save the power-supply filler panel in case you remove the power supply at a later time.

Important: During normal operation, each power-supply bay must contain either a power supply
or power-supply filler panel for proper cooling.

Power
supply
filler

Power
supply

Power
supply
release tab

Figure 50. Hot-swap power supply installation

Step 2. Slide the hot-swap power supply into the bay until the release latch clicks into place.
Step 3. Connect one end of the power cord for the new power supply into the ac connector on the back of
the power supply; then, connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded electrical
outlet.
Step 4. If the server is turned off, turn on the server.
Step 5. Make sure that the ac power LED on the power supply is lit, indicating that the power supply is
operating correctly. If the server is turned on, make sure that the dc power LED on the power
supply is lit also.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs


This section provides information for removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs in the server.

You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it, at no additional charge, under the type of
warranty service that is designated for your server.

170 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

Removing the DVD drive cable


Use this information to remove the DVD drive cable.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the DVD drive cable, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Pull out the cable from the optical drive cage connector.

Cable
connector
latch

Step 4. Disengage the cable from any cable tie or cable clip.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the DVD drive cable


Use this information to replace the DVD drive cable.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the DVD drive cable, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Align the cable connector with the connector on the rear of the optical drive cage.
Step 4. Pull the cable connector latch up and hold it there while you slide the cable connector to the locked
position to lock the cable in place.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 171


Step 5. Connect the DVD cable into the connector on the rear of the optical drive cage.
Step 6. Route the DVD signal cable through the fan cage hole on the left of fan 1. The following illustration
shows the cable routing for the DVD signal cable.

DVD drive SATA


signal cable

DVD drive
power cable

Step 7. Secure the cable in the server using the cable tie and cable clip.
Step 8. Reinstall the air baffle if it was removed before (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 9. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).

What to do next

1. Slide the server into the rack.


2. Reconnect the power cords and cables that you removed.
3. Turn on all attached devices and the server.

Removing the operator information panel assembly


Use this information to remove the operator information panel assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

172 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the operator information panel assembly, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the server cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Disconnect the signal cable from the operator information panel board.
Step 3. Remove the screws that secure the operator information panel assembly to the DVD drive housing.
Step 4. Lift the operator information panel assembly out of the server.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the operator information panel assembly


Use this information to replace the operator information panel assembly.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install the operator information panel assembly, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Guide the operator information panel assembly into position on top of the DVD drive housing. Make
sure that the LEDs and the USB connectors are aligned with the openings in the bezel and that the
screw holes in the operator information panel align with the screw holes in the top of the DVD bay
housing.
Step 2. Use the screws that you removed in “Removing the operator information panel assembly” on page
172 to secure the operator information panel assembly on the DVD bay housing.
Step 3. Connect the signal cable to the operator information panel board.
Step 4. Install the server top cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134 ).

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 173


Step 5. Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed.
Step 6. Turn on all attached devices and the server.

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing the simple-swap hard disk drive backplate assembly


Use this information to remove the simple-swap hard disk drive backplate assembly.

You must turn off the server before installing simple-swap drives in the server. Before you install a simple-
swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, read the following information. For a list of supported hard disk drives,
see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the simple-swap hard disk drive backplate assembly, complete the following steps:

Guide channels

Step 1. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords.
Step 2. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 3. Pull the hard disk drives or fillers out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplate
assembly. See “Removing a simple-swap hard disk drive” on page 147 for details.
Step 4. To obtain more working room, remove the fans (see “Removing a system fan” on page 161).
Step 5. Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplate assembly.
Step 6. Lift the backplate assembly out of the server.
Step 7. Make note of where the cables are attached to the backplate assembly; then, disconnect them.
Step 8. If you are instructed to return the backplate assembly, follow all packaging instructions, and use
any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the simple-swap hard disk drive backplate assembly


Use this information to replace the simple-swap hard disk drive backplate assembly.

174 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


You must turn off the server before installing simple-swap drives in the server. Before you install a simple-
swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, read the following information. For a list of supported hard disk drives,
see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install the simple-swap hard disk drive backplate assembly, complete the following steps:

Guide channels

Step 1. Reconnect the cables to the replacement backplate assembly.


Step 2. Slide the backplate assembly into the guide channels, making sure that any nearby wires or cables
are not trapped or pinched.
Step 3. Press on the two blue touch points firmly until the backplate assembly is fully seated. .
Step 4. Install the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 5. Replace the hard disk drives.
Step 6. Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed.
Step 7. Turn on the peripheral devices and the server.

Replacing software RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate with


hardware RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate
Use this information to replace software RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate with hardware RAID
simple-swap hard disk drive backplate.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the software RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate with hardware RAID simple-swap hard
disk drive backplate, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the hard disk drives out of the server (see “Removing a hot-swap hard disk drive” on page
150 or “Removing a simple-swap hard disk drive” on page 147)

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 175


Step 3. Disconnect the cable connections between the backplate and both the system board and power
supply (fixed or redundant).

Signal cables

Power cable

Figure 51. Software RAID signal cable routing for fixed power supply

Figure 52. Software RAID signal cable routing for redundant power supply

Step 4. Lift the backplate out of the server.

176 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 5. Slide the replacement backplate into the guide channels, making sure that any nearby wires or
cables are not trapped or pinched.
Step 6. Press on the two blue touch points firmly until the replacement backplate is fully seated.
Step 7. Connect the respective signal and power cables of the replacement backplate to the hardware
RAID card and power supply (fixed or redundant).

Note: Make sure the relevant cables pass through the cable clips.

Signal cable

Figure 53. Hardware RAID signal cable routing for fixed power supply (Hardware RAID card inserted on right
side)

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 177


Signal cable

Figure 54. Hardware RAID signal cable routing for fixed power supply (Hardware RAID card inserted on left
side)

Power cable

Figure 55. Power cable routing for fixed power supply:

178 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Signal cable

Figure 56. Hardware RAID signal cable routing for redundant power supply (Hardware RAID card inserted on
right side)

Signal cable

Figure 57. Hardware RAID signal cable routing for redundant power supply (Hardware RAID card inserted on
left side)

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 179


Power cable

Figure 58. Power cable routing for redundant power supply:

Step 8. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 9. Reinstall the hard disk drives and filler panels (see “Replacing a hot-swap hard disk drive” on page
151 and “Replacing a simple-swap hard disk drive” on page 149).

What to do next

1. Slide the server into the rack.


2. Reconnect the power cords and cables that you removed.
3. Turn on all attached devices and the server.

Removing the hot-swap hard disk drive backplane


Use this information to remove the hot-swap hard disk drive backplane.

You must turn off the server before installing simple-swap drives in the server. Before you install a simple-
swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, read the following information. For a list of supported hard disk drives,
see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the hot-swap hard disk drive backplane, complete the following steps:

180 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alignment
tabs

Connectors

Connectors

Alignment
slots

Step 1. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords.
Step 2. Remove the server from the rack and place it on a flat, static-protective surface.
Step 3. Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplane.
Step 4. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 5. Lift the backplate out of the server.
Step 6. Make note of where the cables are attached to the backplate; then, disconnect them.
Step 7. If you are instructed to return the backplate, follow all packaging instructions, and use any
packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the hot-swap hard disk drive backplane


Use this information to replace the hot-swap hard disk drive backplane.

You must turn off the server before installing simple-swap drives in the server. Before you install a simple-
swap SAS or SATA hard disk drive, read the following information. For a list of supported hard disk drives,
see http://www.lenovo.com/ serverproven/.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install the hot-swap hard disk drive backplane, complete the following steps:

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 181


Alignment
tabs

Connectors

Connectors

Alignment
slots

Step 1. Reconnect the cables to the replacement backplate.


a. Connect the SAS/SATA controller signal cable to the backplane.
b. Connect the power cable to the backplane.
c. Connect the configuration cable to the backplane.
Step 2. Slide the backplate into the guide channels, making sure that any nearby wires or cables are not
trapped or pinched.
Step 3. Press on the blue touch point firmly until the backplane is fully seated and clicks into place. The
following illustrations shows the respective cable connections when the hot-swap drive backplane
is connected to a redundant power supply or a fixed power supply.

Note: Make sure the relevant cables pass through the cable clips.
• Hot-swap backplane connected to fixed power supply:

Cable, 2.5" hot-swap


HDD BP power/front USB
/operator panel

182 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• Hot-swap backplane connected to redundant power supply:

Power cable

Step 4. Install the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 5. Replace the hard disk drives.
Step 6. Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed.
Step 7. Turn on the peripheral devices and the server.

Removing and replacing structural parts


This section provides information for removing and replacing structural parts in the server.

Replacement of structural parts is your responsibility. If IBM installs a structural part at your request, you will
be charged for the installation.

The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

Removing the fixed power supply


Use this information to remove the fixed power supply.

When you remove or install the fixed power supply, observe the following precautions.

Statement 8

CAUTION:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 183


Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label
attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a with one of these
parts, contact a service technician.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the fixed power supply, complete the following steps.

Captive screw

Power supply

Rear screw

Step 1. Disconnect the ac power cord from the connector on the power supply that you are removing.
Disconnect all external cables.
Step 2. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).

Attention: To ensure proper cooling and airflow, do not operate the server for more than 30
minutes with the top cover removed.
Step 3. Remove the hard disk drive backplane or backplate assembly (see “Removing the simple-swap
hard disk drive backplate assembly” on page 174 or “Removing the hot-swap hard disk drive
backplane” on page 180).
Step 4. Disconnect the power-supply cables from the connectors on the system board and internal
devices; then, disengage the cables from any retention-clips.

184 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Note: Note the routing of all power-supply cables; you will route the power-supply cables the
same way when you install the power supply.
Step 5. Remove the screw that holds the power supply to the rear of the chassis.
Step 6. Loosen the captive thumbscrew that secures the rear of the power supply to the chassis bottom.
Step 7. Lift the power supply out of the bay.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the fixed power supply


Use this information to replace the fixed power supply.

When you remove or install the fixed power supply, observe the following precautions.

Statement 8

CAUTION:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached.

Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label
attached. There are no serviceable parts inside these components. If you suspect a with one of these
parts, contact a service technician.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the fixed power supply, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Place the new power supply into the bay.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 185


Captive screw

Power supply

Rear screw

Step 2. Tighten the captive thumbscrew that secures the rear of the power supply to the chassis bottom.
Step 3. Replace the screw that holds the power supply to the rear of the chassis.
Step 4. Connect the internal power-supply cable from the power supply to the power connectors on the
system board. See “System-board internal connectors” for the locations of the power connectors
on the system board.
Step 5. Route the internal power-supply cables, securing them with the retention-clips.
Step 6. Test the power supply:
a. Connect one end of the ac power cord for the new power supply into the connector on the
back of the power supply, and connect the other end of the power cord into a properly
grounded electrical outlet.
b. Make sure that the standby power LED on the system board is lit (see “System-board LEDs”);
if the standby power LED is not lit, discontinue this procedure and obtain a new power supply.
c. Press the power-control button. Make sure that the power-on LED on the front of the server is
lit.
If the server starts, proceed to the next step. If the server does not start, disconnect the ac power
cord and call for service.
Step 7. Turn off the server and disconnect the ac power cord.
Step 8. Connect the cables from the power supply to the internal devices.
Step 9. Install the hard disk drive backplane or backplate assembly (see “Replacing the simple-swap hard
disk drive backplate assembly” on page 174 or “Replacing the hot-swap hard disk drive
backplane” on page 181).
Step 10. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 11. Reconnect the ac power cord into the connector on the back of the power supply.
Step 12. Connect all external cables that you disconnected in "Removing the fixed power supply".
Step 13. Connect the other end of the ac power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet.
Step 14. Press the power-control button.
Step 15. Make sure that the power-on LED on the front of the server is lit.

186 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing the 240 VA safety cover


Use this information to remove the 240 VA safety cover.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the 240 VA safety cover, complete the following steps:

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove any connected SAS/SATA signal cable and all other cables from the safety cover.

SAS/SATA
signal cable

Step 3. Remove the four screws from the safety cover.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 187


Screws

240 VA safety cover

Step 4. Lift the safety cover up to remove it from the server.

240 VA safety cover

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the 240 VA safety cover


Use this information to replace the 240 VA safety cover.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the 240 VA safety cover, complete the following steps:

188 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 1. Align the safety cover with the standoffs on the power paddle card and lower the safety cover onto
the power paddle card until it is secure.

240 VA safety cover

Step 2. Install the screws to secure the safety cover.

Screws

240 VA safety cover

Step 3. Reconnect the SAS/SATA signal cable and all other cables that you have removed previously.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 189


SAS/SATA
signal cable

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing the power paddle card


Use this information to remove the power paddle card.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove the power paddle card, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Pull the power supplies out of the rear of the server, just enough to disengage them from the server.
Step 2. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 3. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 4. Remove the 240 VA safety cover (see “Removing the 240 VA safety cover” on page 187).
Step 5. Loosen the cables from the cable tie.
Step 6. Disconnect the power cables from the power connectors on the system board.

190 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Power connectors

Step 7. Disconnect the cables from the hard disk drive backplane or the backplate assembly.
Step 8. Disconnect the power cable from the DVD power cable (if available).
Step 9. Lift the power paddle card up to remove it from the server.

Power paddle card

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing the power paddle card


Use this information to replace the power paddle card.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 191


Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the power paddle card, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Align the power paddle card with the standoffs on the system board and lower the power paddle
card onto the system board until it is secure.

Power paddle card

Step 2. Reinstall the safety cover (see “Replacing the 240 VA safety cover” on page 188).
Step 3. Reconnect the power cable to the DVD power cable (if available).
Step 4. Reconnect the cables to the hard disk drive backplane or the backplate assembly.
Step 5. Reconnect the power cables to power connectors on the system board.

192 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Power connectors

Step 6. Route the cables through the cable tie if any.


Step 7. Reinstall the air baffle if it was removed before (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 8. Push the power supplies back into the server.
Step 9. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).

If you have replaced a server component or installed an optional device in the server, you need to reconnect
the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and peripheral devices.

Removing a microprocessor and heat sink


Use this information to remove a microprocessor and heat sink.

The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a microprocessor and heat sink:

• The server supports one Intel land grid array (LGA) 1150 dual-core or quad-core microprocessor. The
type, speed, and L3 cache of the microprocessor depends on the server model.
• Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether you have to update
the server firmware. To download the most current level of server firmware, go to http://www.lenovo.com/
support and http://www.ibm.com/support/ fixcentral.
• The microprocessor uses an integrated voltage regulator on the system board.

Attention:
• Microprocessors are to be installed only by trained technicians.

Important: Always use the microprocessor installation tool to install a microprocessor. Failing to use the
microprocessor installation tool may damage the microprocessor sockets on the system board. Any
damage to the microprocessor sockets may require replacing the system board.
• Do not allow the thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink to come in contact with anything.
Contact with any surface can compromise the thermal grease and the microprocessor socket.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 193


• Dropping the microprocessor during installation or removal can damage the contacts.
• Do not touch the microprocessor contacts; handle the microprocessor by the edges only. Contaminants
on the microprocessor contacts, such as oil from your skin, can cause connection failures between the
contacts and the socket.
• The pins on the sockets are fragile. Any damage to the pins might require replacing the system board.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To remove a microprocessor and heat sink, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the air baffle if installed (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Remove the heat sink:

CAUTION:
The heat sink may become very hot during normal operation. Allow time for the heat sink to
cool down before you touch it.
a. Loosen the screws and alternate among the screws until they break the seal with the
microprocessor.
b. Press firmly on the captive screws and loosen them with a screwdriver.
c. Use your fingers to gently pull the heat sink from the microprocessor.

Heat sink

System board

Step 4. Lift the heat sink out of the server. After removal, place the heat sink on its side on a clean, flat
surface.

Attention: Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink. Touching the thermal
material will contaminate it. If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes
contaminated, you must wipe off the contaminated thermal material on the microprocessor or heat
sink with the alcohol wipes and reapply clean thermal grease to the heat sink.

194 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 5. Release the microprocessor retention latch by pressing down on the end, moving it to the side, and
releasing it to the open (up) position.
Step 6. Open the microprocessor bracket frame by lifting up the tab on the top edge. Keep the bracket
frame in the open position.

Attention: Handle the microprocessor carefully. Dropping the microprocessor during removal can
damage the contacts. Also, contaminants on the microprocessor contacts, such as oil from your
skin, can cause connection failures between the contacts and the socket.

Microprocessor

Alignment
marks
Microprocessor
bracket frame

Microprocessor
release lever

System board

Step 7. Remove the microprocessor:


a. Carefully lift the microprocessor straight up and out of the socket, without touching the
microprocessor contacts.
b. Place the microprocessor on a static-protective surface.

Attention: The pins on the sockets are fragile. Any damage to the pins might require replacing the
system board.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Replacing a microprocessor and heat sink


Use this information to replace a microprocessor and heat sink.

The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that
you must consider when you install a microprocessor and heat sink:

• The server supports one Intel land grid array (LGA) 1150 dual-core or quad-core microprocessor. The
type, speed, and L3 cache of the microprocessor depends on the server model.
• Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether you have to update
the server firmware. To download the most current level of server firmware, go to http://www.lenovo.com/
support and http://www.ibm.com/support/ fixcentral.
• The microprocessor uses an integrated voltage regulator on the system board.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 195


• The microprocessor speeds are automatically set for this server; therefore, you do not have to set any
microprocessor frequency-selection jumpers or switches.
• If the thermal-grease protective cover (for example, a plastic cap or tape liner) is removed from the heat
sink, do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink or set down the heat sink. For more
information about applying or working with thermal grease, see “Thermal grease” on page 198.

Note: Removing the heat sink from the microprocessor destroys the even distribution of the thermal
grease and requires replacing the thermal grease.

Attention:
• Microprocessors are to be installed only by trained technicians.

Important: Always use the microprocessor installation tool to install a microprocessor. Failing to use the
microprocessor installation tool may damage the microprocessor sockets on the system board. Any
damage to the microprocessor sockets may require replacing the system board.
• Do not allow the thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink to come in contact with anything.
Contact with any surface can compromise the thermal grease and the microprocessor socket.
• Dropping the microprocessor during installation or removal can damage the contacts.
• Do not touch the microprocessor contacts; handle the microprocessor by the edges only. Contaminants
on the microprocessor contacts, such as oil from your skin, can cause connection failures between the
contacts and the socket.
• The pins on the sockets are fragile. Any damage to the pins might require replacing the system board.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To install a microprocessor and heat sink, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat, with the cover facing up.

Attention:
• When you handle static-sensitive devices, take precautions to avoid damage from static
electricity. For details about handling these devices, see “Handling static-sensitive devices” on
page 37.
• The microprocessor contacts are fragile; handle the microprocessor very carefully. Do not touch
the microprocessor contacts with your skin.
• The microprocessor fits only one way on the socket.
Step 2. Align the microprocessor with the socket (note the alignment mark and the position of the notches);
then, carefully place the microprocessor on the socket, close the microprocessor bracket frame,
and close the microprocessor release latch.

196 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 3. Gently lower the heat sink on the microprocessor.
Step 4. Align the screw holes on the heat sink with the holes on the system board.

Heat sink

System board

Step 5. Install the heat sink on the microprocessor.

Attention: Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink. Touching the thermal
material will contaminate it. If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes
contaminated, contact your service technician.
a. Make sure that the thermal material is still on the bottom of the heat sink; then, align the heat
sink so that the arrows on the label point toward the DIMMs and place the heat sink on top of
the microprocessor, thermal material side down.
b. Align the screws on the heat sink with the screw holes on the system board.
c. Tighten the screws with a screwdriver, alternating among the screws until they are tight. If
possible, each screw should be rotated two full rotations at a time. Repeat until the screws are
tight. Do not overtighten the screws by using excessive force.

Attention: When the two screws that are closer to the rear of the server are tightened, the
screw heads are not level with the surface of the heat sink. Do not overtighten the screws by
using excessive force.
Step 6. Reinstall the air baffle if it was removed before (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 7. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 197


1. Slide the server into the rack.
2. Reconnect the power cords and cables that you removed.
3. Turn on all attached devices and the server.

Thermal grease
The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the
microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease. Use this information to
replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink.

When you are installing the heat sink on the same microprocessor that it was removed from, make sure that
the following requirements are met:
• The thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor is not contaminated.
• Additional thermal grease is not added to the existing thermal grease on the heat sink and
microprocessor.

Notes:
• Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v.
• Read the “Installation guidelines” on page 35.
• Read “Handling static-sensitive devices” on page 37.

To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink, complete the
following steps.

Step 1. Place the heat sink on a clean work surface.


Step 2. Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely.
Step 3. Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat sink.

Note: Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed.


Step 4. Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor; then,
dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed.

0.02 mL of thermal
grease

Microprocessor

Figure 59. Thermal grease on microprocessor

Step 5. Use the thermal-grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots of 0.02 mL each on the top of the
microprocessor. The outermost dots must be within approximately 5 mm of the edge of the
microprocessor. This is to ensure uniform distribution of the grease.

198 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Figure 60. Thermal-grease syringe

Note: 0.01 mL is one tick mark on the syringe. If the grease is properly applied, approximately half
(0.22 mL) of the grease will remain in the syringe.
Step 6. Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in “Replacing a microprocessor and heat
sink” on page 195.

Removing the system board


Use this information to remove the system board.

Notes:
1. When you replace the system board, you must either update the server with the latest firmware or
restore the pre-existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image. Make sure that
you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre-existing firmware before you proceed.
2. When you replace the system board, make sure that you remove the Integrated Management Module
Advanced Upgrade and place it on the new system board. For information about the Advanced
Upgrade, see “Using the remote presence and blue-screen capture features” on page 73

Note: You have to reactivate the Features on Demand (FoD) after replacing the system board.
3. Before you replace the system board, make sure that you backup any features on demand (FoD) keys
that were enabled. Reactivate any Features on Demand features after replacing the system board.
Instructions for automating the activation of features and installing activation keys is in the IBM Features
on Demand User's Guide. To download the document, go to https://fod.lenovo.com/lkms, log in, and
click Help.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 199


System board
(7 screws)

Note: When you replace the system board, you must either update the server with the latest firmware or
restore the pre-existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image. Make sure that you
have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre-existing firmware before you proceed

To remove the system board, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Remove the cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 133).
Step 2. Remove the air baffle (see “Removing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 3. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Removing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 138).
Step 4. Note where the cables are connected to the system board; then, disconnect them.

Attention: Disengage all latches, release tabs or locks on cable connectors when you disconnect
all cables from the system board. Failing to release them before removing the cables will damage
the cable sockets on the system board. The cable sockets on the system board are fragile. Any
damage to the cable sockets may require replacing the system board.
Step 5. Remove any of the following components that are installed on the system board and put them in a
safe, static-protective place:
• Adapters (see “Removing an adapter” on page 140)
• DIMMs (see “Removing a DIMM” on page 156

Note: Make a note of the location of each DIMM as you remove it, so that you can later reinstall
it in the same connector.
• Microprocessors and heat sinks (see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” on page 193)

Notes:

200 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


1. Remove the socket covers from the microprocessor sockets on the new system board and
place them on the microprocessor sockets of the system board you are removing.
2. Do not allow the thermal grease to come in contact with anything, and keep each heat sink
paired with its microprocessor for reinstallation. Contact with any surface can compromise
the thermal grease and the microprocessor socket. A mismatch between the
microprocessor and its original heat sink can require the installation of a new heat sink.
• Battery (see “Removing the system battery” on page 163)
Step 6. Remove the screws that secure the system board to the chassis, and put the screws in a safe
place.
Step 7. Lift up the system board and carefully remove it from the server, being careful not to damage any
surrounding components.

If you are instructed to return the server component or optional device, follow all packaging instructions, and
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Attention: Make sure to place the socket cover for the microprocessor socket on the system board before
returning the system board.

Replacing the system board


Use this information to replace the system board.

Notes:
1. When you reassemble the components in the server, be sure to route all cables carefully so that they are
not exposed to excessive pressure.
2. When you replace the system board, you must either update the server with the latest firmware or
restore the pre-existing firmware from a diskette or CD image. Make sure that you have the latest
firmware or a copy of the pre-existing firmware before you proceed. See “Updating the firmware” on
page 61, “Updating the Universal Unique Identifier (UUID)” on page 78, and “Updating the DMI/SMBIOS
data” on page 81.
3. When you replace the system board, make sure that you remove the Integrated Management Module
Advanced Upgrade and place it on the new system board. For information about the Advanced
Upgrade, see “Using the remote presence and blue-screen capture features” on page 73
4. Reactivate any Features on Demand features after replacing the system board. Instructions for
automating the activation of features and installing activation keys is in the IBM Features on Demand
User's Guide. To download the document, go to https://fod.lenovo.com/lkms, log in, and click Help.
5. Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of
a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.

Read the safety information in “Safety” on page v and “Installation guidelines” on page 35.

If you are replacing a server component in the server, you need to turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect the power cords and all external cables.

To replace the system board, complete the following steps.

Step 1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the system board to any unpainted metal surface
on the server; then, remove the system board from the package.
Step 2. Align the system board with the chassis and replace the nine screws that you removed.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 201


System board
(7 screws)

Step 3. Install any of the following components that you removed from the system board:

Note: Make sure that none of the server cables are caught under the system board.
• Microprocessor and heat sink (see “Replacing a microprocessor and heat sink” on page 195)
• DIMMs (see “Installing a DIMM” on page 159)
• Adapters (see “Replacing an adapter” on page 141)
• Battery (see “Replacing the system battery” on page 165)
Step 4. Reconnect any cables to the system board that you disconnected during removal (see “System-
board internal connectors” on page 23).
Step 5. Reinstall the PCI riser-card assembly (see “Replacing the PCI riser-card assembly” on page 139).
Step 6. Reinstall the air baffle (see “Replacing the air baffle” on page 137).
Step 7. Reinstall the cover (see “Replacing the cover” on page 134).
Step 8. Push the power supplies back into the server.
Step 9. Slide the server into the rack.
Step 10. Reconnect the external cables and power cords; then, turn on the attached devices and turn on the
server.
Step 11. Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration.
a. Set the system date and time.
b. Set the power-on password.
c. Reconfigure the server.

See “Using the Setup utility” on page 65 for details.


Step 12. Either update the server with the latest RAID firmware or restore the pre-existing firmware from a
diskette or CD image.

202 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Step 13. Update the UUID (see “Updating the Universal Unique Identifier (UUID)” on page 78).
Step 14. Update the DMI/SMBIOS (see “Updating the DMI/SMBIOS data” on page 81).
Step 15. Reactivate any Features on Demand features.

Chapter 6. Removing and replacing components 203


204 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error
messages
This section details the Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages.

When a hardware event is detected by the IMM2 on the server, the IMM2 logs that event in the system-event
log in the server.

For each event code, the following fields are displayed:

Event identifier
A hexadecimal identifier that uniquely identifies an event or class of events. In this documentation, the
event identifiers are prefixed with 0x and followed by eight characters.
Event description
The logged message string that appears for an event. When the event string is displayed in the event
log, information such as a specific component is displayed. In this documentation, that additional
information appears as variables, such as [arg1] or [arg2].
Explanation
Provides additional information to explain why the event occurred.
Severity
An indication of the level of concern for the condition. In the system-event log, severity is abbreviated to
the first character. The following severities can be displayed.

Info:
The event was recorded for audit purposes, usually a user action or a change of states that is
normal behavior.
Warning:
The event is not as severe as an error, but if possible, the condition should be corrected before it
becomes an error. It might also be a condition that requires additional monitoring or maintenance.

Error:
The event is a failure or critical condition that impairs service or an expected function.
Alert Category
Similar events are grouped together in categories. The alert category is in the following format:

severity - device

severity is one of the following severity levels:


• Critical: A key component in the server is no longer functioning.
• Warning: The event might progress to a critical level.
• System: The event is the result of a system error or a configuration change.

device is the specific device in the server that caused the event to be generated.
Serviceable
Specifies whether user action is required to correct the problem.
CIM Information

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 205


Provides the prefix of the message ID and the sequence number that is used by the CIM message
registry.
SNMP Trap ID
The SNMP trap ID that is found in the SNMP alert management information base (MIB).
Automatically contact Service
If this field is set to Yes, and you have enabled Electronic Service Agent (ESA), IBM Support will be
notified automatically if the event is generated.

While you wait for IBM Support to call, you can perform the recommended actions for the event.
User response
Indicates what actions you should perform to solve the event.

Perform the steps listed in this section in the order shown until the problem is solved. After you perform
all of the actions that are described in this field, if you cannot solve the problem, contact IBM Support.

Note: This list includes error codes and messages that might not apply to this machine type and model.

The following is the list of IMM2 error messages and suggested actions to correct the detected server
problems. For more information about IMM2, see the Integrated Management Module II User's Guide at
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ systemx/documentation/topic/ com.lenovo.sysx.imm2.doc/
printable_doc.html.

IMM Events that automatically notify Support


You can configure the IBM Flex System Manager or the CMM to automatically notify Support (also known as
call home) if certain types of errors are encountered. If you have configured this function, see the table for a
list of events that automatically notify Support.

Table 35. Events that automatically notify Support

Automatically
Event ID Message String Notify Support
40000086-00000000 Test Call Home Generated by user [arg1]. Yes

40000087-00000000 Manual Call Home by user [arg1]: [arg2]. Yes

80010202-0701ffff Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low Yes


(lower critical) has asserted. (CMOS Battery)

80010902-0701ffff Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going Yes


high (upper critical) has asserted.

806f0021-2582ffff Fault in slot [PhysicalConnectorSystemElementName] on Yes


system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (All PCI Error)

806f0021-3001ffff Fault in slot [PhysicalConnectorSystemElementName] on Yes


system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCI 1)

806f0108-0a01ffff [PowerSupplyElementName] has Failed. (Power Supply 1) Yes

806f0108-0a02ffff [PowerSupplyElementName] has Failed. (Power Supply 2) Yes

806f010c-2001ffff Uncorrectable error detected for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)

206 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Table 35. Events that automatically notify Support (continued)

Automatically
Event ID Message String Notify Support

806f010c-2002ffff Uncorrectable error detected for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)

806f010c-2003ffff Uncorrectable error detected for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)

806f010c-2004ffff Uncorrectable error detected for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)

806f010c-2581ffff Uncorrectable error detected for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)

806f010d-0400ffff The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been Yes


disabled due to a detected fault. (Drive 0)

806f010d-0401ffff The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been Yes


disabled due to a detected fault. (Drive 1)

806f010d-0402ffff The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been Yes


disabled due to a detected fault. (Drive 2)

806f010d-0403ffff The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been Yes


disabled due to a detected fault. (Drive 3)

806f0207-0301ffff [ProcessorElementName] has Failed with FRB1/BIST Yes


condition. (CPU 1)

806f020d-0400ffff Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] Yes


for array [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 0)

806f020d-0401ffff Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] Yes


for array [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 1)

806f020d-0402ffff Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] Yes


for array [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 2)

806f020d-0403ffff Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] Yes


for array [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 3)

806f050c-2001ffff Memory Logging Limit Reached for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)

806f050c-2002ffff Memory Logging Limit Reached for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)

806f050c-2003ffff Memory Logging Limit Reached for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)

806f050c-2004ffff Memory Logging Limit Reached for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 207


Table 35. Events that automatically notify Support (continued)

Automatically
Event ID Message String Notify Support

806f050c-2581ffff Memory Logging Limit Reached for Yes


[PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)

806f060d-0400ffff Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive Yes


0)

806f060d-0401ffff Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive Yes


1)

806f060d-0402ffff Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive Yes


2)

806f060d-0403ffff Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive Yes


3)

806f0813-0301ffff A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system Yes


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (CPUs)

806f0813-2581ffff A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system Yes


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (DIMMs)

806f0813-2582ffff A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system Yes


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCIs)

List of IMM events


This section lists all messages that can be sent from the IMM.

• 40000001-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1] Network Initialization Complete.


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller network has completed initialization.
May also be shown as 4000000100000000 or 0x4000000100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - IMM Network event
SNMP Trap ID
37
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0001
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000002-00000000 : Certificate Authority [arg1] has detected a [arg2] Certificate Error.

208 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case when there is an error with an SSL Server, SSL Client, or SSL Trusted CA
Certificate.
May also be shown as 4000000200000000 or 0x4000000200000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - SSL certification
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0002
User Response
Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct and properly generated.

• 40000003-00000000 : Ethernet Data Rate modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user modifies the Ethernet Port data rate.
May also be shown as 4000000300000000 or 0x4000000300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0003
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000004-00000000 : Ethernet Duplex setting modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
This message is for the use case where A user modifies the Ethernet Port duplex setting.
May also be shown as 4000000400000000 or 0x4000000400000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 209


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0004
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000005-00000000 : Ethernet MTU setting modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user modifies the Ethernet Port MTU setting.
May also be shown as 4000000500000000 or 0x4000000500000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0005
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000006-00000000 : Ethernet locally administered MAC address modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by
user [arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user modifies the Ethernet Port MAC address setting.
May also be shown as 4000000600000000 or 0x4000000600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information

210 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Prefix: IMM ID: 0006
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000007-00000000 : Ethernet interface [arg1] by user [arg2].


This message is for the use case where a user enables or disabled the ethernet interface.
May also be shown as 4000000700000000 or 0x4000000700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0007
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000008-00000000 : Hostname set to [arg1] by user [arg2].


This message is for the use case where user modifies the Hostname of a Management Controller.
May also be shown as 4000000800000000 or 0x4000000800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - IMM Network event
SNMP Trap ID
37
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0008
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000009-00000000 : IP address of network interface modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
This message is for the use case where user modifies the IP address of a Management Controller.
May also be shown as 4000000900000000 or 0x4000000900000000

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 211


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - IMM Network event
SNMP Trap ID
37
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0009
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000000a-00000000 : IP subnet mask of network interface modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by user
[arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user modifies the IP subnet mask of a Management Controller.
May also be shown as 4000000a00000000 or 0x4000000a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0010
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000000b-00000000 : IP address of default gateway modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user modifies the default gateway IP address of a Management
Controller.
May also be shown as 4000000b00000000 or 0x4000000b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

212 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0011
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000000c-00000000 : OS Watchdog response [arg1] by [arg2] .


This message is for the use case where an OS Watchdog has been enabled or disabled by a user.
May also be shown as 4000000c00000000 or 0x4000000c00000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0012
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000000d-00000000 : DHCP[[arg1]] failure, no IP address assigned.


This message is for the use case where a DHCP server fails to assign an IP address to a Management
Controller.
May also be shown as 4000000d00000000 or 0x4000000d00000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0013
User Response

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 213


Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Make sure that the IMM network cable is connected.
2. Make sure that there is a DHCP server on the network that can assign an IP address to the IMM.

• 4000000e-00000000 : Remote Login Successful. Login ID: [arg1] from [arg2] at IP address [arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user successfully logs in to a Management Controller.
May also be shown as 4000000e00000000 or 0x4000000e00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Remote Login
SNMP Trap ID
30
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0014
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000000f-00000000 : Attempting to [arg1] server [arg2] by user [arg3].


This message is for the use case where a user is using the Management Controller to perform a power
function on the system.
May also be shown as 4000000f00000000 or 0x4000000f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0015
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000010-00000000 : Security: Userid: [arg1] had [arg2] login failures from WEB client at IP address
[arg3].

214 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case where a user has failed to log in to a Management Controller from a web
browser.
May also be shown as 4000001000000000 or 0x4000001000000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Remote Login
SNMP Trap ID
30
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0016
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used.
2. Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password.

• 40000011-00000000 : Security: Login ID: [arg1] had [arg2] login failures from CLI at [arg3]..
This message is for the use case where a user has failed to log in to a Management Controller from the
Legacy CLI.
May also be shown as 4000001100000000 or 0x4000001100000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Remote Login
SNMP Trap ID
30
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0017
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used.
2. Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password.

• 40000012-00000000 : Remote access attempt failed. Invalid userid or password received. Userid is
[arg1] from WEB browser at IP address [arg2].

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 215


This message is for the use case where a remote user has failed to establish a remote control session
from a Web browser session.
May also be shown as 4000001200000000 or 0x4000001200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Remote Login
SNMP Trap ID
30
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0018
User Response
Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used.

• 40000013-00000000 : Remote access attempt failed. Invalid userid or password received. Userid is
[arg1] from TELNET client at IP address [arg2].
This message is for the use case where a user has failed to log in to a Management Controller from a
telnet session.
May also be shown as 4000001300000000 or 0x4000001300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Remote Login
SNMP Trap ID
30
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0019
User Response
Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used.

• 40000014-00000000 : The [arg1] on system [arg2] cleared by user [arg3].


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller Event Log on a system is cleared by a
user.
May also be shown as 4000001400000000 or 0x4000001400000000

Severity
Info

216 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0020
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000015-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1] reset was initiated by user [arg2].


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller reset is initiated by a user.
May also be shown as 4000001500000000 or 0x4000001500000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0021
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000016-00000000 : ENET[[arg1]] DHCP-HSTN=[arg2], DN=[arg3], IP@=[arg4], SN=[arg5], GW@=


[arg6], DNS1@=[arg7] .
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller IP address and configuration has been
assigned by the DHCP server.
May also be shown as 4000001600000000 or 0x4000001600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 217


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0022
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000017-00000000 : ENET[[arg1]] IP-Cfg:HstName=[arg2], IP@=[arg3] ,NetMsk=[arg4], GW@=


[arg5] .
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller IP address and configuration has been
assigned statically using user data.
May also be shown as 4000001700000000 or 0x4000001700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0023
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000018-00000000 : LAN: Ethernet[[arg1]] interface is no longer active.


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller ethernet interface is no longer active.
May also be shown as 4000001800000000 or 0x4000001800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0024
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

218 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 40000019-00000000 : LAN: Ethernet[[arg1]] interface is now active.
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller ethernet interface is now active.
May also be shown as 4000001900000000 or 0x4000001900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0025
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000001a-00000000 : DHCP setting changed to [arg1] by user [arg2].


This message is for the use case where a user changes the DHCP setting.
May also be shown as 4000001a00000000 or 0x4000001a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0026
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000001b-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1]: Configuration restored from a file by user


[arg2].
This message is for the use case where a user restores a Management Controller configuration from a file.
May also be shown as 4000001b00000000 or 0x4000001b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 219


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0027
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000001c-00000000 : Watchdog [arg1] Screen Capture Occurred .


This message is for the use case where an operating system error has occurred and the screen was
captured.
May also be shown as 4000001c00000000 or 0x4000001c00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0028
User Response
If there was no operating-system error, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value.
2. Make sure that the IMM Ethernet-over-USB interface is enabled.
3. Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system.
4. Disable the watchdog.
If there was an operating-system error, check the integrity of the installed operating system.

• 4000001d-00000000 : Watchdog [arg1] Failed to Capture Screen.


This message is for the use case where an operating system error has occurred and the screen capture
failed.
May also be shown as 4000001d00000000 or 0x4000001d00000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable

220 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0029
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value.
2. Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled.
3. Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system.
4. Disable the watchdog. Check the integrity of the installed operating system.
5. Update the IMM firmware. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or
coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of
code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.

• 4000001e-00000000 : Running the backup Management Controller [arg1] main application.


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller has resorted to running the backup
main application.
May also be shown as 4000001e00000000 or 0x4000001e00000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0030
User Response
Update the IMM firmware. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or
coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code
is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.

• 4000001f-00000000 : Please ensure that the Management Controller [arg1] is flashed with the
correct firmware. The Management Controller is unable to match its firmware to the server.
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller firmware version does not match the
server.
May also be shown as 4000001f00000000 or 0x4000001f00000000

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 221


Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0031
User Response
Update the IMM firmware to a version that the server supports. Important: Some cluster solutions
require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution,
verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.

• 40000020-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1] Reset was caused by restoring default values.
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller has been reset due to a user restoring
the configuration to default values.
May also be shown as 4000002000000000 or 0x4000002000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0032
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000021-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1] clock has been set from NTP server [arg2].
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller clock has been set from the Network
Time Protocol server.
May also be shown as 4000002100000000 or 0x4000002100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

222 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0033
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000022-00000000 : SSL data in the Management Controller [arg1] configuruation data is invalid.
Clearing configuration data region and disabling SSL.
This message is for the use case where a Management Controller has detected invalid SSL data in the
configuration data and is clearing the configuration data region and disabling the SSL.
May also be shown as 4000002200000000 or 0x4000002200000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0034
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct.
2. Try to import the certificate again.

• 40000023-00000000 : Flash of [arg1] from [arg2] succeeded for user [arg3] .


This message is for the use case where a user has successfully flashed the firmware component (MC Main
Application, MC Boot ROM, BIOS, Diagnostics, System Power Backplane, Remote Expansion Enclosure
Power Backplane, Integrated System Management Processor, or Remote Expansion Enclosure
Processor) from the interface and IP address ( %d.
May also be shown as 4000002300000000 or 0x4000002300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 223


No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0035
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000024-00000000 : Flash of [arg1] from [arg2] failed for user [arg3].


This message is for the use case where a user has not flashed the firmware component from the interface
and IP address due to a failure.
May also be shown as 4000002400000000 or 0x4000002400000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0036
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000025-00000000 : The [arg1] on system [arg2] is 75% full.


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller Event Log on a system is 75% full.
May also be shown as 4000002500000000 or 0x4000002500000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Event Log 75% full
SNMP Trap ID
35
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0037

224 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000026-00000000 : The [arg1] on system [arg2] is 100% full.


This message is for the use case where a Management Controller Event Log on a system is 100% full.
May also be shown as 4000002600000000 or 0x4000002600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Event Log 75% full
SNMP Trap ID
35
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0038
User Response
To avoid losing older log entries, save the log as a text file and clear the log.

• 40000027-00000000 : Platform Watchdog Timer expired for [arg1].


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Platform Watchdog Timer
Expired
May also be shown as 4000002700000000 or 0x4000002700000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - OS Timeout
SNMP Trap ID
21
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0039
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value.
2. Make sure that the IMM Ethernet-over-USB interface is enabled.
3. Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system.
4. Disable the watchdog.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 225


5. Check the integrity of the installed operating system.

• 40000028-00000000 : Management Controller Test Alert Generated by [arg1].


This message is for the use case where a user has generated a Test Alert.
May also be shown as 4000002800000000 or 0x4000002800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0040
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000029-00000000 : Security: Userid: [arg1] had [arg2] login failures from an SSH client at IP
address [arg3].
This message is for the use case where a user has failed to log in to a Management Controller from SSH.
May also be shown as 4000002900000000 or 0x4000002900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Remote Login
SNMP Trap ID
30
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0041
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used.
2. Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password.

• 4000002a-00000000 : [arg1] firmware mismatch internal to system [arg2]. Please attempt to flash
the [arg3] firmware.
This message is for the use case where a specific type of firmware mismatch has been detected.

226 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


May also be shown as 4000002a00000000 or 0x4000002a00000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0042
User Response
Reflash the IMM firmware to the latest version.

• 4000002b-00000000 : Domain name set to [arg1].


Domain name set by user
May also be shown as 4000002b00000000 or 0x4000002b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0043
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000002c-00000000 : Domain Source changed to [arg1] by user [arg2].


Domain source changed by user
May also be shown as 4000002c00000000 or 0x4000002c00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 227


Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0044
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000002d-00000000 : DDNS setting changed to [arg1] by user [arg2].


DDNS setting changed by user
May also be shown as 4000002d00000000 or 0x4000002d00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0045
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000002e-00000000 : DDNS registration successful. The domain name is [arg1].


DDNS registation and values
May also be shown as 4000002e00000000 or 0x4000002e00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0046
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

228 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 4000002f-00000000 : IPv6 enabled by user [arg1] .
IPv6 protocol is enabled by user
May also be shown as 4000002f00000000 or 0x4000002f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0047
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000030-00000000 : IPv6 disabled by user [arg1] .


IPv6 protocol is disabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003000000000 or 0x4000003000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0048
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000031-00000000 : IPv6 static IP configuration enabled by user [arg1].


IPv6 static address assignment method is enabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003100000000 or 0x4000003100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 229


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0049
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000032-00000000 : IPv6 DHCP enabled by user [arg1].


IPv6 DHCP assignment method is enabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003200000000 or 0x4000003200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0050
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000033-00000000 : IPv6 stateless auto-configuration enabled by user [arg1].


IPv6 statless auto-assignment method is enabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003300000000 or 0x4000003300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0051

230 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000034-00000000 : IPv6 static IP configuration disabled by user [arg1].


IPv6 static assignment method is disabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003400000000 or 0x4000003400000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0052
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000035-00000000 : IPv6 DHCP disabled by user [arg1].


IPv6 DHCP assignment method is disabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003500000000 or 0x4000003500000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0053
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000036-00000000 : IPv6 stateless auto-configuration disabled by user [arg1].


IPv6 statless auto-assignment method is disabled by user
May also be shown as 4000003600000000 or 0x4000003600000000

Severity

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 231


Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0054
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000037-00000000 : ENET[[arg1]] IPv6-LinkLocal:HstName=[arg2], IP@=[arg3] ,Pref=[arg4] .


IPv6 Link Local address is active
May also be shown as 4000003700000000 or 0x4000003700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0055
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000038-00000000 : ENET[[arg1]] IPv6-Static:HstName=[arg2], IP@=[arg3] ,Pref=[arg4], GW@=


[arg5] .
IPv6 Static address is active
May also be shown as 4000003800000000 or 0x4000003800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none

232 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0056
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000039-00000000 : ENET[[arg1]] DHCPv6-HSTN=[arg2], DN=[arg3], IP@=[arg4], Pref=[arg5].


IPv6 DHCP-assigned address is active
May also be shown as 4000003900000000 or 0x4000003900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0057
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000003a-00000000 : IPv6 static address of network interface modified from [arg1] to [arg2] by
user [arg3].
A user modifies the IPv6 static address of a Management Controller
May also be shown as 4000003a00000000 or 0x4000003a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0058
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 233


• 4000003b-00000000 : DHCPv6 failure, no IP address assigned.
S DHCP6 server fails to assign an IP address to a Management Controller.
May also be shown as 4000003b00000000 or 0x4000003b00000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0059
User Response
Complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Make sure that the IMM network cable is connected.
2. Make sure that there is a DHCPv6 server on the network that can assign an IP address to the
IMM.

• 4000003c-00000000 : Platform Watchdog Timer expired for [arg1].


An implementation has detected an OS Loader Watchdog Timer Expired
May also be shown as 4000003c00000000 or 0x4000003c00000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Loader timeout
SNMP Trap ID
26
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0060
User Response
1. Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value.
2. Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled.
3. Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system.
4. Disable the watchdog.
5. Check the integrity of the installed operating system.

234 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 4000003d-00000000 : Telnet port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the telnet port number
May also be shown as 4000003d00000000 or 0x4000003d00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0061
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000003e-00000000 : SSH port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the SSH port number
May also be shown as 4000003e00000000 or 0x4000003e00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0062
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000003f-00000000 : Web-HTTP port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the Web HTTP port number
May also be shown as 4000003f00000000 or 0x4000003f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 235


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0063
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000040-00000000 : Web-HTTPS port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the Web HTTPS port number
May also be shown as 4000004000000000 or 0x4000004000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0064
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000041-00000000 : CIM/XML HTTP port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the CIM HTTP port number
May also be shown as 4000004100000000 or 0x4000004100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0065

236 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000042-00000000 : CIM/XML HTTPS port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the CIM HTTPS port number
May also be shown as 4000004200000000 or 0x4000004200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0066
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000043-00000000 : SNMP Agent port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the SNMP Agent port number
May also be shown as 4000004300000000 or 0x4000004300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0067
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000044-00000000 : SNMP Traps port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the SNMP Traps port number
May also be shown as 4000004400000000 or 0x4000004400000000

Severity

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 237


Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0068
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000045-00000000 : Syslog port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the Syslog receiver port number
May also be shown as 4000004500000000 or 0x4000004500000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0069
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000046-00000000 : Remote Presence port number changed from [arg1] to [arg2] by user [arg3].
A user has modified the Remote Presence port number
May also be shown as 4000004600000000 or 0x4000004600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none

238 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0070
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000047-00000000 : LED [arg1] state changed to [arg2] by [arg3].


A user has modified the state of an LED
May also be shown as 4000004700000000 or 0x4000004700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0071
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000048-00000000 : Inventory data changed for device [arg1], new device data hash=[arg2], new
master data hash=[arg3] .
Something has caused the physical inventory to change
May also be shown as 4000004800000000 or 0x4000004800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0072
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 239


• 40000049-00000000 : SNMP [arg1] enabled by user [arg2] .
A user enabled SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 or Traps
May also be shown as 4000004900000000 or 0x4000004900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0073
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000004a-00000000 : SNMP [arg1] disabled by user [arg2] .


A user disabled SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 or Traps
May also be shown as 4000004a00000000 or 0x4000004a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0074
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000004b-00000000 : SNMPv1 [arg1] set by user [arg2]: Name=[arg3], AccessType=[arg4],


Address=[arg5], .
A user changed the SNMP community string
May also be shown as 4000004b00000000 or 0x4000004b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable

240 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0075
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000004c-00000000 : LDAP Server configuration set by user [arg1]: SelectionMethod=[arg2],


DomainName=[arg3], Server1=[arg4], Server2=[arg5], Server3=[arg6], Server4=[arg7].
A user changed the LDAP server configuration
May also be shown as 4000004c00000000 or 0x4000004c00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0076
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000004d-00000000 : LDAP set by user [arg1]: RootDN=[arg2], UIDSearchAttribute=[arg3],


BindingMethod=[arg4], EnhancedRBS=[arg5], TargetName=[arg6], GroupFilter=[arg7],
GroupAttribute=[arg8], LoginAttribute=[arg9].
A user configured an LDAP Miscellaneous setting
May also be shown as 4000004d00000000 or 0x4000004d00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 241


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0077
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000004e-00000000 : Serial Redirection set by user [arg1]: Mode=[arg2], BaudRate=[arg3],


StopBits=[arg4], Parity=[arg5], SessionTerminateSequence=[arg6].
A user configured the Serial Port mode
May also be shown as 4000004e00000000 or 0x4000004e00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0078
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000004f-00000000 : Date and Time set by user [arg1]: Date=[arg2], Time-[arg3], DST Auto-adjust=
[arg4], Timezone=[arg5].
A user configured the Date and Time settings
May also be shown as 4000004f00000000 or 0x4000004f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0079
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

242 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 40000050-00000000 : Server General Settings set by user [arg1]: Name=[arg2], Contact=[arg3],
Location=[arg4], Room=[arg5], RackID=[arg6], Rack U-position=[arg7].
A user configured the Location setting
May also be shown as 4000005000000000 or 0x4000005000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0080
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000051-00000000 : Server Power Off Delay set to [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user configured the Server Power Off Delay
May also be shown as 4000005100000000 or 0x4000005100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0081
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000052-00000000 : Server [arg1] scheduled for [arg2] at [arg3] by user [arg4].


A user configured a Server Power action at a specific time
May also be shown as 4000005200000000 or 0x4000005200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 243


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0082
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000053-00000000 : Server [arg1] scheduled for every [arg2] at [arg3] by user [arg4].
A user configured a recurring Server Power Action
May also be shown as 4000005300000000 or 0x4000005300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0083
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000054-00000000 : Server [arg1] [arg2] cleared by user [arg3].


A user cleared a Server Power Action.
May also be shown as 4000005400000000 or 0x4000005400000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

244 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0084
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000055-00000000 : Synchronize time setting by user [arg1]: Mode=[arg2], NTPServerHost=[arg3]:


[arg4],NTPUpdateFrequency=[arg5].
A user configured the Date and Time synchronize settings
May also be shown as 4000005500000000 or 0x4000005500000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0085
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000056-00000000 : SMTP Server set by user [arg1] to [arg2]:[arg3].


A user configured the SMTP server
May also be shown as 4000005600000000 or 0x4000005600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0086
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000057-00000000 : Telnet [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user enables or disables Telnet services

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 245


May also be shown as 4000005700000000 or 0x4000005700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0087
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000058-00000000 : DNS servers set by user [arg1]: UseAdditionalServers=[arg2],


PreferredDNStype=[arg3], IPv4Server1=[arg4], IPv4Server2=[arg5], IPv4Server3=[arg6],
IPv6Server1=[arg7], IPv6Server2=[arg8], IPv6Server3=[arg9].
A user configures the DNS servers
May also be shown as 4000005800000000 or 0x4000005800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0088
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000059-00000000 : LAN over USB [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user configured USB-LAN
May also be shown as 4000005900000000 or 0x4000005900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

246 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0089
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000005a-00000000 : LAN over USB Port Forwarding set by user [arg1]: ExternalPort=[arg2], USB-
LAN port=[arg3].
A user configured USB-LAN port forwarding
May also be shown as 4000005a00000000 or 0x4000005a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0090
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000005b-00000000 : Secure Web services (HTTPS) [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user enables or disables Secure web services
May also be shown as 4000005b00000000 or 0x4000005b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 247


Prefix: IMM ID: 0091
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000005c-00000000 : Secure CIM/XML(HTTPS) [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user enables or disables Secure CIM/XML services
May also be shown as 4000005c00000000 or 0x4000005c00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0092
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000005d-00000000 : Secure LDAP [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user enables or disables Secure LDAP services
May also be shown as 4000005d00000000 or 0x4000005d00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0093
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000005e-00000000 : SSH [arg1] by user [arg2].


A user enables or disables SSH services
May also be shown as 4000005e00000000 or 0x4000005e00000000

248 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0094
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000005f-00000000 : Server timeouts set by user [arg1]: EnableOSWatchdog=[arg2],


OSWatchdogTimout=[arg3], EnableLoaderWatchdog=[arg4], LoaderTimeout=[arg5].
A user configures Server Timeouts
May also be shown as 4000005f00000000 or 0x4000005f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0095
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000060-00000000 : License key for [arg1] added by user [arg2].


A user installs License Key
May also be shown as 4000006000000000 or 0x4000006000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 249


none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0096
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000061-00000000 : License key for [arg1] removed by user [arg2].


A user removes a License Key
May also be shown as 4000006100000000 or 0x4000006100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0097
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000062-00000000 : Global Login General Settings set by user [arg1]: AuthenticationMethod=


[arg2], LockoutPeriod=[arg3], SessionTimeout=[arg4].
A user changes the Global Login General Settings
May also be shown as 4000006200000000 or 0x4000006200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0098
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

250 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 40000063-00000000 : Global Login Account Security set by user [arg1]: PasswordRequired=[arg2],
PasswordExpirationPeriod=[arg3], MinimumPasswordReuseCycle=[arg4],
MinimumPasswordLength=[arg5], MinimumPasswordChangeInterval=[arg6],
MaxmumLoginFailures=[arg7], LockoutAfterMaxFailures=[arg8], MinimumDifferentCharacters=
[arg9], DefaultIDExpired=[arg10], ChangePasswordFirstAccess=[arg11].
A user changes the Global Login Account Security Settings to Legacy
May also be shown as 4000006300000000 or 0x4000006300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0099
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000064-00000000 : User [arg1] created..


A user account was created
May also be shown as 4000006400000000 or 0x4000006400000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0100
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000065-00000000 : User [arg1] removed...


A user account was deleted
May also be shown as 4000006500000000 or 0x4000006500000000

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 251


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0101
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000066-00000000 : User [arg1] password modified..


A user account was changed
May also be shown as 4000006600000000 or 0x4000006600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0102
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000067-00000000 : User [arg1] role set to [arg2].


A user account role assigned
May also be shown as 4000006700000000 or 0x4000006700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none

252 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0103
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000068-00000000 : User [arg1] custom privileges set: [arg2].


User account priveleges assigned
May also be shown as 4000006800000000 or 0x4000006800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0104
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000069-00000000 : User [arg1] for SNMPv3 set: AuthenticationProtocol=[arg2], PrivacyProtocol=


[arg3], AccessType=[arg4], HostforTraps=[arg5].
User account SNMPv3 settings changed
May also be shown as 4000006900000000 or 0x4000006900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0105
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 253


• 4000006a-00000000 : SSH Client key added for user [arg1].
User locally defined an SSH Client key
May also be shown as 4000006a00000000 or 0x4000006a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0106
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000006b-00000000 : SSH Client key imported for user [arg1] from [arg2].
User imported an SSH Client key
May also be shown as 4000006b00000000 or 0x4000006b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0107
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000006c-00000000 : SSH Client key removed from user [arg1].


User removed an SSH Client key
May also be shown as 4000006c00000000 or 0x4000006c00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

254 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0108
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000006d-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1]: Configuration saved to a file by user [arg2].


A user saves a Management Controller configuration to a file.
May also be shown as 4000006d00000000 or 0x4000006d00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0109
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000006e-00000000 : Alert Configuration Global Event Notification set by user [arg1]: RetryLimit=
[arg2], RetryInterval=[arg3], EntryInterval=[arg4].
A user changes the Global Event Notification settings.
May also be shown as 4000006e00000000 or 0x4000006e00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 255


Prefix: IMM ID: 0110
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000006f-00000000 : Alert Recipient Number [arg1] updated: Name=[arg2], DeliveryMethod=[arg3],


Address=[arg4], IncludeLog=[arg5], Enabled=[arg6], EnabledAlerts=[arg7], AllowedFilters=[arg8].
A user adds or updates an Alert Recipient
May also be shown as 4000006f00000000 or 0x4000006f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0111
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000070-00000000 : SNMP Traps enabled by user [arg1]: EnabledAlerts=[arg2], AllowedFilters=


[arg3] .
A user enabled the SNMP Traps configuration
May also be shown as 4000007000000000 or 0x4000007000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0112
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000071-00000000 : The power cap value changed from [arg1] watts to [arg2] watts by user
[arg3].

256 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Power Cap values changed by user
May also be shown as 4000007100000000 or 0x4000007100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0113
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000072-00000000 : The minimum power cap value changed from [arg1] watts to [arg2] watts.
Minimum Power Cap value changed
May also be shown as 4000007200000000 or 0x4000007200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0114
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000073-00000000 : The maximum power cap value changed from [arg1] watts to [arg2] watts.
Maximum Power Cap value changed
May also be shown as 4000007300000000 or 0x4000007300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 257


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0115
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000074-00000000 : The soft minimum power cap value changed from [arg1] watts to [arg2]
watts.
Soft Minimum Power Cap value changed
May also be shown as 4000007400000000 or 0x4000007400000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0116
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000075-00000000 : The measured power value exceeded the power cap value.
Power exceeded cap
May also be shown as 4000007500000000 or 0x4000007500000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Power
SNMP Trap ID
164
CIM Information

258 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Prefix: IMM ID: 0117
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000076-00000000 : The new minimum power cap value exceeded the power cap value.
Minimum Power Cap exceeds Power Cap
May also be shown as 4000007600000000 or 0x4000007600000000

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Power
SNMP Trap ID
164
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0118
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000077-00000000 : Power capping was activated by user [arg1].


Power capping activated by user
May also be shown as 4000007700000000 or 0x4000007700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0119
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000078-00000000 : Power capping was deactivated by user [arg1].


Power capping deactivated by user
May also be shown as 4000007800000000 or 0x4000007800000000

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 259


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0120
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000079-00000000 : Static Power Savings mode has been turned on by user [arg1].
Static Power Savings mode turned on by user
May also be shown as 4000007900000000 or 0x4000007900000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0121
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000007a-00000000 : Static Power Savings mode has been turned off by user [arg1].
Static Power Savings mode turned off by user
May also be shown as 4000007a00000000 or 0x4000007a00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none

260 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0122
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000007b-00000000 : Dynamic Power Savings mode has been turned on by user [arg1].
Dynamic Power Savings mode turned on by user
May also be shown as 4000007b00000000 or 0x4000007b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0123
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000007c-00000000 : Dynamic Power Savings mode has been turned off by user [arg1].
Dynamic Power Savings mode turned off by user
May also be shown as 4000007c00000000 or 0x4000007c00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0124
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000007d-00000000 : Power cap and external throttling occurred.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 261


Power cap and external throttling occurred
May also be shown as 4000007d00000000 or 0x4000007d00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0125
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000007e-00000000 : External throttling occurred .


External throttling occurred
May also be shown as 4000007e00000000 or 0x4000007e00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0126
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 4000007f-00000000 : Power cap throttling occurred.


Power cap throttling occurrred
May also be shown as 4000007f00000000 or 0x4000007f00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

262 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0127
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000080-00000000 : Remote Control session started by user [arg1] in [arg2] mode.


Remote Control session started
May also be shown as 4000008000000000 or 0x4000008000000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0128
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000081-00000000 : PXE boot requested by user [arg1].


PXE boot requested
May also be shown as 4000008100000000 or 0x4000008100000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0129

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 263


User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000082-00000000 : The measured power value has returned below the power cap value.
Power exceeded cap recovered
May also be shown as 4000008200000000 or 0x4000008200000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Power
SNMP Trap ID
164
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0130
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000083-00000000 : The new minimum power cap value has returned below the power cap value.
Minimum Power Cap exceeds Power Cap recovered
May also be shown as 4000008300000000 or 0x4000008300000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Power
SNMP Trap ID
164
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0131
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000084-00000000 : IMM firmware mismatch between nodes [arg1] and [arg2]. Please attempt to
flash the IMM firmware to the same level on all nodes.
A mismatch of IMM firmware has been detected between nodes
May also be shown as 4000008400000000 or 0x4000008400000000

264 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0132
User Response
Attempt to flash the IMM firmware to the same level on all nodes.

• 40000085-00000000 : FPGA firmware mismatch between nodes [arg1] and [arg2]. Please attempt to
flash the FPGA firmware to the same level on all nodes.
A mismatch of FPGA firmware has been detected between nodes
May also be shown as 4000008500000000 or 0x4000008500000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0133
User Response
Attempt to flash the FPGA firmware to the same level on all nodes.

• 40000086-00000000 : Test Call Home Generated by user [arg1].


Test Call Home generated by user.
May also be shown as 4000008600000000 or 0x4000008600000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 265


none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0134
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 40000087-00000000 : Manual Call Home by user [arg1]: [arg2].


Manual Call Home by user.
May also be shown as 4000008700000000 or 0x4000008700000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0135
User Response
IBM Support will address the problem.

• 40000088-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1]: Configuration restoration from a file by user


[arg2] completed..
This message is for the use case where a user restores a Management Controller configuration from a file
and it completes.
May also be shown as 4000008800000000 or 0x4000008800000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
none
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0136
User Response

266 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Information only; no action is required.

• 40000089-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1]: Configuration restoration from a file by user


[arg2] failed to complete..
This message is for the use case where a user restores a Management Controller configuration from a file
and the restoration fails to complete.
May also be shown as 4000008900000000 or 0x4000008900000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0137
User Response
1. Turn off the server and disconnect it from the power source. You must disconnect the server
from ac power to reset the IMM.
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the server to the power source and turn on the server.
3. Retry the operation.

• 4000008a-00000000 : Management Controller [arg1]: Configuration restoration from a file by user


[arg2] failed to start..
This message is for the use case where a user restores a Management Controller configuration from a file
and the restoration fails to start.
May also be shown as 4000008a00000000 or 0x4000008a00000000

Severity
Error
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID
22
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0138
User Response

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 267


1. Turn off the server and disconnect it from the power source. You must disconnect the server
from ac power to reset the IMM.
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the server to the power source and turn on the server.
3. Retry the operation.

• 4000008b-00000000 : One or more of the Storage Management IP addresses has changed..


This message is for the use case where an IP address for the Storage Management has changed
May also be shown as 4000008b00000000 or 0x4000008b00000000

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - IMM Network event
SNMP Trap ID
37
CIM Information
Prefix: IMM ID: 0139
User Response
Information only; no action is required.

• 80010002-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower non-critical)


has asserted. (CMOS Battery)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Non-critical sensor going
low has asserted.
May also be shown as 800100020701ffff or 0x800100020701ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
13
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0476
User Response
Replace the system battery.

• 80010202-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


asserted. (CMOS Battery)

268 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has asserted.
May also be shown as 800102020701ffff or 0x800102020701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
1
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0480
User Response
If the specified sensor is CMOS battery, replace the system battery. If the specified sensor is Planar
3.3V or Planar 5V, (trained technician only) replace the system board. If the specified sensor is Planar
12V, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Remove the failing power supply.
3. Follow actions in "Power Problems and Solving Power Problems".
4. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board. (n = power supply number)

• 80010204-1d01ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


asserted. (Fan 1 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has asserted.
May also be shown as 800102041d01ffff or 0x800102041d01ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0480
User Response
1. Reseat the failing fan n, which is indicated by a lit LED near the fan connector on the system
board.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 269


2. Replace the failing fan. (n = fan number)

• 80010204-1d02ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


asserted. (Fan 2 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has asserted.
May also be shown as 800102041d02ffff or 0x800102041d02ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0480
User Response
1. Reseat the failing fan n, which is indicated by a lit LED near the fan connector on the system
board.
2. Replace the failing fan. (n = fan number)

• 80010204-1d03ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


asserted. (Fan 3 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has asserted.
May also be shown as 800102041d03ffff or 0x800102041d03ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0480
User Response
1. Reseat the failing fan n, which is indicated by a lit LED near the fan connector on the system
board.

270 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. Replace the failing fan. (n = fan number)

• 80010204-1d04ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


asserted. (Fan 4 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has asserted.
May also be shown as 800102041d04ffff or 0x800102041d04ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0480
User Response
1. Reseat the failing fan n, which is indicated by a lit LED near the fan connector on the system
board.
2. Replace the failing fan. (n = fan number)

• 80010701-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper non-critical)


has asserted. (Ambient Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Non-critical sensor
going high has asserted.
May also be shown as 800107010701ffff or 0x800107010701ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
12
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0490
User Response

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 271


1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Server
Features and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace system board.

• 80010901-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper critical) has


asserted. (Ambient Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Critical sensor going
high has asserted.
May also be shown as 800109010701ffff or 0x800109010701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0494
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Server
Features and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace system board.

• 80010902-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper critical) has


asserted.
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Critical sensor going
high has asserted.
May also be shown as 800109020701ffff or 0x800109020701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes

272 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alert Category
Critical - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
1
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0494
User Response
If the specified sensor is Planar 3.3V or Planar 5V, (Trained technician only) replace the system board.
If the specified sensor is Planar 12V, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Remove the failing power supply.
3. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board. (n = power supply number)

• 80010b01-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper non-


recoverable) has asserted. (Ambient Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Non-recoverable sensor
going high has asserted.
May also be shown as 80010b010701ffff or 0x80010b010701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0498
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Server
Features and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace system board.

• 80030006-2101ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has deasserted. (Sig Verify Fail)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor has deasserted.
May also be shown as 800300062101ffff or 0x800300062101ffff

Severity
Info

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 273


Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0509
User Response
No action; information only.

• 80030012-2301ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has deasserted. (OS RealTime Mod)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor has deasserted.
May also be shown as 800300122301ffff or 0x800300122301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0509
User Response
No action; information only.

• 8007010f-2201ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned from normal to non-critical


state. (GPT Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to non-
critical from normal.
May also be shown as 8007010f2201ffff or 0x8007010f2201ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Other

274 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID
60
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0520
User Response
1. Check the IBM support site for service bulletins or firmware updates that apply to this GPT error.
2. Set the UEFI setting DISK GPT Recovery to Automatic.
3. Replace the corrupt disk.

• 80070201-0301ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (CPU 1 OverTemp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702010301ffff or 0x800702010301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Features
and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 80070201-2001ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (DIMM 1 Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702012001ffff or 0x800702012001ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 275


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Features
and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 80070201-2002ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (DIMM 2 Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702012002ffff or 0x800702012002ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Features
and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 80070201-2003ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (DIMM 3 Temp)

276 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702012003ffff or 0x800702012003ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Features
and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 80070201-2004ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (DIMM 4 Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702012004ffff or 0x800702012004ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 277


1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Features
and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 80070202-0701ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (SysBrd Vol Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702020701ffff or 0x800702020701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
1
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Check the system-event log.
2. Check for an error LED on the system board.
3. Replace any failing device.
4. Check for a server firmware update. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code
levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.
5. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 80070204-0a01ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (PS 1 Fan Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702040a01ffff or 0x800702040a01ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support

278 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that there are no obstructions, such as bundled cables, to the airflow from the power-
supply fan.
2. Replace power supply n. (n = power supply number)

• 80070204-0a02ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (PS 2 Fan Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702040a02ffff or 0x800702040a02ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that there are no obstructions, such as bundled cables, to the airflow from the power-
supply fan.
2. Replace power supply n. (n = power supply number)

• 80070208-0a01ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (PS 1 Therm Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702080a01ffff or 0x800702080a01ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 279


No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that there are no obstructions, such as bundled cables, to the airflow from the power-
supply fan.
2. Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to ensure current system power consumption is under
limitation. For more information and to download the utility, go to http://www-03.ibm.com/
systems/bladecenter/resources/powerconfig.html.
3. Replace power supply n. (n = power supply number)

• 80070208-0a02ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (PS 2 Therm Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702080a02ffff or 0x800702080a02ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Make sure that there are no obstructions, such as bundled cables, to the airflow from the power-
supply fan.
2. Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to ensure current system power consumption is under
limitation. For more information and to download the utility, go to http://www-03.ibm.com/
systems/bladecenter/resources/powerconfig.html.
3. Replace power supply n. (n = power supply number)

• 80070219-0701ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to critical from a less severe


state. (SysBrd Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to critical
from less severe.
May also be shown as 800702190701ffff or 0x800702190701ffff

280 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0522
User Response
1. Check for an error LED on the system board.
2. Check the system-event log.
3. Check for the system firmware version and update to the latest version. Important: Some cluster
solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a
cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.
4. Unplug and restore AC power cord, then, perform step 1 and 2 again.
5. If problems still occurred, (trained technician only) replace the system board.

• 80070301-0301ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to non-recoverable from a less


severe state. (CPU 1 OverTemp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to non-
recoverable from less severe.
May also be shown as 800703010301ffff or 0x800703010301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0524
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 281


2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications (see Server
Features and specifications for more information).
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 80070608-0a01ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to non-recoverable.


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to non-
recoverable.
May also be shown as 800706080a01ffff or 0x800706080a01ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0530
User Response
If the specified sensor is PS n 12V OC Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption. For
more information and to download the utility, go to http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/
bladecenter/resources/powerconfig.html.
2. Follow actions in "Power Problems and Solving Power Problems".
If the specified sensor is PS n 12V OV Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Remove the failing power supply.
3. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board. (n = power supply number)
If the specified sensor is PS n 12V UV Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Remove the failing power supply.
3. Follow actions in "Power Problems and Solving Power Problems".
4. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board. (n = power supply number)
If the specified sensor is PS n 12Vaux Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Replace power supply n. (n = power supply number)

• 80070608-0a02ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to non-recoverable.


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transitioned to non-
recoverable.

282 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


May also be shown as 800706080a02ffff or 0x800706080a02ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0530
User Response
If the specified sensor is PS n 12V OC Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption. For
more information and to download the utility, go to http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/
bladecenter/resources/powerconfig.html.
2. Follow actions in "Power Problems and Solving Power Problems".
If the specified sensor is PS n 12V OV Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Remove the failing power supply.
3. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board. (n = power supply number)
If the specified sensor is PS n 12V UV Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Remove the failing power supply.
3. Follow actions in "Power Problems and Solving Power Problems".
4. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board. (n = power supply number)
If the specified sensor is PS n 12Vaux Fault, complete the following steps until the problem is solved:
1. Check power supply n LED.
2. Replace power supply n. (n = power supply number)

• 80080128-2101ffff : Device [LogicalDeviceElementName] has been added. (Low Security Jmp)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Device was inserted.
May also be shown as 800801282101ffff or 0x800801282101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 283


System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0536
User Response
No action; information only.

• 800b0108-1301ffff : Redundancy Lost for [RedundancySetElementName] has asserted. (Power


Unit)
This message is for the use case when Redundancy Lost has asserted.
May also be shown as 800b01081301ffff or 0x800b01081301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Redundant Power Supply
SNMP Trap ID
9
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0802
User Response
1. Check the LEDs for both power supplies.
2. Follow the actions in Power-supply LEDs.

• 806f0007-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has Failed with IERR. (CPU 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor Failed - IERR
Condition.
May also be shown as 806f00070301ffff or 0x806f00070301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information

284 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Prefix: PLAT ID: 0042
User Response
1. Update the latest level of system firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and
standard devices, such as UEFI, IMM Ethernet,and SAS. Important: Some cluster solutions
require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster
solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update
the code.
2. Run the DSA program.
3. Reseat the adapter.
4. Replace the adapter.
5. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f0008-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been added to container


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Power Supply 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply has been added.
May also be shown as 806f00080a01ffff or 0x806f00080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0084
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0008-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been added to container


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Power Supply 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply has been added.
May also be shown as 806f00080a02ffff or 0x806f00080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 285


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0084
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0009-1301ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been turned off. (Host Power)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Unit that has been
Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f00091301ffff or 0x806f00091301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Power Off
SNMP Trap ID
23
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0106
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f000d-0400ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been added. (Drive 0)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Added.
May also be shown as 806f000d0400ffff or 0x806f000d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0162
User Response
No action; information only.

286 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 806f000d-0401ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been added. (Drive 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Added.
May also be shown as 806f000d0401ffff or 0x806f000d0401ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0162
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f000d-0402ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been added. (Drive 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Added.
May also be shown as 806f000d0402ffff or 0x806f000d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0162
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f000d-0403ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been added. (Drive 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Added.
May also be shown as 806f000d0403ffff or 0x806f000d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 287


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0162
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f000f-220101ff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] has detected no memory in the


system. (ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that memory was detected in the
system.
May also be shown as 806f000f220101ff or 0x806f000f220101ff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0794
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-220102ff : Subsystem [MemoryElementName] has insufficient memory for operation.


(ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the usable Memory is
insufficient for operation.
May also be shown as 806f000f220102ff or 0x806f000f220102ff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

288 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0132
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-220103ff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] encountered firmware error -


unrecoverable boot device failure. (ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that System Firmware Error
Unrecoverable boot device failure has occurred.
May also be shown as 806f000f220103ff or 0x806f000f220103ff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0770
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-220104ff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName]has encountered a motherboard


failure. (ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that a fatal motherboard failure in
the system.
May also be shown as 806f000f220104ff or 0x806f000f220104ff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 289


SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0795
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-220107ff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] encountered firmware error -


unrecoverable keyboard failure. (ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that System Firmware Error
Unrecoverable Keyboard failure has occurred.
May also be shown as 806f000f220107ff or 0x806f000f220107ff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0764
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-22010aff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] encountered firmware error - no


video device detected. (ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that System Firmware Error No
video device detected has occurred.
May also be shown as 806f000f22010aff or 0x806f000f22010aff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID

290 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0766
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-22010bff : Firmware BIOS (ROM) corruption was detected on system


[ComputerSystemElementName] during POST. (ABR Status)
Firmware BIOS (ROM) corruption was detected on the system during POST.
May also be shown as 806f000f22010bff or 0x806f000f22010bff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0850
User Response
1. Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start (see Power-supply LEDs).
2. Recover the server firmware from the backup page: a.Restart the server. b.At the prompt, press
F3 to recover the firmware.
3. Update the server firmware to the latest level (see Updating the firmware). Important: Some
cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of
a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before
you update the code.
4. Remove components one at a time, restarting the server each time, to see if the problem goes
away.
5. If the problem remains, (trained service technician) replace the system board.
Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-22010cff : CPU voltage mismatch detected on [ProcessorElementName]. (ABR Status)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a CPU voltage mismatch with the
socket voltage.
May also be shown as 806f000f22010cff or 0x806f000f22010cff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 291


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0050
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f000f-2201ffff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] encountered a POST Error. (ABR


Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Post Error.
May also be shown as 806f000f2201ffff or 0x806f000f2201ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0184
User Response
This is a UEFI detected event. The UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged
IMM message text. Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the "UEFI diagnostic code" section of
the Info Center for the appropriate user response. Firmware Error :

• 806f0013-1701ffff : A diagnostic interrupt has occurred on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (NMI State)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Front Panel NMI / Diagnostic
Interrupt.
May also be shown as 806f00131701ffff or 0x806f00131701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No

292 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0222
User Response
If the NMI button has not been pressed, complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the NMI button is not pressed.
2. Replace the operator information panel cable.
3. Replace the operator information panel.

• 806f0021-2582ffff : Fault in slot [PhysicalConnectorSystemElementName] on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (All PCI Error)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Fault in a slot.
May also be shown as 806f00212582ffff or 0x806f00212582ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0330
User Response
1. Check the PCI LED.
2. Reseat the affected adapters and riser card.
3. Update the server firmware (UEFI and IMM) and adapter firmware. Important: Some cluster
solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a
cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.
4. Replace the affected adapters.
5. Replace the riser card.
6. (Trained service technicians only) Replace the system board.
One of PCI Error :

• 806f0021-3001ffff : Fault in slot [PhysicalConnectorSystemElementName] on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCI 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Fault in a slot.
May also be shown as 806f00213001ffff or 0x806f00213001ffff

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 293


Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0330
User Response
1. Check the PCI LED.
2. Reseat the affected adapters and riser card.
3. Update the server firmware (UEFI and IMM) and adapter firmware. Important: Some cluster
solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a
cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.
4. Replace the affected adapters.
5. Replace the riser card.
6. (Trained service technicians only) Replace the system board.
PCI 2 :

• 806f0023-2101ffff : Watchdog Timer expired for [WatchdogElementName]. (Watchdog)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Watchdog Timer Expired.
May also be shown as 806f00232101ffff or 0x806f00232101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0368
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0107-0301ffff : An Over-Temperature Condition has been detected on


[ProcessorElementName]. (CPU 1)

294 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Over-Temperature Condition
Detected for Processor.
May also be shown as 806f01070301ffff or 0x806f01070301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0036
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating. There are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear of
the server), the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and the server cover is installed and
completely closed.
2. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
3. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 806f0108-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has Failed. (Power Supply 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply has failed.
May also be shown as 806f01080a01ffff or 0x806f01080a01ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0086
User Response
1. Reseat power supply n.
2. If the power-on LED is not lit and the power-supply error LED is lit, replace power supply n.
3. If both the power-on LED and the power-supply error LED are not lit, see Power problems for
more information. (n = power supply number)

• 806f0108-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has Failed. (Power Supply 2)

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 295


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply has failed.
May also be shown as 806f01080a02ffff or 0x806f01080a02ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0086
User Response
1. Reseat power supply n.
2. If the power-on LED is not lit and the power-supply error LED is lit, replace power supply n.
3. If both the power-on LED and the power-supply error LED are not lit, see Power problems for
more information. (n = power supply number)

• 806f0109-1301ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been Power Cycled. (Host Power)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Unit that has been power
cycled.
May also be shown as 806f01091301ffff or 0x806f01091301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0108
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f010c-2001ffff : Uncorrectable error detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error.
May also be shown as 806f010c2001ffff or 0x806f010c2001ffff

296 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0138
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f010c-2002ffff : Uncorrectable error detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error.
May also be shown as 806f010c2002ffff or 0x806f010c2002ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0138

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 297


User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f010c-2003ffff : Uncorrectable error detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error.
May also be shown as 806f010c2003ffff or 0x806f010c2003ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0138
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

298 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f010c-2004ffff : Uncorrectable error detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error.
May also be shown as 806f010c2004ffff or 0x806f010c2004ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0138
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f010c-2581ffff : Uncorrectable error detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error.
May also be shown as 806f010c2581ffff or 0x806f010c2581ffff

Severity
Error

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 299


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0138
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
One of the DIMMs :

• 806f010d-0400ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been disabled due to a detected


fault. (Drive 0)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Disabled due to fault.
May also be shown as 806f010d0400ffff or 0x806f010d0400ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0164

300 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f010d-0401ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been disabled due to a detected


fault. (Drive 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Disabled due to fault.
May also be shown as 806f010d0401ffff or 0x806f010d0401ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0164
User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f010d-0402ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been disabled due to a detected


fault. (Drive 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Disabled due to fault.
May also be shown as 806f010d0402ffff or 0x806f010d0402ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 301


SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0164
User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f010d-0403ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been disabled due to a detected


fault. (Drive 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Disabled due to fault.
May also be shown as 806f010d0403ffff or 0x806f010d0403ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0164
User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f010f-2201ffff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] encountered a firmware hang.


(Firmware Error)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a System Firmware Hang.
May also be shown as 806f010f2201ffff or 0x806f010f2201ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes

302 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Boot failure
SNMP Trap ID
25
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0186
User Response
1. Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start (see Power-supply LEDs).
2. Update the server firmware on the primary page. Important: Some cluster solutions require
specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify
that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.
3. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f0123-2101ffff : Reboot of system [ComputerSystemElementName] initiated by


[WatchdogElementName]. (Watchdog)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Reboot by a Watchdog
occurred.
May also be shown as 806f01232101ffff or 0x806f01232101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0370
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0125-1d01ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as absent. (Fan 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is Absent.
May also be shown as 806f01251d01ffff or 0x806f01251d01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 303


Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0392
User Response
Please ensure the PCI riser 1 has been installed correctly.

• 806f0125-1d02ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as absent. (Fan 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is Absent.
May also be shown as 806f01251d02ffff or 0x806f01251d02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0392
User Response
Please ensure the PCI riser 1 has been installed correctly.

• 806f0125-1d03ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as absent. (Fan 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is Absent.
May also be shown as 806f01251d03ffff or 0x806f01251d03ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0392
User Response
Please ensure the PCI riser 1 has been installed correctly.

304 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 806f0125-1d04ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as absent. (Fan 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is Absent.
May also be shown as 806f01251d04ffff or 0x806f01251d04ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0392
User Response
Please ensure the PCI riser 1 has been installed correctly.

• 806f0207-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has Failed with FRB1/BIST condition. (CPU 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor Failed - FRB1/BIST
condition.
May also be shown as 806f02070301ffff or 0x806f02070301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0044
User Response
1. Update the latest level of system firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and
standard devices, such as UEFI, IMM Ethernet,and SAS. Important: Some cluster solutions
require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster
solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update
the code.
2. Run the DSA program.
3. Reseat the adapter.
4. Replace the adapter.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 305


5. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f020d-0400ffff : Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 0)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is Predicted.
May also be shown as 806f020d0400ffff or 0x806f020d0400ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0168
User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f020d-0401ffff : Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is Predicted.
May also be shown as 806f020d0401ffff or 0x806f020d0401ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0168
User Response

306 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f020d-0402ffff : Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is Predicted.
May also be shown as 806f020d0402ffff or 0x806f020d0402ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0168
User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f020d-0403ffff : Failure Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is Predicted.
May also be shown as 806f020d0403ffff or 0x806f020d0403ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 307


27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0168
User Response
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n.
2. Reseat the following components: a. Hard disk drive (wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive) b. Cable from the system board to the backplane
3. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restarting the server each
time: a. Hard disk drive b. Cable from the system board to the backplane c. Hard disk drive
backplane (n = hard disk drive number)

• 806f0223-2101ffff : Powering off system [ComputerSystemElementName] initiated by


[WatchdogElementName]. (Watchdog)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Poweroff by Watchdog has
occurred.
May also be shown as 806f02232101ffff or 0x806f02232101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0372
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0308-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has lost input. (Power Supply 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply that has input
that has been lost.
May also be shown as 806f03080a01ffff or 0x806f03080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

308 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0100
User Response
1. Reconnect the power cords.
2. Check power supply n LED.
3. See Power-supply LEDs for more information. (n = power supply number)

• 806f0308-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has lost input. (Power Supply 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply that has input
that has been lost.
May also be shown as 806f03080a02ffff or 0x806f03080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0100
User Response
1. Reconnect the power cords.
2. Check power supply n LED.
3. See Power-supply LEDs for more information. (n = power supply number)

• 806f030c-2001ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure.
May also be shown as 806f030c2001ffff or 0x806f030c2001ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 309


CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0136
User Response
Note: Each time you install or remove a DIMM, you must disconnect the server from the power
source; then, wait 10 seconds before restarting the server.
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs.
3. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
4. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
5. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
6. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
7. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f030c-2002ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure.
May also be shown as 806f030c2002ffff or 0x806f030c2002ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0136
User Response
Note: Each time you install or remove a DIMM, you must disconnect the server from the power
source; then, wait 10 seconds before restarting the server.
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs.
3. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
4. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.

310 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


5. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
6. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
7. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f030c-2003ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure.
May also be shown as 806f030c2003ffff or 0x806f030c2003ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0136
User Response
Note: Each time you install or remove a DIMM, you must disconnect the server from the power
source; then, wait 10 seconds before restarting the server.
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs.
3. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
4. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
5. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
6. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
7. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f030c-2004ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure.
May also be shown as 806f030c2004ffff or 0x806f030c2004ffff

Severity
Error

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 311


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0136
User Response
Note: Each time you install or remove a DIMM, you must disconnect the server from the power
source; then, wait 10 seconds before restarting the server.
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs.
3. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
4. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
5. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
6. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
7. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f0313-1701ffff : A software NMI has occurred on system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (NMI


State)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Software NMI.
May also be shown as 806f03131701ffff or 0x806f03131701ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0228
User Response
1. Check the device driver.

312 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. Reinstall the device driver.
3. Update all device drivers to the latest level.
4. Update the firmware (UEFI and IMM).

• 806f0323-2101ffff : Power cycle of system [ComputerSystemElementName] initiated by watchdog


[WatchdogElementName]. (Watchdog)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Cycle by Watchdog
occurred.
May also be shown as 806f03232101ffff or 0x806f03232101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0374
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f040c-2001ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Disabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f040c2001ffff or 0x806f040c2001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0131
User Response
1. Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly.
2. If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault (memory uncorrectable error or memory
logging limit reached), follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 313


3. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory event. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED
is lit, you can re-enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).

• 806f040c-2002ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Disabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f040c2002ffff or 0x806f040c2002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0131
User Response
1. Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly.
2. If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault (memory uncorrectable error or memory
logging limit reached), follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server.
3. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory event. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED
is lit, you can re-enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).

• 806f040c-2003ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Disabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f040c2003ffff or 0x806f040c2003ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0131

314 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
1. Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly.
2. If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault (memory uncorrectable error or memory
logging limit reached), follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server.
3. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory event. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED
is lit, you can re-enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).

• 806f040c-2004ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Disabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f040c2004ffff or 0x806f040c2004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0131
User Response
1. Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly.
2. If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault (memory uncorrectable error or memory
logging limit reached), follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server.
3. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory event. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED
is lit, you can re-enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).

• 806f040c-2581ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Disabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f040c2581ffff or 0x806f040c2581ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 315


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0131
User Response
1. Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly.
2. If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault (memory uncorrectable error or memory
logging limit reached), follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server.
3. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory event. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED
is lit, you can re-enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
One of the DIMMs :

• 806f0413-2582ffff : A PCI PERR has occurred on system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCIs)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a PCI PERR.
May also be shown as 806f04132582ffff or 0x806f04132582ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0232
User Response
1. Check the PCI LED.
2. Reseat the affected adapters and riser cards.
3. Update the server firmware (UEFI and IMM) and adapter firmware. Important: Some cluster
solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a
cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.
4. Remove both adapters.
5. Replace the PCIe adapters.
6. Replace the riser card.

• 806f0507-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has a Configuration Mismatch. (CPU 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor Configuration
Mismatch has occurred.
May also be shown as 806f05070301ffff or 0x806f05070301ffff

Severity

316 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0062
User Response
1. Check the CPU LED. See more information about the CPU LED in Light path diagnostics.
2. Check for a server firmware update. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code
levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.
3. Make sure that the installed microprocessors are compatible with each other.
4. (Trained technician only) Reseat microprocessor n.
5. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 806f050c-2001ffff : Memory Logging Limit Reached for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Reached.
May also be shown as 806f050c2001ffff or 0x806f050c2001ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0144
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 317


4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f050c-2002ffff : Memory Logging Limit Reached for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Reached.
May also be shown as 806f050c2002ffff or 0x806f050c2002ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0144
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

318 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 806f050c-2003ffff : Memory Logging Limit Reached for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on
Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Reached.
May also be shown as 806f050c2003ffff or 0x806f050c2003ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0144
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f050c-2004ffff : Memory Logging Limit Reached for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Reached.
May also be shown as 806f050c2004ffff or 0x806f050c2004ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 319


Yes
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0144
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.
2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.

• 806f050c-2581ffff : Memory Logging Limit Reached for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Reached.
May also be shown as 806f050c2581ffff or 0x806f050c2581ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0144
User Response
1. Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to
this memory error.

320 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. Swap the affected DIMMs (as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs)
to a different memory channel or microprocessor.
3. If the problem follows the DIMM, replace the failing DIMM.
4. (Trained technician only) If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector, check the DIMM
connector. If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged, replace the system
board.
5. (Trained technician only) Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor
socket pins for any damaged pins. If a damage is found, replace the system board.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
7. Manually re-enable all affected DIMMs if the server firmware version is older than UEFI v1.10. If
the server firmware version is UEFI v1.10 or newer, disconnect and reconnect the server to the
power source and restart the server.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the affected microprocessor.
One of the DIMMs :

• 806f050d-0400ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] is in critical condition. (Drive 0)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array is Critical.
May also be shown as 806f050d0400ffff or 0x806f050d0400ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0174
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Check backplane cable connection.
5. Replace the RAID adapter.
6. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f050d-0401ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] is in critical condition. (Drive 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array is Critical.
May also be shown as 806f050d0401ffff or 0x806f050d0401ffff

Severity
Error

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 321


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0174
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Check backplane cable connection.
5. Replace the RAID adapter.
6. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f050d-0402ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] is in critical condition. (Drive 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array is Critical.
May also be shown as 806f050d0402ffff or 0x806f050d0402ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0174
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Check backplane cable connection.
5. Replace the RAID adapter.
6. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f050d-0403ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] is in critical condition. (Drive 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array is Critical.

322 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


May also be shown as 806f050d0403ffff or 0x806f050d0403ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0174
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Check backplane cable connection.
5. Replace the RAID adapter.
6. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f0513-2582ffff : A PCI SERR has occurred on system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCIs)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a PCI SERR.
May also be shown as 806f05132582ffff or 0x806f05132582ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0234
User Response
1. Check the PCI LED.
2. Reseat the affected adapters and riser card.
3. Update the server firmware (UEFI and IMM) and adapter firmware. Important: Some cluster
solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a
cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you
update the code.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 323


4. Make sure that the adapter is supported. For a list of supported optional devices, see http://
www.ibm.com/systems/info/x86servers/serverproven/compat/us/.
5. Remove both adapters.
6. Replace the PCIe adapters.
7. Replace the riser card.

• 806f052b-2101ffff : Invalid or Unsupported firmware or software was detected on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (IMM2 FW Failover)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Invalid/Unsupported Firmware/
Software Version.
May also be shown as 806f052b2101ffff or 0x806f052b2101ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0446
User Response
1. Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start (see Power-supply LEDs).
2. Recover the server firmware from the backup page by restarting the server.
3. Update the server firmware to the latest level (see Updating the firmware). Important: Some
cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of
a cluster solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before
you update the code.
4. Remove components one at a time, restarting the server each time, to see if the problem goes
away.
5. If the problem remains, (trained service technician) replace the system board.

• 806f0607-0301ffff : An SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU complex error for [ProcessorElementName]


has asserted. (CPU 1)
This message is for the use case when an SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU complex error has asserted.
May also be shown as 806f06070301ffff or 0x806f06070301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No

324 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0816
User Response
1. Update the latest level of system firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and
standard devices, such as UEFI, IMM Ethernet,and SAS. Important: Some cluster solutions
require specific code levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster
solution, verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update
the code.
2. Run the DSA program.
3. Reseat the adapter.
4. Replace the adapter.
5. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f0608-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has a Configuration Mismatch. (Power Supply 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply with a
Configuration Error.
May also be shown as 806f06080a01ffff or 0x806f06080a01ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0104
User Response
1. Make sure that the power supplies installed are with the same rating or wattage.
2. Reinstall the power supplies with the same rating or wattage.

• 806f0608-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has a Configuration Mismatch. (Power Supply 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply with a
Configuration Error.
May also be shown as 806f06080a02ffff or 0x806f06080a02ffff

Severity
Error

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 325


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0104
User Response
1. Make sure that the power supplies installed are with the same rating or wattage.
2. Reinstall the power supplies with the same rating or wattage.

• 806f060d-0400ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive 0)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Failed.
May also be shown as 806f060d0400ffff or 0x806f060d0400ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0176
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Replace the RAID adapter.
5. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f060d-0401ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Failed.
May also be shown as 806f060d0401ffff or 0x806f060d0401ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes

326 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0176
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Replace the RAID adapter.
5. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f060d-0402ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Failed.
May also be shown as 806f060d0402ffff or 0x806f060d0402ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0176
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Replace the RAID adapter.
5. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f060d-0403ffff : Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has failed. (Drive 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Failed.
May also be shown as 806f060d0403ffff or 0x806f060d0403ffff

Severity
Error

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 327


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0176
User Response
1. Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware are at the latest level.
2. Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly.
3. Replace the SAS cable.
4. Replace the RAID adapter.
5. Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED.

• 806f070c-2001ffff : Configuration Error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has been corrected.
May also be shown as 806f070c2001ffff or 0x806f070c2001ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0126
User Response
Make sure that DIMMs are installed and following the memory population chart in the system
publication.

• 806f070c-2002ffff : Configuration Error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has been corrected.
May also be shown as 806f070c2002ffff or 0x806f070c2002ffff

Severity

328 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0126
User Response
Make sure that DIMMs are installed and following the memory population chart in the system
publication.

• 806f070c-2003ffff : Configuration Error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has been corrected.
May also be shown as 806f070c2003ffff or 0x806f070c2003ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0126
User Response
Make sure that DIMMs are installed and following the memory population chart in the system
publication.

• 806f070c-2004ffff : Configuration Error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has been corrected.
May also be shown as 806f070c2004ffff or 0x806f070c2004ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 329


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0126
User Response
Make sure that DIMMs are installed and following the memory population chart in the system
publication.

• 806f070c-2581ffff : Configuration Error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has been corrected.
May also be shown as 806f070c2581ffff or 0x806f070c2581ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0126
User Response
Make sure that DIMMs are installed and following the memory population chart in the system
publication. One of the DIMMs :

• 806f070d-0400ffff : Rebuild in progress for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


0)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild is in
Progress.
May also be shown as 806f070d0400ffff or 0x806f070d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

330 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0178
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f070d-0401ffff : Rebuild in progress for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild is in
Progress.
May also be shown as 806f070d0401ffff or 0x806f070d0401ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0178
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f070d-0402ffff : Rebuild in progress for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild is in
Progress.
May also be shown as 806f070d0402ffff or 0x806f070d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 331


Prefix: PLAT ID: 0178
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f070d-0403ffff : Rebuild in progress for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild is in
Progress.
May also be shown as 806f070d0403ffff or 0x806f070d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0178
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0807-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has been Disabled. (CPU 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor has been Disabled.
May also be shown as 806f08070301ffff or 0x806f08070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0061
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0813-0301ffff : A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (CPUs)

332 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Bus Uncorrectable Error.
May also be shown as 806f08130301ffff or 0x806f08130301ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0240
User Response
1. Check the system-event log.
2. (Trained technician only) Remove the failing microprocessor from the system board (see
Removing a microprocessor and heat sink).
3. Check for a server firmware update. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code
levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f0813-2581ffff : A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (DIMMs)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Bus Uncorrectable Error.
May also be shown as 806f08132581ffff or 0x806f08132581ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0240
User Response
1. Check the system-event log.
2. Check the DIMM error LEDs.
3. Remove the failing DIMM from the system board.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 333


4. Check for a server firmware update. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code
levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.
5. Make sure that the installed DIMMs are supported and configured correctly.
6. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f0813-2582ffff : A Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCIs)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Bus Uncorrectable Error.
May also be shown as 806f08132582ffff or 0x806f08132582ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
Yes
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0240
User Response
1. Check the system-event log.
2. Check the PCI LED.
3. Remove the adapter from the indicated PCI slot.
4. Check for a server firmware update. Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code
levels or coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code.
5. (Trained technician only) Replace the system board.

• 806f0823-2101ffff : Watchdog Timer interrupt occurred for [WatchdogElementName]. (Watchdog)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Watchdog Timer interrupt
occurred.
May also be shown as 806f08232101ffff or 0x806f08232101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

334 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0376
User Response
No action; information only.

• 806f0a07-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] is operating in a Degraded State. (CPU 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor is running in the
Degraded state.
May also be shown as 806f0a070301ffff or 0x806f0a070301ffff

Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
42
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0038
User Response
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no obstructions to the airflow (front and rear
of the server), that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed, and that the server cover is
installed and completely closed.
2. Check the ambient temperature. You must be operating within the specifications.
3. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed correctly.
4. (Trained technician only) Replace microprocessor n. (n = microprocessor number)

• 81010002-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower non-critical)


has deasserted. (CMOS Battery)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Non-critical sensor going
low has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810100020701ffff or 0x810100020701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 335


13
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0477
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81010202-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


deasserted. (CMOS Battery)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810102020701ffff or 0x810102020701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
1
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0481
User Response
No action; information only. SysBrd 12V : SysBrd 3.3V : SysBrd 5V :

• 81010204-1d01ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


deasserted. (Fan 1 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810102041d01ffff or 0x810102041d01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0481
User Response

336 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No action; information only.

• 81010204-1d02ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


deasserted. (Fan 2 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810102041d02ffff or 0x810102041d02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0481
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81010204-1d03ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


deasserted. (Fan 3 Tach)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810102041d03ffff or 0x810102041d03ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0481
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81010204-1d04ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going low (lower critical) has


deasserted. (Fan 4 Tach)

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 337


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Lower Critical sensor going low
has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810102041d04ffff or 0x810102041d04ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0481
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81010701-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper non-critical)


has deasserted. (Ambient Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Non-critical sensor
going high has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810107010701ffff or 0x810107010701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
12
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0491
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81010901-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper critical) has


deasserted. (Ambient Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Critical sensor going
high has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810109010701ffff or 0x810109010701ffff

338 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0495
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81010902-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper critical) has


deasserted. (SysBrd 12V)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Critical sensor going
high has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810109020701ffff or 0x810109020701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
1
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0495
User Response
No action; information only. SysBrd 3.3V : SysBrd 5V :

• 81010b01-0701ffff : Numeric sensor [NumericSensorElementName] going high (upper non-


recoverable) has deasserted. (Ambient Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Upper Non-recoverable sensor
going high has deasserted.
May also be shown as 81010b010701ffff or 0x81010b010701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 339


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0499
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81030006-2101ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has asserted. (Sig Verify Fail)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor has asserted.
May also be shown as 810300062101ffff or 0x810300062101ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0508
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81030012-2301ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has asserted. (OS RealTime Mod)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor has asserted.
May also be shown as 810300122301ffff or 0x810300122301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0508

340 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
No action; information only.

• 8107010f-2201ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has deasserted the transition from normal to


non-critical state. (GPT Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that a Sensor has deasserted a
transition to non-critical from normal.
May also be shown as 8107010f2201ffff or 0x8107010f2201ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Other
SNMP Trap ID
60
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0521
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070201-0301ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (CPU 1 OverTemp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702010301ffff or 0x810702010301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070201-2001ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (DIMM 1 Temp)

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 341


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702012001ffff or 0x810702012001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070201-2002ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (DIMM 2 Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702012002ffff or 0x810702012002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070201-2003ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (DIMM 3 Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702012003ffff or 0x810702012003ffff

342 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070201-2004ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (DIMM 4 Temp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702012004ffff or 0x810702012004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070202-0701ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (SysBrd Vol Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702020701ffff or 0x810702020701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 343


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Voltage
SNMP Trap ID
1
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070204-0a01ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (PS 1 Fan Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702040a01ffff or 0x810702040a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure
SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070204-0a02ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (PS 2 Fan Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702040a02ffff or 0x810702040a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Fan Failure

344 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID
11
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070208-0a01ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (PS 1 Therm Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702080a01ffff or 0x810702080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070208-0a02ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (PS 2 Therm Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702080a02ffff or 0x810702080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 345


User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070219-0701ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has transitioned to a less severe state from


critical. (SysBrd Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Sensor transition to less severe
from critical.
May also be shown as 810702190701ffff or 0x810702190701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0523
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070301-0301ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has deasserted the transition to non-


recoverable from a less severe state. (CPU 1 OverTemp)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Sensor transition to non-
recoverable from less severe has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810703010301ffff or 0x810703010301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0525
User Response
No action; information only.

• 81070608-0a01ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has deasserted the transition to non-


recoverable. (PS 1 VCO Fault)

346 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Sensor transition to non-
recoverable has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810706080a01ffff or 0x810706080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0531
User Response
No action; information only. PS1 12V OC Fault : PS1 12V OV Fault : PS1 12V UV Fault :

• 81070608-0a02ffff : Sensor [SensorElementName] has deasserted the transition to non-


recoverable. (PS 2 VCO Fault)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Sensor transition to non-
recoverable has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810706080a02ffff or 0x810706080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0531
User Response
No action; information only. PS2 12V OC Fault : PS2 12V OV Fault : PS2 12V UV Fault :

• 810b0108-1301ffff : Redundancy Lost for [RedundancySetElementName] has deasserted. (Power


Unit)
This message is for the use case when Redundacy Lost has deasserted.
May also be shown as 810b01081301ffff or 0x810b01081301ffff

Severity
Info

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 347


Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Redundant Power Supply
SNMP Trap ID
9
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0803
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0008-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been removed from container


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Power Supply 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply has been
removed.
May also be shown as 816f00080a01ffff or 0x816f00080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0085
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0008-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been removed from container


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Power Supply 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply has been
removed.
May also be shown as 816f00080a02ffff or 0x816f00080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

348 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0085
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0009-1301ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has been turned on. (Host Power)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Unit that has been
Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f00091301ffff or 0x816f00091301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Power On
SNMP Trap ID
24
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0107
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f000d-0400ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been removed from unit


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Drive 0)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f000d0400ffff or 0x816f000d0400ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0163

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 349


User Response
1. Reseat hard disk drive n.(n = hard disk drive number). Wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive.
2. Make sure that the disk firmware and RAID controller and backplane firmware are at the latest
level.
3. Check the SAS cable.
4. Replace the hard disk drive.

• 816f000d-0401ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been removed from unit


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Drive 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f000d0401ffff or 0x816f000d0401ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0163
User Response
1. Reseat hard disk drive n.(n = hard disk drive number). Wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive.
2. Make sure that the disk firmware and RAID controller and backplane firmware are at the latest
level.
3. Check the SAS cable.
4. Replace the hard disk drive.

• 816f000d-0402ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been removed from unit


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Drive 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f000d0402ffff or 0x816f000d0402ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive

350 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0163
User Response
1. Reseat hard disk drive n.(n = hard disk drive number). Wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive.
2. Make sure that the disk firmware and RAID controller and backplane firmware are at the latest
level.
3. Check the SAS cable.
4. Replace the hard disk drive.

• 816f000d-0403ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been removed from unit


[PhysicalPackageElementName]. (Drive 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f000d0403ffff or 0x816f000d0403ffff

Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0163
User Response
1. Reseat hard disk drive n.(n = hard disk drive number). Wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling
the drive.
2. Make sure that the disk firmware and RAID controller and backplane firmware are at the latest
level.
3. Check the SAS cable.
4. Replace the hard disk drive.

• 816f000f-2201ffff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] has detected a POST Error


deassertion. (ABR Status)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Post Error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f000f2201ffff or 0x816f000f2201ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 351


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0185
User Response
No action; information only. Firmware Error :

• 816f0013-1701ffff : System [ComputerSystemElementName] has recovered from a diagnostic


interrupt. (NMI State)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a recovery from a Front Panel NMI
/ Diagnostic Interrupt
May also be shown as 816f00131701ffff or 0x816f00131701ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0223
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0021-2582ffff : Fault condition removed on slot [PhysicalConnectorElementName] on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (All PCI Error)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Fault condition in a slot has
been removed.
May also be shown as 816f00212582ffff or 0x816f00212582ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other

352 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0331
User Response
No action; information only. One of PCI Error :

• 816f0021-3001ffff : Fault condition removed on slot [PhysicalConnectorElementName] on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCI 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Fault condition in a slot has
been removed.
May also be shown as 816f00213001ffff or 0x816f00213001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0331
User Response
No action; information only. PCI 2 :

• 816f0107-0301ffff : An Over-Temperature Condition has been removed on


[ProcessorElementName]. (CPU 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Over-Temperature Condition
has been Removed for Processor.
May also be shown as 816f01070301ffff or 0x816f01070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Temperature
SNMP Trap ID
0
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0037

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 353


User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0108-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has returned to OK status. (Power Supply 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply return to normal
operational status.
May also be shown as 816f01080a01ffff or 0x816f01080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0087
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0108-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has returned to OK status. (Power Supply 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply return to normal
operational status.
May also be shown as 816f01080a02ffff or 0x816f01080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0087
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010c-2001ffff : Uncorrectable error recovery detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error
recovery.

354 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


May also be shown as 816f010c2001ffff or 0x816f010c2001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0139
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010c-2002ffff : Uncorrectable error recovery detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error
recovery.
May also be shown as 816f010c2002ffff or 0x816f010c2002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0139
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010c-2003ffff : Uncorrectable error recovery detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error
recovery.
May also be shown as 816f010c2003ffff or 0x816f010c2003ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 355


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0139
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010c-2004ffff : Uncorrectable error recovery detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error
recovery.
May also be shown as 816f010c2004ffff or 0x816f010c2004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0139
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010c-2581ffff : Uncorrectable error recovery detected for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory uncorrectable error
recovery.
May also be shown as 816f010c2581ffff or 0x816f010c2581ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

356 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0139
User Response
No action; information only. One of the DIMMs :

• 816f010d-0400ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been enabled. (Drive 0)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f010d0400ffff or 0x816f010d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0167
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010d-0401ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been enabled. (Drive 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f010d0401ffff or 0x816f010d0401ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0167
User Response
No action; information only.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 357


• 816f010d-0402ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been enabled. (Drive 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f010d0402ffff or 0x816f010d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0167
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010d-0403ffff : The Drive [StorageVolumeElementName] has been enabled. (Drive 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Drive was Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f010d0403ffff or 0x816f010d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0167
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f010f-2201ffff : The System [ComputerSystemElementName] has recovered from a firmware


hang. (Firmware Error)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has recovered from a System Firmware Hang.
May also be shown as 816f010f2201ffff or 0x816f010f2201ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable

358 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0187
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0125-1d01ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as present. (Fan 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is now
Present.
May also be shown as 816f01251d01ffff or 0x816f01251d01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0390
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0125-1d02ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as present. (Fan 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is now
Present.
May also be shown as 816f01251d02ffff or 0x816f01251d02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 359


CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0390
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0125-1d03ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as present. (Fan 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is now
Present.
May also be shown as 816f01251d03ffff or 0x816f01251d03ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0390
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0125-1d04ffff : [ManagedElementName] detected as present. (Fan 4)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Managed Element is now
Present.
May also be shown as 816f01251d04ffff or 0x816f01251d04ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0390
User Response
No action; information only.

360 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 816f0207-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has Recovered from FRB1/BIST condition. (CPU 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor Recovered - FRB1/
BIST condition.
May also be shown as 816f02070301ffff or 0x816f02070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0045
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f020d-0400ffff : Failure no longer Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 0)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is no longer
Predicted.
May also be shown as 816f020d0400ffff or 0x816f020d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0169
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f020d-0401ffff : Failure no longer Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is no longer
Predicted.
May also be shown as 816f020d0401ffff or 0x816f020d0401ffff

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 361


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0169
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f020d-0402ffff : Failure no longer Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is no longer
Predicted.
May also be shown as 816f020d0402ffff or 0x816f020d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0169
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f020d-0403ffff : Failure no longer Predicted on drive [StorageVolumeElementName] for array


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected an Array Failure is no longer
Predicted.
May also be shown as 816f020d0403ffff or 0x816f020d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

362 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Predicted Failure
SNMP Trap ID
27
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0169
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0308-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has returned to a Normal Input State. (Power


Supply 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply that has input
that has returned to normal.
May also be shown as 816f03080a01ffff or 0x816f03080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0099
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0308-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] has returned to a Normal Input State. (Power


Supply 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Power Supply that has input
that has returned to normal.
May also be shown as 816f03080a02ffff or 0x816f03080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 363


SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0099
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f030c-2001ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has recovered. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure recovery.
May also be shown as 816f030c2001ffff or 0x816f030c2001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0137
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f030c-2002ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has recovered. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure recovery.
May also be shown as 816f030c2002ffff or 0x816f030c2002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0137
User Response
No action; information only.

364 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 816f030c-2003ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem
[MemoryElementName]has recovered. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure recovery.
May also be shown as 816f030c2003ffff or 0x816f030c2003ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0137
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f030c-2004ffff : Scrub Failure for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has recovered. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory Scrub failure recovery.
May also be shown as 816f030c2004ffff or 0x816f030c2004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0137
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0313-1701ffff : System [ComputerSystemElementName] has recovered from an NMI. (NMI


State)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Software NMI has been
Recovered from.
May also be shown as 816f03131701ffff or 0x816f03131701ffff

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 365


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0230
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f040c-2001ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Enabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f040c2001ffff or 0x816f040c2001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0130
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f040c-2002ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Enabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f040c2002ffff or 0x816f040c2002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

366 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0130
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f040c-2003ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Enabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f040c2003ffff or 0x816f040c2003ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0130
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f040c-2004ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Enabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f040c2004ffff or 0x816f040c2004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0130

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 367


User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f040c-2581ffff : [PhysicalMemoryElementName] Enabled on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that Memory has been Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f040c2581ffff or 0x816f040c2581ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0130
User Response
No action; information only. One of the DIMMs :

• 816f0413-2582ffff : A PCI PERR recovery has occurred on system


[ComputerSystemElementName]. (PCIs)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a PCI PERR recovered.
May also be shown as 816f04132582ffff or 0x816f04132582ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0233
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0507-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has Recovered from a Configuration Mismatch. (CPU


1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has Recovered from a Processor Configuration
Mismatch.

368 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


May also be shown as 816f05070301ffff or 0x816f05070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0063
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050c-2001ffff : Memory Logging Limit Removed for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f050c2001ffff or 0x816f050c2001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0145
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050c-2002ffff : Memory Logging Limit Removed for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f050c2002ffff or 0x816f050c2002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 369


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0145
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050c-2003ffff : Memory Logging Limit Removed for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f050c2003ffff or 0x816f050c2003ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0145
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050c-2004ffff : Memory Logging Limit Removed for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f050c2004ffff or 0x816f050c2004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

370 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0145
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050c-2581ffff : Memory Logging Limit Removed for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on


Subsystem [MemoryElementName]. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that the Memory Logging Limit
has been Removed.
May also be shown as 816f050c2581ffff or 0x816f050c2581ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
43
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0145
User Response
No action; information only. One of the DIMMs :

• 816f050d-0400ffff : Critical Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has deasserted. (Drive 0)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Critiacal Array has
deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f050d0400ffff or 0x816f050d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0175

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 371


User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050d-0401ffff : Critical Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has deasserted. (Drive 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Critiacal Array has
deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f050d0401ffff or 0x816f050d0401ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0175
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050d-0402ffff : Critical Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has deasserted. (Drive 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Critiacal Array has
deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f050d0402ffff or 0x816f050d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0175
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f050d-0403ffff : Critical Array [ComputerSystemElementName] has deasserted. (Drive 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Critiacal Array has
deasserted.

372 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


May also be shown as 816f050d0403ffff or 0x816f050d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0175
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0607-0301ffff : An SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU complex error for [ProcessorElementName]


has deasserted. (CPU 1)
This message is for the use case when an SM BIOS Uncorrectable CPU complex error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f06070301ffff or 0x816f06070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
40
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0817
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0608-0a01ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] Configuration is OK. (Power Supply 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation when a Power Supply configuration is OK.
May also be shown as 816f06080a01ffff or 0x816f06080a01ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 373


No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0105
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0608-0a02ffff : [PowerSupplyElementName] Configuration is OK. (Power Supply 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation when a Power Supply configuration is OK.
May also be shown as 816f06080a02ffff or 0x816f06080a02ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Power
SNMP Trap ID
4
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0105
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f060d-0400ffff : Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName] has been restored. (Drive 0)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that a Failed Array has been
Restored.
May also be shown as 816f060d0400ffff or 0x816f060d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0177

374 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f060d-0401ffff : Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName] has been restored. (Drive 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that a Failed Array has been
Restored.
May also be shown as 816f060d0401ffff or 0x816f060d0401ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0177
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f060d-0402ffff : Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName] has been restored. (Drive 2)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that a Failed Array has been
Restored.
May also be shown as 816f060d0402ffff or 0x816f060d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0177
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f060d-0403ffff : Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName] has been restored. (Drive 3)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that a Failed Array has been
Restored.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 375


May also be shown as 816f060d0403ffff or 0x816f060d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Hard Disk drive
SNMP Trap ID
5
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0177
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070c-2001ffff : Configuration error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has deasserted. (DIMM 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f070c2001ffff or 0x816f070c2001ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0127
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070c-2002ffff : Configuration error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has deasserted. (DIMM 2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f070c2002ffff or 0x816f070c2002ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable

376 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0127
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070c-2003ffff : Configuration error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has deasserted. (DIMM 3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f070c2003ffff or 0x816f070c2003ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0127
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070c-2004ffff : Configuration error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has deasserted. (DIMM 4)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f070c2004ffff or 0x816f070c2004ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 377


Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0127
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070c-2581ffff : Configuration error for [PhysicalMemoryElementName] on Subsystem


[MemoryElementName]has deasserted. (All DIMMS)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Memory DIMM configuration
error has deasserted.
May also be shown as 816f070c2581ffff or 0x816f070c2581ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Memory
SNMP Trap ID
41
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0127
User Response
No action; information only. One of the DIMMs :

• 816f070d-0400ffff : Rebuild completed for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


0)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild has
Completed.
May also be shown as 816f070d0400ffff or 0x816f070d0400ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information

378 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Prefix: PLAT ID: 0179
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070d-0401ffff : Rebuild completed for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild has
Completed.
May also be shown as 816f070d0401ffff or 0x816f070d0401ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0179
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f070d-0402ffff : Rebuild completed for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive


2)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild has
Completed.
May also be shown as 816f070d0402ffff or 0x816f070d0402ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0179
User Response
No action; information only.

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 379


• 816f070d-0403ffff : Rebuild completed for Array in system [ComputerSystemElementName]. (Drive
3)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected that an Array Rebuild has
Completed.
May also be shown as 816f070d0403ffff or 0x816f070d0403ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0179
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0807-0301ffff : [ProcessorElementName] has been Enabled. (CPU 1)


This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor has been Enabled.
May also be shown as 816f08070301ffff or 0x816f08070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
System - Other
SNMP Trap ID

CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0060
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0813-0301ffff : System [ComputerSystemElementName]has recovered from an Uncorrectable


Bus Error. (CPUs)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a that a system has recovered
from a Bus Uncorrectable Error.
May also be shown as 816f08130301ffff or 0x816f08130301ffff

380 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0241
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0813-2581ffff : System [ComputerSystemElementName]has recovered from an Uncorrectable


Bus Error. (DIMMs)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a that a system has recovered
from a Bus Uncorrectable Error.
May also be shown as 816f08132581ffff or 0x816f08132581ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0241
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0813-2582ffff : System [ComputerSystemElementName]has recovered from an Uncorrectable


Bus Error. (PCIs)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a that a system has recovered
from a Bus Uncorrectable Error.
May also be shown as 816f08132582ffff or 0x816f08132582ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No

Appendix A. Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) error messages 381


Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Critical - Other
SNMP Trap ID
50
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0241
User Response
No action; information only.

• 816f0a07-0301ffff : The Processor [ProcessorElementName] is no longer operating in a Degraded


State. (CPU 1)
This message is for the use case when an implementation has detected a Processor is no longer running
in the Degraded state.
May also be shown as 816f0a070301ffff or 0x816f0a070301ffff

Severity
Info
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Alert Category
Warning - CPU
SNMP Trap ID
42
CIM Information
Prefix: PLAT ID: 0039
User Response
No action; information only.

382 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes
This section details the UEFI (POST) error codes.

UEFI (POST) diagnostic error codes can be generated when the server starts up or while the server is
running. UEFI (POST) codes are logged in the IMM2 event log in the server.

For each event code, the following fields are displayed:

Event identifier
An identifier that uniquely identifies an event.

Event description
The logged message string that appears for an event.

Explanation
Additional information to explain why the event occurred.

Severity
An indication of the level of concern for the condition. The severity is abbreviated in the event log to the
first character. The following severities can be displayed:

Table 36. Event severity levels

Severity Description

Informational An informational message is something that was recorded for audit purposes,
usually a user action or a change of states that is normal behavior.

Warning A warning is not as severe as an error, but if possible, the condition should be
corrected before it becomes an error. It might also be a condition that requires
additional monitoring or maintenance.

Error An error typically indicates a failure or critical condition that impairs service or an
expected function.

User response
Indicate the actions that you should take to resolve the event.

Perform the steps listed in this section in the order shown until the problem is solved. After you perform
all of the actions that are described in this field, if you cannot solve the problem, contact IBM support.

The following is the list of the UEFI (POST) error codes and suggested actions to correct the detected
problems.

List of UEFI events


This section lists all messages that can be sent from UEFI.

• I.11002: [I.11002] A processor mismatch has been detected between one or more processors in the
system.
[I.11002] A processor mismatch has been detected between one or more processors in the system.
Severity: Error

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 383


User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. This message could occur with messages about other Processor configuration problems. Resolve
those messages first.
2. If the problem persists, ensure that matching processors are installed (i.e., matching option part
numbers, etc)
3. Verify that the Processor’s are installed in the correct sockets according to the service information for
this product. If not, correct that problem.
4. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
5. (Trained Service technician only) Replace mismatching processor. Inspect Processor socket and
replace the system board first if socket is damaged.
• I.1100A: [I.1100A] A processor microcode update failed.
[I.1100A] A processor microcode update failed.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
2. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the Processor.
• I.18005: [I.18005] A discrepancy has been detected in the number of cores reported by one or more
processor packages within the system.
[I.18005] A discrepancy has been detected in the number of cores reported by one or more processor
packages within the system.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If this is a newly installed option, ensure that matching Processors are installed in the correct
Processor sockets according to the service information for this product.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin that applies to this Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace Processor. Inspect Processor socket and replace the
system board first if socket is damaged.
• I.18007: [I.18007] A power segment mismatch has been detected for one or more processor
packages.
[I.18007] A power segment mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Processors installed do not have the same power requirements
2. Ensure that all Processors have matching power requirements (such as 65, 95, or 130 Watts)
3. If power requirements match, check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware
update that applies to this Processor error.

384 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


4. (Trained Service technician only) Replace Processor. Inspect Processor socket and replace the
system board first if socket is damaged
• I.18008: [I.18008] Currently, there is no additional information for this event.
[I.18008] Currently, there is no additional information for this event.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching DIMMs are installed in the correct population sequence, according to the service
information for this product. Correct any configuration issues found.
2. (Trained Service technician only) Replace associated Processor. Inspect Processor socket and
replace the system board first if socket is damaged
• I.18009: [I.18009] A core speed mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
[I.18009] A core speed mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching processors are installed in the correct processor sockets according to the
service information for this product. Correct any mismatch issues found.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace Processor. Inspect Processor socket and replace the
system board first if socket is damaged.
• I.1800B: [I.1800B] A cache size mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
[I.1800B] A cache size mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching processors are installed in the correct processor sockets according to the
service information for this product. Correct any mismatch found.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.1800C: [I.1800C] A cache type mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
[I.1800C] A cache type mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching Processors are installed in the correct Processor sockets according to the
service information for this product.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 385


3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.1800D: [I.1800D] A cache associativity mismatch has been detected for one or more processor
packages.
[I.1800D] A cache associativity mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching Processors are installed in the correct Processor sockets according to the
service information for this product.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.1800E: [I.1800E] A processor model mismatch has been detected for one or more processor
packages.
[I.1800E] A processor model mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching Processors are installed in the correct Processor sockets according to the
service information for this product.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.1800F: [I.1800F] A processor family mismatch has been detected for one or more processor
packages.
[I.1800F] A processor family mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching Processors are installed in the correct Processor sockets according to the
service information for this product
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.18010: [I.18010] A processor stepping mismatch has been detected for one or more processor
packages.
[I.18010] A processor stepping mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that matching Processors are installed in the correct Processor sockets according to the
service information for this product.

386 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.2018002: [I.2018002] The device found at Bus % Device % Function % could not be configured
due to resource constraints. The Vendor ID for the device is % and the Device ID is %.
[I.2018002] The device found at Bus % Device % Function % could not be configured due to resource
constraints. The Vendor ID for the device is % and the Device ID is %.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If this PCIe device and/or any attached cables were recently installed, moved, serviced or upgraded,
reseat adapter and any attached cables.
2. Check IBM support site for any applicable service bulletin or UEFI or adapter firmware update that
applies to this error. NOTE: It may be necessary to disable unused option ROMs from UEFI F1 setup
or ASU or using adapter manufacturer utilities so that adapter firmware can be updated.
3. Move card to a different slot. If slot not available or error re-occurs, replace adapter.
4. (Trained Service technician only) If adapter was moved to a different slot and error did not re-occur,
verify that this is not a system limitation and then replace the system board. Also, if this is not the
initial installation and the error persists after adapter replacement, replace system board.
• I.3818001: [I.3818001] The firmware image capsule signature for the currently booted flash bank is
invalid.
[I.3818001] The firmware image capsule signature for the currently booted flash bank is invalid.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Reboot system. Will come up on backup UEFI image. Reflash the primary UEFI image.
2. If error does not persist no additional recovery action is required.
3. If error persists, or boot is unsuccessful, (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.3818002: [I.3818002] The firmware image capsule signature for the non-booted flash bank is
invalid.
[I.3818002] The firmware image capsule signature for the non-booted flash bank is invalid.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Reflash backup UEFI image.
2. If error does not persist no additional recovery action is required.
3. If error persists, or boot is unsuccessful, (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• I.3818003: [I.3818003] The CRTM flash driver could not lock the secure flash region.
[I.3818003] The CRTM flash driver could not lock the secure flash region.
Severity: Info
User Response:

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 387


Complete the following steps:
1. If system failed to boot successfully, DC cycle system.
2. If system boots to F1 setup, flash UEFI image and reset bank to primary (if required). If system boots
without error, recovery is complete and no additional action is required.
3. If system fails to boot, or if flash attempt fails, (Trained service technician only) Replace the system
board.
• I.58015: [I.58015] Memory spare copy initiated.
[I.58015] Memory spare copy initiated.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. No user required for this event. This is for informational purposes only.
• I.580A4: [I.580A4] Memory population change detected.
[I.580A4] Memory population change detected.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check system event log for uncorrected DIMM failures and replace those DIMMs.
• I.580A5: [I.580A5] Mirror Fail-over complete. DIMM number % has failed over to to the mirrored
copy.
[I.580A5] Mirror Fail-over complete. DIMM number % has failed over to to the mirrored copy.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check the system-event log for uncorrected DIMM failures and replace those DIMMs.
• I.580A6: [I.580A6] Memory spare copy has completed successfully.
[I.580A6] Memory spare copy has completed successfully.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check system log for related DIMM failures and replace those DIMMs.
• S.1100B: [S.1100B] CATERR(IERR) has asserted on processor %.
[S.1100B] CATERR(IERR) has asserted on processor %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
Processor error.
2. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the Processor.

388 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• S.1100C: [S.1100C] An uncorrectable error has been detected on processor %.
[S.1100C] An uncorrectable error has been detected on processor %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reboot system. If problem persists escalate to the next level of supprt.
• S.2011000: [S.2011000] An Uncorrected PCIe Error has Occurred at Bus % Device % Function %.
The Vendor ID for the device is % and the Device ID is %.
[S.2011000] An Uncorrected PCIe Error has Occurred at Bus % Device % Function %. The Vendor ID for
the device is % and the Device ID is %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If this node and/or any attached cables were recently installed, moved, serviced or upgraded, a.
Reseat Adapter and any attached cables. b. Reload Device Driver c. If device is not recognized,
reconfiguring slot to Gen1 or Gen2 may be required. Gen1/Gen2 settings can be configured via F1
Setup -> System Settings -> Devices and I/O Ports -> PCIe Gen1/Gen2/Gen3 Speed Selection, or the
ASU Utility.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable device driver, firmware update, revision of service
information for this product or other information that applies to this error. Load new device driver and
any required firmware updates.
3. If problem persists, then remove Adapter Card. If system reboots successfully without the adapter,
replace that card.
4. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the processor.
• S.2011001: [S.2011001] An Uncorrected PCIe Error has Occurred at Bus % Device % Function %.
The Vendor ID for the device is % and the Device ID is %.
[S.2011001] An Uncorrected PCIe Error has Occurred at Bus % Device % Function %. The Vendor ID for
the device is % and the Device ID is %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If this node and/or any attached cables were recently installed, moved, serviced or upgraded, a.
Reseat Adapter and any attached cables. b. Reload Device Driver c. If device is not recognized,
reconfiguring slot to Gen1 or Gen2 may be required. Gen1/Gen2 settings can be configured via F1
Setup -> System Settings -> Devices and I/O Ports -> PCIe Gen1/Gen2/Gen3 Speed Selection, or the
ASU Utility.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable device driver, firmware update, revision of service
information for this product or other information that applies to this error. Load new device driver and
any required firmware updates.
3. If problem persists, then remove Adapter Card. If system reboots successfully without the adapter,
replace that card.
4. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the processor.

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 389


• S.2018001: [S.2018001] An Uncorrected PCIe Error has Occurred at Bus % Device % Function %.
The Vendor ID for the device is % and the Device ID is %.
[S.2018001] An Uncorrected PCIe Error has Occurred at Bus % Device % Function %. The Vendor ID for
the device is % and the Device ID is %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If this node and/or any attached cables were recently installed, moved, serviced or upgraded, a.
Reseat Adapter and any attached cables. b. Reload Device Driver c. If device is not recognized,
reconfiguring slot to Gen1 or Gen2 may be required. Gen1/Gen2 settings can be configured via F1
Setup -> System Settings -> Devices and I/O Ports -> PCIe Gen1/Gen2/Gen3 Speed Selection, or the
ASU Utility.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable device driver, firmware update, version of service
information for this product or other information that applies to this error. Load new device driver and
any required firmware updates.
3. If problem persists, then remove Adapter Card. If system reboots successfully without the adapter,
replace that card.
4. Trained Service technician only) Replace the processor.
• S.3020007: [S.3020007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
[S.3020007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reflash UEFI image.
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3030007: [S.3030007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
[S.3030007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reflash UEFI image.
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3040007: [S.3040007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
[S.3040007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reflash UEFI image.

390 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3050007: [S.3050007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
[S.3050007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reflash UEFI image.
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3060007: [S.3060007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
[S.3060007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reflash UEFI image.
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3070007: [S.3070007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
[S.3070007] A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
2. Reflash UEFI image.
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3818004: [S.3818004] The CRTM flash driver could not successfully flash the staging area. A
failure occurred.
[S.3818004] The CRTM flash driver could not successfully flash the staging area. A failure occurred.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Continue booting sytem. If system does not reset, manually reset the system.
2. If the error is not reported on the subsequent boot, no additional recovery action is required.
3. If the error persists, continue booting system and reflash UEFI image.
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.3818007: [S.3818007] The firmware image capsules for both flash banks could not be verified.
[S.3818007] The firmware image capsules for both flash banks could not be verified.
Severity: Error
User Response:

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 391


Complete the following steps:
1. If system failed to boot successfully, DC cycle system.
2. If system boots to F1 steup, flash UEFI image and reset bank to primary (if required). If system boots
without error, recovery is complete and no additional action is required.
3. If system fails to boot, or if flash attempt fails, (Trained service technician only) Replace the system
board.
• S.51003: [S.51003] An uncorrectable memory error was detected in DIMM slot % on rank %.
[S.51003] An uncorrectable memory error was detected in DIMM slot % on rank %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If the node has recently been installed, moved, serviced, or upgraded, verify that the DIMM is
properly seated and visually verify that there is no foreign material in any DIMM connector on that
memory channel. If either of these conditions is found, correct and retry with the same DIMM. (Note:
Event Log may contain a recent 00580A4 event denoting detected change in DIMM population that
could be related to this problem.)
2. If no problem is observed on the DIMM connectors or the problem persists, replace the DIMM
identified by LightPath and/or event log entry.
3. If problem re-occurs on the same DIMM connector, replace the other DIMMs on the same memory
channel.
4. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
memory error.
5. (Trained Service technician only) If problem re-occurs on the same DIMM connector, inspect
connector for damage. If found, replace system board.
6. (Trained Service technician only) Replace affected Processor.
7. (Trained Service technician only) Replace system board.
• S.51006: [S.51006] A memory mismatch has been detected. Please verify that the memory
configuration is valid.
[S.51006] A memory mismatch has been detected. Please verify that the memory configuration is valid.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Could follow an uncorrectable memory error or failed memory test. Check log and service that event
first. DIMMs disabled by other errors or actions could cause this event.
2. Verify that the DIMMs are installed in the correct population sequence, according to the service
information for this product.
3. Disable memory mirroring and sparing. If this action eliminates the mismatch, check IBM Support
site for information related to this problem.
4. Reflash UEFI firmware.
5. Replace DIMM
6. (Trained Service technician only) Replace Processor.
• S.51009: [S.51009] No system memory has been detected.
[S.51009] No system memory has been detected.

392 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that one or more DIMMs are installed in the server.
2. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LEDs are lit, verify that all
DIMM connectors are enabled using the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
3. Re-Install all DIMMs verifying the correct population sequence, according to the service information
for this product.
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the processor.
5. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.5100A: [S.5100A] Memory is present within the system but could not be configured. Please verify
that the memory configuration is valid.
[S.5100A] Memory is present within the system but could not be configured. Please verify that the memory
configuration is valid.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that one or more DIMMs are installed in the server.
2. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LEDs are lit, verify that all
DIMM connectors are enabled using the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
3. Reseat all DIMMs ensuring that DIMMs are installed in the correct population sequence, according to
the service information for this product.
4. Clear CMOS memory. Note that all firmware settings will revert to the defaults.
5. Reflash UEFI firmware.
6. (Trained service technician only) Replace the processor.
7. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.58008: [S.58008] A DIMM has failed the POST memory test.
[S.58008] A DIMM has failed the POST memory test.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. You must AC-cycle the system to re-enable affected DIMM connector or re-enable manually using
F1 setup
2. If the node has been recently installed, serviced, moved, or upgraded, check to ensure that DIMMs
are firmly seated and that no foreign material can be seen in the DIMM connector. If either condition is
observed, correct and retry with the same DIMM. (Note: Event Log may contain a recent 00580A4
event denoting detected change in DIMM population that could be related to this problem.)
3. If problem persists, replace the DIMM identified by LightPath and/or event log entry.
4. If problem re-occurs on the same DIMM connector, swap the other DIMMs on the same memory
channel across channels one at a time to a different memory channel or Processor. (check service
information for this product/Install guide for population requirements for sparing/paring modes). If
problem follows a moved DIMM to a different memory channel, replace that DIMM.

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 393


5. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this
memory error.
6. (Trained service technician only) If problem stays with the original DIMM connector, re-inspect DIMM
connector for foreign material and remove, if found. If connector is damaged, replace system board.
7. (Trained service technician only) Remove affected Processor and inspect Processor socket pins for
damaged or mis-aligned pins. If damage is found, or this is an upgrade Processor, replace system
board. If there are multiple Processor’s, swap Processor’s to move affected Procesor to another
Processor socket and retry. If problem follows the affected Processor (or there is only one Processor),
replace the affected Processor.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• S.68005: [S.68005] An error has been detected by the the IIO core logic on Bus %. The Global Fatal
Error Status register contains %. The Global Non-Fatal Error Status register contains %. Please
check error logs for the presence of additional downstream device error data.
[S.68005] An error has been detected by the the IIO core logic on Bus %. The Global Fatal Error Status
register contains %. The Global Non-Fatal Error Status register contains %. Please check error logs for
the presence of additional downstream device error data.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Check log for a separate error for an associated PCIe device and service that error.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update for the system or
adapter that applies to this error.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• W.11004: [W.11004] A processor within the system has failed the BIST.
[W.11004] A processor within the system has failed the BIST.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If the Processor or firmware was just updated, check IBM support site for an applicable service
bulletin or firmware update that applies to this Processor error.
2. (Trained service technician only) If there are multiple Processor’s, swap Processor’s to move affected
Processor to another Processor socket and retry. If problem follows the affected Processor, or this is
a single Processor system, replace the Processor. Inspect Processor socket on each Processor
removal and replace system board first if damaged or mis-aligned pins are found.
3. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.
• W.3818000: [W.3818000] TPM communication failure
[W.3818000] TPM communication failure
Severity: Warning
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. (Trained service technician only)Replace the system board
• W.3818005: [W.3818005] The CRTM flash driver could not successfully flash the staging area. The
update was aborted

394 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


[W.3818005] The CRTM flash driver could not successfully flash the staging area. The update was aborted
Severity: Warning
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Continue booting system. If system does not reset, manually reset the system.
2. If the error is not reported on the subsequent boot, no additional recovery action is required.
3. If the event persists, continue booting system and reflash UEFI image.
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.
• W.50001: [W.50001] A DIMM has been disabled due to an error detected during POST.
[W.50001] A DIMM has been disabled due to an error detected during POST.
Severity: Info
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault, follow the procedure for that event.
2. If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LEDs are lit, re-enable the
DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).
3. If problem persists, Power cycle the node from management console.
4. Reset IMM to default settings.
5. Reset UEFI to default settings.
6. Reflash IMM and UEFI firmware.
7. (Trained Service technician only) Replace system board.
• W.58001: [W.58001] The PFA Threshold limit (correctable error logging limit) has been exceeded on
DIMM number % at address %. MC5 Status contains % and MC5 Misc contains %.
[W.58001] The PFA Threshold limit (correctable error logging limit) has been exceeded on DIMM number
% at address %. MC5 Status contains % and MC5 Misc contains %.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If the node has recently been installed, moved, serviced, or upgraded, verify that the DIMM is
properly seated and visually verify that there is no foreign material in any DIMM connector on that
memory channel. If either of these conditions is found, correct and retry with the same DIMM. (Note:
Event Log may contain a recent 00580A4 event denoting detected change in DIMM population that
could be related to this problem.)
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable firmware update that applies to this memory error. The
release notes will list the known problems the update addresses.
3. If the previous steps do not resolve the problem, at the next maintenance opportunity, replace the
affected DIMM (as indicated by LightPath and/or failure log entry).
4. If PFA re-occurs on the same DIMM connector, swap the other DIMMs on the same memory channel
one at a time to a different memory channel or Processor. (check service information for this product/
Install guide for population requirements for sparing/paring modes). If PFA follows a moved DIMM to
any DIMM connector on the different memory channel, replace the moved DIMM.
5. Check IBM support site for an applicable Service Bulletins (Service bulletins) that applies to this
memory error. (Link to IBM support service bulletins)

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 395


6. (Trained service technician only) If problem continues to re-occur on the same DIMM connector,
inspect DIMM connector for foreign material and remove, if found. If connector is damaged, replace
system board.
7. (Trained service technician only) Remove affected Processor and inspect Processor socket pins for
damaged or mis-aligned pins. If damage is found or Processor is an upgrade part, replace system
board.
8. (Trained Service technician only) Replace affected processor.
9. (Trained Service technician only) Replace system board.
• W.58007: [W.58007] Invalid memory configuration (Unsupported DIMM Population) detected.
Please verify memory configuration is valid.
[W.58007] Invalid memory configuration (Unsupported DIMM Population) detected. Please verify memory
configuration is valid.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Ensure that the DIMM are populated according to the guidelines in the service information for this
product.
• W.580A1: [W.580A1] Invalid memory configuration for Mirror Mode. Please correct memory
configuration.
[W.580A1] Invalid memory configuration for Mirror Mode. Please correct memory configuration.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If a DIMM connector error LED is lit, resolve the failure.
2. Make sure that the DIMM connectors are correctly populated for mirroring mode, according to the
service information for this product.
• W.580A2: [W.580A2] Invalid memory configuration for Sparing Mode. Please correct memory
configuration.
[W.580A2] Invalid memory configuration for Sparing Mode. Please correct memory configuration.
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the DIMM connectors are correctly populated for sparing mode, according to the
service information for this product.
• W.580A3: [W.580A3] Invalid memory configuration for Lock-Step Mode. Please correct memory
configuration.
[W.580A3] Invalid memory configuration for Lock-Step Mode. Please correct memory configuration.
Severity: Warning
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the DIMM connectors are correctly populated for lock-step mode, according to the
service information for this product.

396 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• W.68002: [W.68002] A CMOS battery error has been detected
[W.68002] A CMOS battery error has been detected
Severity: Error
User Response:
Complete the following steps:
1. If the system was recently Installed, Moved, or Serviced, makesure the batter is properly seated.
2. Check IBM support site for an applicable service bulletin or firmware update that applies to this error.
3. Replace CMOS Battery
4. (Trained Service technician only) Replace the system board.

Appendix B. UEFI (POST) error codes 397


398 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results
After running the DSA diagnostic tests, use this information to resolve any issues that were found.

DSA Broadcom network test results


The following messages can result when you run the Broadcom network test.

Test results for the DSA Broadcom network test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA Broadcom network test.

• 405-000-000 : BRCM:TestControlRegisters Test Passed


The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-001-000 : BRCM:TestMIIRegisters Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-002-000 : BRCM:TestEEPROM Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 399


Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-003-000 : BRCM:TestInternalMemory Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-004-000 : BRCM:TestInterrupt Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-005-000 : BRCM:TestLoopbackMAC Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support

400 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-006-000 : BRCM:TestLoopbackPhysical Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-007-000 : BRCM:TestLEDs Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-800-000 : BRCM:TestControlRegisters Test Aborted
The control registers test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-801-000 : BRCM:TestMIIRegisters Test Aborted

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 401


The MII register test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-802-000 : BRCM:TestEEPROM Test Aborted
The EEPROM test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-803-000 : BRCM:TestInternalMemory Test Aborted
The internal memory test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-804-000 : BRCM:TestInterrupt Test Aborted
The interrupt test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity

402 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-805-000 : BRCM:TestLoopbackMAC Test Aborted
Loopback testing at the MAC layer was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-806-000 : BRCM:TestLoopbackPhysical Test Aborted
Loopback testing at the physical layer was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-807-000 : BRCM:TestLEDs Test Aborted
Verification of status LEDs was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 403


No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-900-000 : BRCM:TestControlRegisters Test Failed
A failure was detected while testing internal MAC registers

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-901-000 : BRCM:TestMIIRegisters Test Failed
A failure was detected while testing internal PHY registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

404 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 405-902-000 : BRCM:TestEEPROM Test Failed
A failure was detected while testing non-volatile RAM.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-903-000 : BRCM:TestInternalMemory Test Failed
A failure was detected while testing internal memory.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-904-000 : BRCM:TestInterrupt Test Failed
A failure was detected while testing interrupts.

Recoverable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 405


No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-905-000 : BRCM:TestLoopbackMAC Test Failed
BRCM:TestLoopbackMAC Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-906-000 : BRCM:TestLoopbackPhysical Test Failed
A failure was detected during the loopback test at the physical layer.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable

406 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 405-907-000 : BRCM:TestLEDs Test Failed
A failure was detected while verifying operation of the status LEDs.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA Brocade test results


The following messages can result when you run the Brocade test.

Test results for the DSA Brocade test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA Brocade test.

• 218-000-000 : Brocade:MemoryTest Passed


The test passed.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 407


Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-001-000 : Brocade:ExternalLoopbackTest Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-002-000 : Brocade:SerdesLoopbackTest Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-003-000 : Brocade:PCILoopbackTest Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No

408 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-004-000 : Brocade:ExternalEthLoopbackTest Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-005-000 : Brocade:SerdesEthLoopbackTest Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-006-000 : Brocade:InternalLoopbackTest Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 409


• 218-800-000 : Brocade:MemoryTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-801-000 : Brocade:ExternalLoopbackTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-802-000 : Brocade:SerdesLoopbackTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-803-000 : Brocade:PCILoopbackTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No

410 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-804-000 : Brocade:ExternalEthLoopbackTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-805-000 : Brocade:SerdesEthLoopbackTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-806-000 : Brocade:InternalLoopbackTest Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 411


Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-900-000 : Brocade:MemoryTest Failed
A failure was detected while testing the adapter memory.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Rerun the test.
2. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
3. Rerun the test.
4. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-901-000 : Brocade:ExternalLoopbackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check cable connections.
2. Rerun the test.
3. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
4. Rerun the test.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

412 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


– Latest level of DSA
• 218-902-000 : Brocade:SerdesLoopbackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Rerun the test.
2. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
3. Rerun the test.
4. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-903-000 : Brocade:PCILoopbackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Rerun the test.
2. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
3. Rerun the test.
4. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-904-000 : Brocade:ExternalEthLoopbackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 413


No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check or replace SFP/cable.
2. Rerun the test.
3. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
4. Rerun the test.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-905-000 : Brocade:SerdesEthLoopbackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Rerun the test.
2. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
3. Rerun the test.
4. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 218-906-000 : Brocade:InternalLoopbackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable

414 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Rerun the test.
2. Verify whether the firmware is at proper level.
3. Rerun the test.
4. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA checkpoint panel test results


The following messages can result when you run the checkpoint panel test.

Test results for the DSA checkpoint panel test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA checkpoint panel test.

• 180-000-000 : Check-point Panel Test Passed


Check-point Panel Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 180-801-000 : Check-point Panel Test Aborted
Check-point Panel Test Aborted. BMC is unable to verify that the operator information panel cable is
connected.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 415


User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Inspect and reseat operator information panel cable at both ends.
2. Verify that the Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) is working.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 180-901-000 : Check-point Panel Test Failed
Check-point Panel Test Failed. Operator reported incorrect display.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check the operator information panel cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or
damage to the cable.
2. Replace the information panel cable if damage is present.
3. Run the test again.
4. Replace the operator information panel assembly.
5. Run the test again.
6. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA CPU stress test results


The following messages can result when you run the CPU stress test.

Test results for the DSA CPU stress test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA CPU stress test.

• 089-000-000 : CPU Stress Test Passed


CPU Stress Test Passed.

Recoverable

416 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 089-801-000 : CPU Stress Test Aborted
CPU Stress Test Aborted. Internal Program Error.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Turn off and restart the system.
2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. Check system firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be found
in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component. The latest
level firmware for this component can be found in reference to this system type at the IBM
Support website.
5. Run the test again.
6. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system and then run the test again.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 089-802-000 : CPU Stress Test Aborted
CPU Stress Test Aborted. System resource unavailability error.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 417


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Turn off and restart the system.
2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. Check system firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be found
in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
5. Run the test again.
6. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system and then run the test again.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 089-803-000 : CPU Stress Test Aborted
CPU Stress Test Aborted. Memory size is insufficient to run the test. At least 1GB is required.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 089-804-000 : CPU Stress Test Aborted
CPU Stress Test Aborted. User pressed Ctrl-C.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 089-901-000 : CPU Stress Test Failed
CPU Stress Test Failed.

418 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system and then run the test again.
2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. Check system firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be found
in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
5. Run the test again.
6. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system and then run the test again.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA Emulex adapter test results


The following messages can result when you run the Emulex adapter test.

Test results for the DSA Emulex adapter test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA Emulex adapter test.

• 516-000-000 : ELXUCNA: NIC MAC LoopBackTest Passed


The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-001-000 : ELXUCNA: NIC PHY LoopBackTest Passed
The test passed.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 419


Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-002-000 : ELXUCNA: ELXUCNA: NIC LED(Beacon)Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-800-000 : ELXUCNA: NIC MAC LoopBackTest Aborted
Loopback testing at the MAC layer was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-801-000 : ELXUCNA: NIC PHY LoopBackTest Aborted
Loopback testing at the physical layer was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning

420 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-802-000 : ELXUCNA: ELXUCNA: NIC LED(Beacon)Test Aborted
Verification of status LEDs was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-900-000 : ELXUCNA: NIC MAC LoopBackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the loopback test at the MAC layer.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-901-000 : ELXUCNA: NIC PHY LoopBackTest Failed
A failure was detected during the loopback test at the physical layer.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 421


Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 516-902-000 : ELXUCNA: ELXUCNA: NIC LED(Beacon)Test Failed
A failure was detected while verifying operation of the status LEDs.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA EXA port ping test results


The following messages can result when you run the EXA port ping test.

Test results for the DSA EXA port ping test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA EXA port ping test.

• 401-000-000 : EXA Port Ping Test Passed

422 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


EXA Port Ping Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 401-801-000 : EXA Port Ping Test Aborted
EXA Port Ping Test Aborted. Unable to get device base address.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Remove power cables, wait for 45 seconds, reconnect and rerun the test.
2. Make sure that the scalability cable connections are as per specification.
3. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
4. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 401-802-000 : EXA Port Ping Test Aborted
EXA Port Ping Test Aborted. Port connections may not be correct.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 423


1. Remove power cables, wait for 45 seconds, reconnect and rerun the test.
2. Make sure that the scalability cable connections are as per specification.
3. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
4. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 401-901-001 : EXA Port Ping Test Failed
EXA Port Ping Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Remove power cables, wait for 45 seconds, reconnect and rerun the test.
2. Make sure that the scalability cable connections are as per specification.
3. Check scalability cables for loose connections.
4. Replace the scalability cable(s) for specified port(s).
5. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA hard drive test results


The following messages can result when you run the hard drive test.

Test results for the DSA hard drive test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA hard drive test.

• 217-000-000 : HDD Test Passed


HDD Stress Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No

424 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 217-800-000 : HDD Test Aborted
HDD Test Aborted. The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check cable connections.
2. Rerun the test.
3. Verify that Hard drive supports self test and self test logging.
4. If the problem remains, contact your technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 217-900-000 : HDD Test Failed
HDD Test Failed. The hard drive self-test detected a failure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check cable connections.
2. Rerun the test.
3. Verify the firmware is at the latest level.
4. Rerun the test.
5. If the problem remains, contact your technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 425


– Latest level of DSA

DSA Intel network test results


The following messages can result when you run the Intel network test.

Test results for the DSA Intel network test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA Intel network test.

• 406-000-000 : IANet:Registers Test Passed


The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-001-000 : IANet:EEPROM Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-002-000 : IANet:FIFO Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support

426 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-003-000 : IANet:Interrupts Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-004-000 : IANet:Loopback Test Passed
The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-800-000 : IANet:Registers Test Aborted
Registers test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-801-000 : IANet:EEPROM Test Aborted

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 427


EEPROM test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-802-000 : IANet:FIFO Test Aborted
FIFO test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-803-000 : IANet:Interrupts Test Aborted
Interrupt test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-804-000 : IANet:Loopback Test Aborted
Loopback test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity

428 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-900-000 : IANet:Registers Test Failed
A failure was detected during the Registers test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-901-000 : IANet:EEPROM Test Failed
A failure was detected during the EEPROM test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 429


3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-902-000 : IANet:FIFO Test Failed
A failure was detected during the FIFO test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-903-000 : IANet:Interrupts Test Failed
A failure was detected during the Interrupt test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
2. Rerun the test.
3. Check interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA Diagnostic Log. If the
ethernet device is sharing interrupts, if possible modify the interrupt assignments using F1 Setup
to assign a unique interrupt to the device.
4. Rerun the test.

430 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


5. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 406-904-000 : IANet:Loopback Test Failed
A failure was detected during the Loopback test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check the Ethernet cable for damage and ensure correct cable type and attachment.
2. Check component firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
3. Rerun the test.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA LSI hard drive test results


The following messages can result when you run the LSI hard drive test.

Test results for the DSA LSI hard drive test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA LSI hard drive test.

• 407-000-000 : LSIESG:DiskDefaultDiagnostic Test Passed


The test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 431


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 407-800-000 : LSIESG:DiskDefaultDiagnostic Test Aborted
The test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 407-900-000 : LSIESG:DiskDefaultDiagnostic Test Failed
The hard drive self-test detected a failure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check cable connections.
2. Rerun the test.
3. Verify whether the firmware is at the latest level.
4. Rerun the test.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA Mellanox adapter test results


The following messages can result when you run the Mellanox adapter test.

Test results for the DSA Mellanox adapter test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA Mellanox adapter test.

432 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


• 408-000-000 : MLNX:MLNX_DiagnosticTestEthernetPort Test Passed
Port Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 408-001-000 : MLNX:MLNX_DiagnosticTestIBPort Test Passed
Port Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 408-800-000 : MLNX:MLNX_DiagnosticTestEthernetPort Test Aborted
Port Test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 408-801-000 : MLNX:MLNX_DiagnosticTestIBPort Test Aborted
Port Test was canceled.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 433


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 408-900-000 : MLNX:MLNX_DiagnosticTestEthernetPort Test Failed
Port Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the physical link of the port under test in the active state.
2. If these condition was met but the test keeps failing the port's adapter might be faulty.
3. Try replacing the adapter and repeating the test.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 408-901-000 : MLNX:MLNX_DiagnosticTestIBPort Test Failed
Port Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the physical link of the port under test in the active state and a subnet manager
running on the fabric to which the port is attached.
2. If these condition was met but the test keeps failing the port's adapter might be faulty.
3. Try replacing the adapter and repeating the test.

434 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA memory isolation test results


The following messages can result when you run the memory isolation test.

Test results for the DSA memory isolation test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA memory isolation test.

• 201-000-000 : Standalone Memory Test Passed


Quick/Full Memory Test All CPUs Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-000-001 : Standalone Memory Test Passed
Quick/Full Memory Test CPU 1 Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-000-002 : Standalone Memory Test Passed
Quick/Full Memory Test CPU 2 Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 435


No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-000-003 : Standalone Memory Test Passed
Quick/Full Memory Test CPU 3 Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-000-004 : Standalone Memory Test Passed
Quick/Full Memory Test CPU 4 Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-811-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response

436 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-811-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-811-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 437


3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-811-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-812-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory test is not supported for this system.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.

438 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-812-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory test is not supported for this system.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-812-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory test is not supported for this system.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-812-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 439


Memory test is not supported for this system.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-813-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not turn OFF ECC error reporting in CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-813-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not turn OFF ECC error reporting in CPU.

Recoverable
No

440 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-813-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not turn OFF ECC error reporting in CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-813-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not turn OFF ECC error reporting in CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 441


No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-814-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not disable Scubbing feature for CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-814-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not disable Scubbing feature for CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

442 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-814-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not disable Scubbing feature for CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-814-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Can not disable Scubbing feature for CPU.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 443


2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-815-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Quick Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-815-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Quick Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.

444 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-815-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Quick Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-815-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Quick Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 445


– Latest level of DSA
• 201-816-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Full Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-816-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Full Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-816-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Full Memory Menu Option Selection.

446 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-816-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Program Error with Full Memory Menu Option Selection.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-818-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 447


Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-818-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-818-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No

448 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-818-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Unable to Locate SMBIOS key "_SM_".

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-819-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
The start-end address ranges in the restricted area of the memory.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 449


Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-819-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
The start-end address ranges in the restricted area of the memory.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-819-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
The start-end address ranges in the restricted area of the memory.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.

450 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-819-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
The start-end address ranges in the restricted area of the memory.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-820-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 451


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-820-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-820-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-820-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted

452 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-821-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Variable range MTRR registers are larger than fixed range MTRR registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-821-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Variable range MTRR registers are larger than fixed range MTRR registers.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 453


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-821-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Variable range MTRR registers are larger than fixed range MTRR registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-821-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Variable range MTRR registers are larger than fixed range MTRR registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable

454 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-822-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Invalid MTRR service request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-822-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Invalid MTRR service request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 455


User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-822-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Invalid MTRR service request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-822-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Invalid MTRR service request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.

456 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-824-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Node Interleave feature must be OFF. Go to Setup and disable Node Interleave option and then re-run the
test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-824-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Node Interleave feature must be OFF. Go to Setup and disable Node Interleave option and then re-run the
test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 457


3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-824-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Node Interleave feature must be OFF. Go to Setup and disable Node Interleave option and then re-run the
test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-824-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Node Interleave feature must be OFF. Go to Setup and disable Node Interleave option and then re-run the
test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.

458 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-826-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Memory Controller has been disabled. Go to Setup and Enable Memory Controller.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-826-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Memory Controller has been disabled. Go to Setup and Enable Memory Controller.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 459


– Latest level of DSA
• 201-826-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Memory Controller has been disabled. Go to Setup and Enable Memory Controller.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-826-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Memory Controller has been disabled. Go to Setup and Enable Memory Controller.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-827-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: ECC function has been disabled by BIOS. Go to Setup and enable ECC generation.

460 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-827-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: ECC function has been disabled by BIOS. Go to Setup and enable ECC generation.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-827-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: ECC function has been disabled by BIOS. Go to Setup and enable ECC generation.

Recoverable
No
Severity

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 461


Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-827-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: ECC function has been disabled by BIOS. Go to Setup and enable ECC generation.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-844-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem in masking MSR machine check control MASK registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No

462 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-844-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem in masking MSR machine check control MASK registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-844-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem in masking MSR machine check control MASK registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 463


Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-844-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem in masking MSR machine check control MASK registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-845-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem clearing MSR machine check control registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.

464 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-845-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem clearing MSR machine check control registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-845-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem clearing MSR machine check control registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 465


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-845-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Chipset Error: Problem clearing MSR machine check control registers.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-859-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
INVALID XSECSRAT type.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-859-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted

466 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


INVALID XSECSRAT type.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-859-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
INVALID XSECSRAT type.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-859-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
INVALID XSECSRAT type.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 467


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-860-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM0 type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-860-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM0 type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable

468 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-860-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM0 type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-860-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM0 type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 469


User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-861-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No SRAT type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-861-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No SRAT type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.

470 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-861-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No SRAT type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-861-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No SRAT type 1 found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 471


4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-862-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM1 structure found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-862-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM1 structure found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

472 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


– Latest level of DSA
• 201-862-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM1 structure found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-862-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No OEM1 structure found.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-863-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No IBMERROR key in OEM1 structure.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 473


Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-863-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No IBMERROR key in OEM1 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-863-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No IBMERROR key in OEM1 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity

474 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-863-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No IBMERROR key in OEM1 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-864-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No GAS located in OEM1.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 475


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-864-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No GAS located in OEM1.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-864-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No GAS located in OEM1.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response

476 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-864-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No GAS located in OEM1.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-865-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No XSECSRAT key in OEM0 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 477


3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-865-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No XSECSRAT key in OEM0 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-865-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No XSECSRAT key in OEM0 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.

478 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-865-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
No XSECSRAT key in OEM0 structure.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-866-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI-SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-866-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 479


EFI-SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-866-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI-SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-866-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI-SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No

480 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-867-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer not allocated.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-867-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer not allocated.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 481


No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-867-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer not allocated.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-867-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer not allocated.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

482 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-868-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer allocated in GetMemoryMap too small.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-868-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer allocated in GetMemoryMap too small.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 483


2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-868-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer allocated in GetMemoryMap too small.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-868-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL: Buffer allocated in GetMemoryMap too small.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.

484 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-869-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-869-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 485


– Latest level of DSA
• 201-869-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-869-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
EFI/SAL Invalid parameter from GetMemoryMap function.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-870-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
CPU Doamin in ACPI not valid.

486 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-870-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
CPU Doamin in ACPI not valid.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-870-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
CPU Doamin in ACPI not valid.

Recoverable
No
Severity

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 487


Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-870-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
CPU Doamin in ACPI not valid.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-871-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Data Mis-compare encountered.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No

488 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-871-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Data Mis-compare encountered.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-871-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Data Mis-compare encountered.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 489


Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-871-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Data Mis-compare encountered.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-877-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Sparing in Extended PCI reg. must be OFF. Go to setup and disable sparing.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.

490 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-877-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Sparing in Extended PCI reg. must be OFF. Go to setup and disable sparing.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-877-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Sparing in Extended PCI reg. must be OFF. Go to setup and disable sparing.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 491


Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-877-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
BIOS: Sparing in Extended PCI reg. must be OFF. Go to setup and disable sparing.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-878-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Sparing feature must be turned OFF. Go to setup and turn the sparing feature OFF.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-878-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted

492 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Sparing feature must be turned OFF. Go to setup and turn the sparing feature OFF.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-878-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Sparing feature must be turned OFF. Go to setup and turn the sparing feature OFF.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-878-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Sparing feature must be turned OFF. Go to setup and turn the sparing feature OFF.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 493


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-885-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Processor does not support MTRR register manipulation. Can not write to memory without cache.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-885-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Processor does not support MTRR register manipulation. Can not write to memory without cache.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable

494 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-885-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Processor does not support MTRR register manipulation. Can not write to memory without cache.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-885-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Processor does not support MTRR register manipulation. Can not write to memory without cache.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 495


User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-886-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-886-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.

496 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-886-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-886-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Upper limit is less than 16 Mbytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 497


4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-899-000 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Diagnostics Test Aborted by user.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-899-001 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Diagnostics Test Aborted by user.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-899-002 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted
Memory Diagnostics Test Aborted by user.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-899-003 : Standalone Memory Test Aborted

498 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Memory Diagnostics Test Aborted by user.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-901-000 : Standalone Memory Test Failed
Memory Diagnostics Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
5. Replace any DIMMS(s) mentioned in error, one by one.
6. Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-901-001 : Standalone Memory Test Failed
Memory Diagnostics Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 499


Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
5. Replace any DIMMS(s) mentioned in error, one by one.
6. Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-901-002 : Standalone Memory Test Failed
Memory Diagnostics Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
5. Replace any DIMMS(s) mentioned in error, one by one.
6. Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 201-901-003 : Standalone Memory Test Failed
Memory Diagnostics Test Failed.

500 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action.
2. If the problem remains, contact your technical-service representative.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reseat DIMM(s).
Reconnect it to power.
4. Make sure that DSA and BIOS/uEFI are at the latest level.
5. Replace any DIMMS(s) mentioned in error, one by one.
6. Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
7. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA memory stress test results


The following messages can result when you run the memory stress test.

Test results for the DSA memory stress test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA memory stress test.

• 202-000-000 : MemStr Test Passed


Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 202-801-000 : MemStr Test Aborted
Internal program error.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 501


Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Turn off and restart the system.
2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system.
5. Check the system firmware level and upgrade if necessary.
6. Run the memory diagnostic to identify the specific failing DIMM.
7. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 202-802-000 : MemStr Test Aborted
Memory size is insufficient to run the test. At least 1 GB is required.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 202-803-000 : MemStr Test Aborted
User pressed Ctrl-C.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support

502 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 202-901-000 : MemStr Test Failed
Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Execute the standard DSA memory diagnostics to validate all memory.
2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power.
4. Reseat the memory cards and DIMMs.
5. Reconnect the system to power and turn the system on.
6. Run the test again.
7. Execute the standard DSA memory diagnostics to validate all memory.
8. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 202-902-000 : MemStr Test Failed
Memory size is insufficient to run the test.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Ensure that all memory is enabled by checking the "Available System Memory" in the "Resource
Utilization" section of the DSA Diagnostic Event log.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 503


2. If necessary, access the Configuration/Setup Utility program by pressing F1 during system boot
and enable all memory.
3. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
4. Run the test again.
5. Execute the standard DSA memory diagnostics to validate all memory.
6. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA Nvidia GPU test results


The following messages can result when you run the Nvidia GPU test.

Test results for the DSA Nvidia GPU test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA Nvidia GPU test.

• 409-000-000 : NVIDIA User Diagnostic Test Passed


NVIDIA User Diagnostic test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-003-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Bandwidth Test Passed
Nvidia GPU Bandwidth test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-004-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Query Test Passed

504 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Nvidia GPU Query test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-005-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Matrix Test Passed
Nvidia GPU Matrix test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-006-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Binomial Test Passed
Nvidia GPU Binomial test passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-800-000 : NVIDIA User Diagnostic Test Aborted
NVIDIA User Diagnostic test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 505


Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-803-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Bandwidth Test Aborted
Nvidia GPU Bandwidth test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-804-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Query Test Aborted
Nvidia GPU Query test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-805-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Matrix Test Aborted
Nvidia GPU Matrix test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support

506 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-806-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Binomial Test Aborted
Nvidia GPU Binomial test was canceled.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-900-000 : NVIDIA User Diagnostic Test Failed
NVIDIA User Diagnostic Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that the GPU is seated in the PCIe slot correctly by reseating the GPU. Then power cycle
the system.
2. Verify that the power connectors to the GPU are connected firmly. Then power cycle the system.
3. Run nvidia-smi -q In some cases this will report a poorly connected power cable.
4. Rerun the diagnostics, using the same GPU, on system that is known to be working. A variety of
system issues can cause diagnostic failure.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-903-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Bandwidth Test Failed
Nvidia GPU Bandwidth Test Failed.

Recoverable
No

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 507


Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that the GPU is seated in the PCIe slot correctly by reseating the GPU. Then power cycle
the system.
2. Verify that the power connectors to the GPU are connected firmly. Then power cycle the system.
3. Run nvidia-smi -q In some cases this will report a poorly connected power cable.
4. Rerun the diagnostics, using the same GPU, on system that is known to be working. A variety of
system issues can cause diagnostic failure.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-904-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Query Test Failed
Nvidia GPU Query Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that the GPU is seated in the PCIe slot correctly by reseating the GPU. Then power cycle
the system.
2. Verify that the power connectors to the GPU are connected firmly. Then power cycle the system.
3. Run nvidia-smi -q In some cases this will report a poorly connected power cable.
4. Rerun the diagnostics, using the same GPU, on system that is known to be working. A variety of
system issues can cause diagnostic failure.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-905-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Matrix Test Failed
Nvidia GPU Matrix Test Failed.

Recoverable
No

508 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that the GPU is seated in the PCIe slot correctly by reseating the GPU. Then power cycle
the system.
2. Verify that the power connectors to the GPU are connected firmly. Then power cycle the system.
3. Run nvidia-smi -q In some cases this will report a poorly connected power cable.
4. Rerun the diagnostics, using the same GPU, on system that is known to be working. A variety of
system issues can cause diagnostic failure.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 409-906-000 : Nvidia::DiagnosticServiceProvider::Binomial Test Failed
Nvidia GPU Binomial Test Failed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Verify that the GPU is seated in the PCIe slot correctly by reseating the GPU. Then power cycle
the system.
2. Verify that the power connectors to the GPU are connected firmly. Then power cycle the system.
3. Run nvidia-smi -q In some cases this will report a poorly connected power cable.
4. Rerun the diagnostics, using the same GPU, on system that is known to be working. A variety of
system issues can cause diagnostic failure.
5. If the problem remains, contact your IBM technical-support representative.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA optical drive test results


The following messages can result when you run the optical drive test.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 509


Test results for the DSA optical drive test
The following messages can result when you run the DSA optical drive test.

• 215-000-000 : Optical Drive Test Passed


Optical Drive Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-801-000 : Optical Drive Test Aborted
Optical Drive Test Aborted. Unable to communicate with driver.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
2. Run the test again.
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or damage to the cable.
Replace the cable if damage is present.
4. Run the test again.
5. Check system firmware level and upgrade if necessary.The installed firmware level can be found
in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
6. Run the test again.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-802-000 : Optical Drive Test Aborted
Optical Drive Test Aborted. A read error was encountered.

Recoverable
No

510 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized.
Rerun the test.
2. Check the drive cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or damage to the cable.
Replace the cable if damage is present.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-803-000 : Optical Drive Test Failed
Optical Drive Test Failed. Disk may be in use by the operating system.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Wait for the system activity to cease
2. Run the test again
3. Turn off and restart the system.
4. Run the test again.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-804-000 : Optical Drive Test Aborted
Optical Drive Test Aborted. The media tray is open.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 511


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Close the media tray and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized. Run the test again.
2. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized.
Rerun the test.
3. Check the drive cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or damage to the cable.
Replace the cable if damage is present.
4. Run the test again.
5. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-901-000 : Optical Drive Test Aborted
Optical Drive Test Aborted. Drive media is not detected.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized.
Rerun the test.
2. Check the drive cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or damage to the cable.
Replace the cable if damage is present.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-902-000 : Optical Drive Test Failed
Optical Drive Test Failed. Read miscompare.

Recoverable
No
Severity

512 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized.
Rerun the test.
2. Check the drive cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or damage to the cable.
Replace the cable if damage is present.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 215-903-000 : Optical Drive Test Aborted
Optical Drive Test Aborted. Could not access the device.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized.
Rerun the test.
2. Check the drive cabling for loose or broken connections at both ends or damage to the cable.
Replace the cable if damage is present.
3. Run the test again.
4. Check system firmware level and upgrade if necessary.The installed firmware level can be found
in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
5. Run the test again.
6. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 513


DSA system management test results
The following messages can result when you run the system management test.

Test results for the DSA system management test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA system management test.

• 166-000-001 : IMM I2C Test Passed


IMM I2C Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-801-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
IMM returned incorrect response length.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-802-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Test cannot be completed for unknown reason.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning

514 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-803-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Node Busy. Try later.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-804-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Invalid Command.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 515


– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-805-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Invalid Command for given LUN.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-806-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Timeout while processing command.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-807-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Out of space.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable

516 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-808-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Reservation Canceled or Invalid Reservation ID.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-809-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Request data truncated.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 517


– Latest level of DSA
• 166-810-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Request data length invalid.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-811-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Request data field length limit exceeded.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-812-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Parameter out of range.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes

518 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-813-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Cannot return number of requested data bytes.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-814-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Requested Sensor, data, or record not present.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-815-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 519


Invalid data field in Request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-816-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Command illegal for specified sensor or record type.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-817-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Command response could not be provided.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No

520 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-818-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Cannot execute duplicated request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-819-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Command response could not be provided. SDR Repository in?update mode.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-820-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Command response could not be provided. Device in firmware update mode.

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 521


Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-821-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Command response could not be provided. BMC initialization in progress.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-822-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Destination unavailable.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response

522 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-823-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Cannot execute command. Insufficient privilege level.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-824-001 : IMM I2C Test Aborted
Cannot execute command.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Warning
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-901-001 : IMM I2C Test Failed
IMM Indicates failure in IMM Private bus (BUS 0).

Recoverable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 523


No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-903-001 : IMM I2C Test Failed
IMM Indicates failure in LED Bus (BUS 2).

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 166-907-001 : IMM I2C Test Failed
IMM Indicates failure in the Temperature Sensor bus (BUS 6).

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error

524 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Perform the actions mentioned one at a time and try the test after each action:
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it from power. Wait for 45 seconds. Reconnect it to power.
2. Make sure that DSA and BMC/IMM are at the latest level.
3. Run the test again.
4. If failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and Service
Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

DSA tape drive test results


The following messages can result when you run the tape drive test.

Test results for the DSA tape drive test


The following messages can result when you run the DSA tape drive test.

• 264-000-000 : Tape Test Passed


Tape Test Passed.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Event
Serviceable
No
Automatically notify support
No
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-901-000 : Tape Test Failed
An error was found in the tape alert log.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 525


No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
2. Run the test again.
3. Clear the error log.
4. Run the test again.
5. Make sure that the drive firmware is at the latest level.
6. Rerun the test after upgrading to the latest firmware level.
7. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-902-000 : Tape Test Failed
Tape Test Failed. Media is not detected.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
2. Run the test again.
3. Make sure that the drive firmware is at the latest level.
4. Rerun the test after upgrading to the latest firmware level.
5. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-903-000 : Tape Test Failed
Tape Test Failed. Media is not detected.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes

526 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
2. Run the test again.
3. Make sure that the drive firmware is at the latest level.
4. Rerun the test after upgrading to the latest firmware level.
5. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-904-000 : Tape Test Failed
Tape Test Failed. Drive hardware error.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Check the tape drive cabling for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable. Replace
the cable if damage is present.
2. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
3. Run the test again.
4. Make sure that the drive firmware is at the latest level.
5. Rerun the test after upgrading to the latest firmware level.
6. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-905-000 : Tape Test Failed
Tape Test Failed. Software error: invalid request.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 527


Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system.
2. Check the system firmware level and upgrade if necessary. The installed firmware level can be
found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within the Firmware/VPD section for this component.
3. Run the test again.
4. If the system has stopped responding, turn off and restart the system.
5. Make sure that the drive firmware is at the latest level.
6. Run the test again.
7. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-906-000 : Tape Test Failed
Tape Test Failed. Unrecognized error.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
2. Run the test again.
3. Make sure that the drive firmware is at the latest level.
4. Rerun the test after upgrading to the latest firmware level.
5. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is at the latest level.
6. Run the test again.
7. Check the system firmware level and upgrade if necessary.
8. Run the test again.
9. If the failure remains, refer to "Troubleshooting by symptom" in the system "Installation and
Service Guide" for the next corrective action.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-907-000 : Tape Test Failed

528 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


An error was found in the block address somewhere.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA
• 264-908-000 : Tape Test Failed
An error was found in getting tape capacity.

Recoverable
No
Severity
Error
Serviceable
Yes
Automatically notify support
No
User Response
Complete the following steps:
1. Make sure that medium is present.
2. Clean the tape drive using the appropriate cleaning media and install new media.
Related links
– Lenovo Support website
– Latest level of DSA

Appendix C. DSA diagnostic test results 529


530 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Appendix D. Getting help and technical assistance
If you need help, service, or technical assistance or just want more information about Lenovo products, you
will find a wide variety of sources available from Lenovo to assist you.

Use this information to obtain additional information about Lenovo and Lenovo products, and determine
what to do if you experience a problem with your Lenovo system or optional device.

Note: This section includes references to IBM web sites and information about obtaining service. IBM is
Lenovo's preferred service provider for the System x, Flex System, and NeXtScale System products.

Before you call


Before you call, make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the problem yourself.

If you believe that you require warranty service for your Lenovo product, the service technicians will be able
to assist you more efficiently if you prepare before you call.
• Check all cables to make sure that they are connected.
• Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional devices are turned on.
• Check for updated software, firmware, and operating-system device drivers for your Lenovo product. The
Lenovo Warranty terms and conditions state that you, the owner of the Lenovo product, are responsible
for maintaining and updating all software and firmware for the product (unless it is covered by an
additional maintenance contract). Your service technician will request that you upgrade your software and
firmware if the problem has a documented solution within a software upgrade.
• If you have installed new hardware or software in your environment, check http://www.lenovo.com/
serverproven/ to make sure that the hardware and software is supported by your product.
• Go to http://www.lenovo.com/support to check for information to help you solve the problem.
• Gather the following information to provide to the service technician. This data will help the service
technician quickly provide a solution to your problem and ensure that you receive the level of service for
which you might have contracted.
– Hardware and Software Maintenance agreement contract numbers, if applicable
– Machine type number (Lenovo 4-digit machine identifier)
– Model number
– Serial number
– Current system UEFI and firmware levels
– Other pertinent information such as error messages and logs
• Go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ entry/portal/Open_service_request to submit an Electronic Service
Request. Submitting an Electronic Service Request will start the process of determining a solution to your
problem by making the pertinent information available to the service technicians. The IBM service
technicians can start working on your solution as soon as you have completed and submitted an
Electronic Service Request.

You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures that
Lenovo provides in the online help or in the Lenovo product documentation. The Lenovo product
documentation also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform. The documentation for most
systems, operating systems, and programs contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error
messages and error codes. If you suspect a software problem, see the documentation for the operating
system or program.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 531


Using the documentation
Information about your Lenovo system and preinstalled software, if any, or optional device is available in the
product documentation. That documentation can include printed documents, online documents, readme
files, and help files.

See the troubleshooting information in your system documentation for instructions for using the diagnostic
programs. The troubleshooting information or the diagnostic programs might tell you that you need
additional or updated device drivers or other software. Lenovo maintains pages on the World Wide Web
where you can get the latest technical information and download device drivers and updates. To access
these pages, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.

Getting help and information from the World Wide Web


Up-to-date information about Lenovo products and support is available on the World Wide Web.

On the World Wide Web, up-to-date information about Lenovo systems, optional devices, services, and
support is available at http://www.lenovo.com/support. The most current version of the product
documentation is available in the following product-specific Information Centers:
• Flex System products:
http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/ flexsys/information/index.jsp
• System x products:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ systemx/documentation/index.jsp
• NeXtScale System products:
http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/ nxtscale/documentation/index.jsp

How to send DSA data


You can use the Enhanced Customer Data Repository to send diagnostic data to IBM.

Before you send diagnostic data to IBM, read the terms of use at http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/
terms.html.

You can use any of the following methods to send diagnostic data:
• Standard upload:
http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/send_http.html
• Standard upload with the system serial number:
http://www.ecurep.ibm.com/app/ upload_hw
• Secure upload:
http://www.ibm.com/de/support/ ecurep/send_http.html#secure
• Secure upload with the system serial number:
https://www.ecurep.ibm.com/ app/upload_hw

Creating a personalized support web page


You can create a personalized support web page by identifying Lenovo products that are of interest to you.

532 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


To create a personalized support web page, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/ mynotifications. From this
personalized page, you can subscribe to weekly email notifications about new technical documents, search
for information and downloads, and access various administrative services.

Software service and support


Through IBM Support Line, you can get telephone assistance, for a fee, with usage, configuration, and
software problems with your Lenovo products.

For more information about Support Line and other IBM services, see http://www.ibm.com/services or see
http://www.ibm.com/planetwide for support telephone numbers. In the U.S. and Canada, call 1-800-IBM-
SERV (1-800-426-7378).

Hardware service and support


IBM is Lenovo's preferred service provider for the System x, Flex System and NeXtScale System products.

You can receive hardware service through your Lenovo reseller or from IBM. To locate a reseller authorized
by Lenovo to provide warranty service, go to http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld and click Business Partner
Locator. For IBM support telephone numbers, see http://www.ibm.com/planetwide. In the U.S. and Canada,
call 1-800-IBM-SERV (1-800-426-7378).

In the U.S. and Canada, hardware service and support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. In the U.
K., these services are available Monday through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.

Taiwan product service


Use this information to contact product service for Taiwan.

Appendix D. Getting help and technical assistance 533


534 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide
Appendix E. Notices
Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in all countries. Consult
your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your
area.

Any reference to a Lenovo product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that
Lenovo product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service
that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's
responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product, program, or service.

Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this
document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send
license inquiries, in writing, to:
Lenovo (United States), Inc.
1009 Think Place - Building One
Morrisville, NC 27560
U.S.A.
Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing

LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow
disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to
you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. Lenovo may
make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at
any time without notice.

The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support
applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons. The information contained in this
document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document
shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or
third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is
presented as an illustration. The result obtained in other operating environments may vary.

Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in
any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the result
obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made
on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through
extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their
specific environment.

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 535


Trademarks
Lenovo, the Lenovo logo, Flex System, System x, NeXtScale System, and x Architecture are trademarks of
Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both.

Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

Internet Explorer, Microsoft, and Windows are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.

Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

Important notes
Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor; other factors also affect
application performance.

CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate. Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible
maximum.

When referring to processor storage, real and virtual storage, or channel volume, KB stands for 1 024 bytes,
MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes, and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes.

When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume, MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes, and
GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes. Total user-accessible capacity can vary depending on operating
environments.

Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and
population of all hard-disk-drive bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from
Lenovo.

Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module.

Each solid-state memory cell has an intrinsic, finite number of write cycles that the cell can incur. Therefore, a
solid-state device has a maximum number of write cycles that it can be subjected to, expressed as total
bytes written (TBW). A device that has exceeded this limit might fail to respond to system-generated
commands or might be incapable of being written to. Lenovo is not responsible for replacement of a device
that has exceeded its maximum guaranteed number of program/erase cycles, as documented in the Official
Published Specifications for the device.

Lenovo makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-Lenovo products. Support (if any) for the
non-Lenovo products is provided by the third party, not Lenovo.

Some software might differ from its retail version (if available) and might not include user manuals or all
program functionality.

Recycling information
Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment
when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in
recycling their IT products. For information on recycling Lenovo products, go to:http://www.lenovo.com/
recycling.

536 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Particulate contamination
Attention: Airborne particulates (including metal flakes or particles) and reactive gases acting alone or in
combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the
device that is described in this document.

Risks that are posed by the presence of excessive particulate levels or concentrations of harmful gases
include damage that might cause the device to malfunction or cease functioning altogether. This
specification sets forth limits for particulates and gases that are intended to avoid such damage. The limits
must not be viewed or used as definitive limits, because numerous other factors, such as temperature or
moisture content of the air, can influence the impact of particulates or environmental corrosives and gaseous
contaminant transfer. In the absence of specific limits that are set forth in this document, you must
implement practices that maintain particulate and gas levels that are consistent with the protection of human
health and safety. If Lenovo determines that the levels of particulates or gases in your environment have
caused damage to the device, Lenovo may condition provision of repair or replacement of devices or parts
on implementation of appropriate remedial measures to mitigate such environmental contamination.
Implementation of such remedial measures is a customer responsibility.

Table 37. Limits for particulates and gases

Contaminant Limits
Particulate
• The room air must be continuously filtered with 40% atmospheric dust spot efficiency (MERV
9) according to ASHRAE Standard 52.21.
• Air that enters a data center must be filtered to 99.97% efficiency or greater, using high-
efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters that meet MIL-STD-282.
• The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination must be more than 60%2.
• The room must be free of conductive contamination such as zinc whiskers.
Gaseous
• Copper: Class G1 as per ANSI/ISA 71.04-19853
• Silver: Corrosion rate of less than 300 Å in 30 days

1ASHRAE 52.2-2008 - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by
Particle Size. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
2The deliquescent relative humidity of particulate contamination is the relative humidity at which the dust absorbs
enough water to become wet and promote ionic conduction.
3ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985. Environmental conditions for process measurement and control systems: Airborne
contaminants. Instrument Society of America, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, U.S.A.

Telecommunication regulatory statement


This product may not be certified in your country for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of
public telecommunications networks. Further certification may be required by law prior to making any such
connection. Contact a Lenovo representative or reseller for any questions.

Electronic emission notices


When you attach a monitor to the equipment, you must use the designated monitor cable and any
interference suppression devices that are supplied with the monitor.

Appendix E. Notices 537


Federal Communications Commission (FCC) statement
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in
a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the
interference at his own expense.

Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits.
Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended
cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized
changes or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that might cause undesired operation.

Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement


This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Avis de conformité à la réglementation d'Industrie Canada


Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

Australia and New Zealand Class A statement


Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

European Union EMC Directive conformance statement


This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. Lenovo cannot
accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended
modification of the product, including the installation of option cards from other manufacturers.

This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A equipment according to
European Standards harmonized in the Directives in compliance. The limits for Class A equipment were
derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference
with licensed communication equipment.

Lenovo, Einsteinova 21, 851 01 Bratislava, Slovakia

Warning: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Germany Class A statement


Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis: Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur
Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit

Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis: Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur


Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-
Richtlinie 2014/30/EU (früher 2004/108/EC) zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften über die

538 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit in den EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und hält die Grenzwerte der Klasse A der
Norm gemäß Richtlinie.

Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu
betreiben. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo
übernimmt keine Verantwortung für die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne
Zustimmung der Lenovo verändert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne
Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden.

Deutschland:

Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Betriebsmittein Dieses
Produkt entspricht dem „Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln“ EMVG
(früher „Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten“). Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU-
Richtlinie 2014/30/EU (früher 2004/108/EC) in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.

Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit


von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli 2007 (früher Gesetz über die elektromagnetische
Verträglichkeit von Geräten), bzw. der EMV EU Richtlinie 2014/30/EU (früher 2004/108/EC), für Geräte
der Klasse A.

Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt, in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG-Konformitätszeichen -
CE - zu führen. Verantwortlich für die Konformitätserklärung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo
(Deutschland) GmbH, Meitnerstr. 9, D-70563 Stuttgart.

Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs. (1) 4: Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN
55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A.

Nach der EN 55022: „Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich
Funkstörungen verursachen; in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden, angemessene Maßnahmen
durchzuführen und dafür aufzukommen.“

Nach dem EMVG: „Geräte dürfen an Orten, für die sie nicht ausreichend entstört sind, nur mit besonderer
Genehmigung des Bundesministers für Post und Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes für Post und
Telekommunikation betrieben werden. Die Genehmigung wird erteilt, wenn keine elektromagnetischen
Störungen zu erwarten sind.“ (Auszug aus dem EMVG, Paragraph 3, Abs. 4). Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren
ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der entsprechenden Kostenverordnung (Amtsblatt 14/93)
kostenpflichtig.

Anmerkung: Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Geräte, wie in den Handbüchern
angegeben, zu installieren und zu betreiben.

Japanese electromagnetic compatibility statements

Japan VCCI Class A statement

Appendix E. Notices 539


Japanese Electrical Appliance and Material Safety Law statement (for detachable AC power cord)

JEITA harmonics guideline - Japanese Statement for AC power consumption (W)

JEITA harmonics guideline - Japanese Statement of Compliance for Products Less than or Equal to
20A per phase

JEITA harmonics guideline - Japanese Statement of Compliance for Products More than 20A

Korea Communications Commission (KCC) statement

This is electromagnetic wave compatibility equipment for business (Type A). Sellers and users need to pay
attention to it. This is for any areas other than home.

Russia Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Class A statement

540 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


People's Republic of China Class A electronic emission statement

Taiwan Class A compliance statement

Appendix E. Notices 541


Taiwan BSMI RoHS declaration

542 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


Index
240 VA safety cover components
remove 187 server 20, 125
replacing 188 configuration
information 61
instructions 61
Nx-boot failure 123
A ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD 61
Setup utility 61
ABR, automatic boot recovery 123
configuration programs 62
ac power LED 14
configuring
Active Energy Manager plug-in 7
Ethernet controller 75
adapter, install 50
RAID arrays 76
adapter, remove 140
with ServerGuide 64
adapter, replace 141
configuring hardware 62
administrator
configuring your server 61
password 70
connecting
air baffle, remove 38, 137
cable 59
air baffle, replace 57, 137
connector
applying current firmware
USB 12
using best practices 19
connectors
ASM event log 7, 97
Ethernet 14
assertion event, system-event log 96
external 23
assistance, getting 531
front of server 12
attention notices 4
internal 23
Australia Class A statement 538
on the rear of the server 14
automatic boot recovery (ABR) 123
power supply 14
availability, server 10
rear 14
serial 14
USB 14
B video 14
connectors, internal system board 23
backup firmware contamination, particulate and gaseous 4, 537
starting 71 controls, LEDs, and power 12
battery cooling 7
remove 163 cover, remove 37, 133
replace 165 cover, replace 58, 134
bays 4 creating a personalized support web page 532
before you install a legacy operating system 64 custom support web page 532
best practices
use to apply current firmware and device-driver updates 19
bezel, remove 135
bezel, replace 136 D
blue screen capture features 7
danger statements 4
blue-screen capture feature
data collection 85
overview 7, 73
dc power LED 14
blue-screen feature 73
deassertion event, system-event log 96
Boot Manager 70
device drivers 71
Boot Manager program 62
devices
Business Partners instructions 19
installing 19
devices, static-sensitive
handling guidelines 37
C diagnostic
on-board programs, starting 100
cable, connection 59 tools, overview 89
cache 4 diagnostics
call home feature program overview 99
IBM Electronic Service Agent 101 diagnostics program
call home tools 101 DSA Preboot 7
Canada Class A electronic emission statement 538 dimensions 4
caution statements 4 dimm
check log LED 12 install 47, 157
checkout procedure 88 unbuffered 29, 48, 158
performing 89 DIMM, install 49, 159
China Class A electronic emission statement 541 DIMMs
Class A electronic emission notice 538 removal 156
collecting data 85 display problems 109
completing documentation
options installation 56 Documentation Browser 3

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 543


System x Documentation CD 2 format, DSA code 101
using 532 Ethernet 7, 14
documentation cd 2 controller 118
documentation, updated link status LED 14
finding 3 Ethernet activity
drive 4 LED 14
drives Ethernet connector 14
installation rules 29, 41 Ethernet controller configuration 62
DSA 19 Ethernet controller, configure 75
edition 99 Ethernet support 7
program, overview 99 European Union EMC Directive conformance statement 538
test log, viewing 101 event log 96
text message format 101 viewing 97
DSA data event log, POST 96
how to send to IBM 20 event log, system 96
DSA log 7, 96–97 event logs
DSA Portable 89, 99 clearing 98
DSA Preboot 89, 99 event logs, methods for viewing 97
DSA Preboot diagnostic program 7 events, IMM2 205
DSA, sending data 532 expansion
DVD bays 4
drive activity LED 12 external connectors 23
drive DVD LED 12
eject button 12
DVD drive
install 32 F
problems 106
fan
DVD drive cable
simple-swap 4
remove 171
fan, install 40
replace 171
fan, remove 161
DVD drive, install 44
fan, replace 162
DVD drive, remove 152
fans 7
DVD drive, replace 154
FCC Class A notice 538
Dynamic System Analysis 19
features 4
Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot diagnostics
ServerGuide 63
program 7
features, remote presence and blue-screen 7
finding
updated documentation 3
E firmware updates 1, 35
firmware updates best practices 19
electrical equipment, servicing vii firmware, server, recovering 120
electrical input 4 firmware, updating 61
electronic emission Class A notice 538 fixed power supply
embedded hypervisor remove 183
using 75 fixed power supply, replace 185
enabling front view
Features on Demand connectors 12
Ethernet software 76 LED location 12
RAID software 76 front view of the server 12
environment 4
error codes and messages
IMM2 205
UEFI (POST) 383 G
error messages 102
gaseous contamination 4, 537
error messages, IMM2 205
general
error symptoms 109
problems 102
DVD drive 106
Germany Class A statement 538
general 102
grease, thermal 198
hard disk drive 103
guidelines
intermittent 107
options installation 35
keyboard 107
servicing electrical equipment vii
memory 108
system reliability 36
microprocessor 109
trained service technicians vi
monitor 109
mouse 107
network connection 112
optional devices 112
power 113
H
serial port 115 handling static-sensitive devices 37
ServerGuide 116 hard disk drive
software 117 activity LED 12
USB port 117 problems 103
USB-device 107 status LED 12
errors hardware requirements 2

544 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


hardware service and support telephone numbers 533 using 72
hardware, configuring 62 integrated management module II
head output 4 event log 96–97
heat sink, remove 193 programs 62
heat sink, replace 195 intermittent
help problems 107
from the World Wide Web 532 internal connectors 23
from World Wide Web 532 internal, system board connectors 23
sending diagnostic data 532 introduction 1
sources of 531 IP address for the IMM 74
hot-swap drive IPMI event log 7, 96–97
installing 31 IPMItool 97
hot-swap drive backplane
removing 174, 180
hot-swap hard disk drive
remove 150 J
replace 151
Japanese electromagnetic compatibility statements 539
hot-swap hard disk drive, install 42
jumper
hot-swap power supply
UEFI boot recovery 120
remove 167
jumpers
hot-swap power supply, install 54
system board 24
hot-swap power supply, replace 169
how to send DSA data to IBM 20
humidity 4
K
Korea Class A electronic emission statement 540
I
IBM Advanced Settings Utility program
overview 76
IBM Electronic Service Agent 101
L
IBM Systems Director 7 LED
systems management tool 11 ac power 14
updating 77 dc power 14
IBM, next generation technology 7 DVD drive activity 12
IMM host name 73 Ethernet activity 14
IMM web interface 74 Ethernet-link status 14
IMM2 62 hard disk drive activity 12
IMM2 error messages 205 hard disk drive status 12
IMM2 events 205 IMM2 heartbeat 95
IMM2 heartbeat power supply error 14
LED 95 RTMM heartbeat 95
important notices 4, 536 system pulse 95
in-band LEDs
automated boot recovery method 123 front of server 12
manual recovery method 121 light path diagnotics
information center 532 power-supply 91, 94
inspecting for unsafe conditions vi on the system board 26
install power-supply 91, 94
DVD drive 32 power-supply detected problems 91, 94
installation 1 legacy operating system
installation guidelines 35 requirement 64
installing Lenovo XClarity Administrator
adapter 50 updating 77
dimm 47, 157 local area network (LAN) 7
DIMM 49, 159 locator LED 12
drives 29, 41 logging 74
DVD drive 44
fan 40
hot-swap drive 31
hot-swap hard disk drive 42 M
hot-swap power supply 54 management, system 7
memory 47, 157 memory 4, 7
memory module 27 install 47, 157
ServeRAID adapter 52 UDIMM 47, 157
simple-swap drives 30 unbuffered 29, 48, 158
simple-swap hard disk drive 43 memory module
installing options 19 installing 27
instructions for IBM Business Partners 19 removing 156
integrated baseboard management controller 16 memory support 7
integrated functions 4 menu choices
integrated management module Setup utility 65
event log 7 messages, error
overview 7 POST 383

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 545


method 123 power cords 130
methods, viewing event logs 97 power features
microprocessor 7 of the server 15
problems 109 power on and working inside the server 37
specifications 4 power paddle card, remove 190
model name power paddle card, replace 191
location 119 power problems 113, 117
power supplies
redundancy support 7
power supply 4
N power-control button 12
power-on LED 15
New Zealand Class A statement 538
power-on self-test 98
next generation technology 7
power-supply
NMI button 14
LEDs 91, 94
noise emissions 4
LEDs and detected problems 91, 94
NOS installation
power-supply LEDs 91, 94
with ServerGuide 64
Preboot, DSA diagnostics program 7
without ServerGuide 64
problems 109
notes 4
DVD drive 106
notes, important 536
Ethernet controller 118
notices 535
general 102
electronic emission 538
hard disk drive 103
FCC, Class A 538
intermittent 107
notices and statements 4
keyboard 107
Nx-boot failure 123
memory 108
microprocessor 109
monitor 109
O mouse 107
network connection 112
obtaining 73–74 optional devices 112
online documentation 1 power 113, 117
online publications 3 serial port 115
operating system 2 ServerGuide 116
operating-system event log 7, 96–97 software 117
operator information panel undetermined 119
assembly, removing 172 USB port 117
assembly, replacing 173 procedure, checkout 89
optional device problems 112 product service, Taiwan 533
options
installing 19
options installation, completing 56
out-of-band 123 R
RAID arrays
configuring 76
P RAS features, server 10
rear view 14
particulate contamination 4, 537 of the server 14
parts listing 125 recovering the server firmware 120
password 69 redundancy support
administrator 69 power supplies 7
power-on 69 redundant 7
password, power-on cooling 7
switch on system board 70 Ethernet connection 7
PCI Redundant
slot 1 14 Ethernet capabilities 10
slot 2 14 hot-swap power supplies 10
PCI expansion reliability, server 10
slots 4 remote presence feature
PCI riser-card assembly using 73
connectors 27 removing
PCI riser-card assembly 27 240 VA safety cover 187
PCI riser-card assembly, remove 39, 138 adapter 140
People's Republic of China Class A electronic emission air baffle 38, 137
statement 541 battery 163
policy option 71 bezel 135
POST components 133
error codes 383 cover 37, 133
event log 97 DVD drive 152
POST event log 96 DVD drive cable 171
POST, intro 98 fan 161
power 71 fixed power supply 183
power-control button 12 heat sink 193
requirement 4 hot-swap drive backplane 174, 180

546 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide


hot-swap hard disk drive 150 serial number
hot-swap power supply 167 location 119
memory modules 156 serial port problems 115
operator information panel assembly 172 server
PCI riser-card assembly 39, 138 offerings 7
power paddle card 190 power features 15
second microprocessor 193 turn off 16
server components 133 turn on 15
ServeRAID adapter 144 working inside with the power on 37
simple-swap drive backplate assembly 174, 180 server , backup firmware
simple-swap hard disk drive 147 starting 71
system board 199 server components 20, 125
Tier 1 CRUs 133 server configuration, updating 60
removing and replacing server controls, LEDs, and power 12
removing server firmware, recovering 120
structural parts 183 server rear view 14
server components 133 server shutdown 16
structural parts 183 server, front view 12
Tier 1 CRUs 133 ServeRAID adapter, install 52
removing, DIMMs 156 ServeRAID adapter, remove 144
Replaceable server components 125 ServeRAID adapter, replace 144
replacing ServeRAID support 7
240 VA safety cover 188 ServerGuide
adapter 141 features 63
air baffle 57, 137 NOS installation 64
battery 165 setup 64
bezel 136 Setup and Installation CD 61
components 133 using 63
cover 58, 134 ServerGuide CD 7
DVD drive 154 serverproven 35
DVD drive cable 171 service and support
fan 162 before you call 531
fixed power supply 185 hardware 533
heat sink 195 software 533
hot-swap hard disk drive 151 service bulletins 88
hot-swap power supply 169 serviceability, server 10
operator information panel assembly 173 servicing electrical equipment vii
power paddle card 191 Setup utility 61–62
second microprocessor 195 menu choices 65
server components 133 starting 65
ServeRAID adapter 144 using 65
simple-swap drive backplate assembly 174, 181 shutting down the server 16
simple-swap hard disk drive 149 simple-swap drive backplate assembly
software RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate with hot-swap drive backplane
hardware RAID simple-swap hard disk drive replacing 174, 181
backplate 175 removing 174, 180
structural parts 183 replacing 174, 181
system board 201 hot-swap drive backplane 174, 181
the PCI riser-card assembly 57, 139 simple-swap drives
Tier 1 CRUs 133 installing 30
Tier 2 CRUs 170 simple-swap hard disk drive
requirements remove 147
hardware 2 replace 149
software 2 simple-swap hard disk drive, install 43
reset button 12 size 4
returning slots 4
component 133 software problems 117
device 133 software RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate with
RTMM heartbeat hardware RAID simple-swap hard disk drive backplate
LED 95 replace 175
Russia Class A electronic emission statement 540 software requirements 2
software service and support telephone numbers 533
specifications 4
standby mode 15
S starting
Setup utility 65
safety v
the backup firmware 71
Safety Information 4
statements and notices 4
safety statements v, viii
static-sensitive devices
second microprocessor, remove 193
handling guidelines 37
second microprocessor, replace 195
support web page, custom 532
sending diagnostic data 532
SW1 switch block description 24
sending DSA data
switch block 24
to IBM 20
switches
serial connector 14
system board 24

© Copyright Lenovo 2014, 2016 547


system board unbuffered
external connectors 23 dimm 29, 48, 158
internal connectors 23 memory 29, 48, 158
LEDs 26 Unbuffered DIMM 29, 47–48, 157–158
power-on password switch 70 undetermined problems 119
switches and jumpers 24 undocumented problems 87
system board internal connectors 23 United States FCC Class A notice 538
system board, remove 199 Universal Serial Bus (USB) problems 117
system board, replace 201 unsafe conditions, inspecting for vi
system event log 97 UpdateXpress 61, 71
system pulse LEDs 95 updating
system reliability guidelines 36 firmware 61
system-error LED 12 IBM Systems Director 77
system-event log 96 Lenovo XClarity Administrator 77
system-event log, assertion event 96 server configuration 60
system-event log, deassertion event 96 Systems Director, IBM 77
Systems Director, IBM Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) 78, 81
systems management tool 11 USB
systems management 7 connector 12, 14
systems management tool using
IBM Systems Director 11 embedded hypervisor 75
integrated management module 72
Setup utility 65
the remote presence feature 73
T using best practices
to apply firmware and device-driver updates 19
Taiwan BSMI RoHS declaration 542
Utility program
Taiwan Class A electronic emission statement 541
IBM Advanced Settings 76
Taiwan product service 533
utility, Setup 62
telecommunication regulatory statement 537
starting 65
telephone numbers 533
using 65
temperature 4
test log, viewing 101
the PCI riser-card assembly, replace 57, 139
thermal grease 198 V
Tier 1 CRUs, replace 133
Tier 2 CRUs, replacement 170 video connector
tools, call home 101 rear 14
tools, diagnostic 89 video controller, integrated
ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter 35 specifications 4
trademarks 536 viewing event log 97
trained service technicians, guidelines vi
troubleshooting 85
symptom 102
turning off the server 16 W
integrated baseboard management controller 16
Wake on LAN feature 15
turning on the server 15
weight 4
what the server offers 7
working inside with the power on 37
U
UDIMM
considereations 29, 48, 158 X
requirement 29, 47–48, 157–158
x3250
UEFI
introduction 1
boot recovery jumper 120
error codes 383

548 Lenovo System x3250 M4 Installation and Service Guide

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy